WO2019044989A1 - Game device - Google Patents

Game device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019044989A1
WO2019044989A1 PCT/JP2018/032158 JP2018032158W WO2019044989A1 WO 2019044989 A1 WO2019044989 A1 WO 2019044989A1 JP 2018032158 W JP2018032158 W JP 2018032158W WO 2019044989 A1 WO2019044989 A1 WO 2019044989A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
game
path
dimensional
unit
game machine
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/032158
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
謙 佐々木
健二 現王園
高広 吉野
仁士 有澤
悦史 高橋
健作 吉田
規文 川合
Original Assignee
株式会社コナミアミューズメント
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2018131888A external-priority patent/JP6611100B2/en
Application filed by 株式会社コナミアミューズメント filed Critical 株式会社コナミアミューズメント
Publication of WO2019044989A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019044989A1/en
Priority to US16/801,762 priority Critical patent/US11058941B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F9/00Games not otherwise provided for

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a game device.
  • Patent Document 1 there has conventionally been proposed a pusher game apparatus for moving a disk-like token coin (medal) inserted into a game field.
  • a lift hopper or the like that moves token coins along rails is used to transport the token coins to the insertion unit.
  • the present invention aims to provide a technology capable of efficiently transporting a three-dimensional game machine.
  • a game device is a game device that provides a game using a solid game player that can roll regardless of its posture, and And a transport device for transporting the three-dimensional game machine from a first position to a second position higher than the first position, and a circulation mechanism configured to circulate, and a second position from the second position to the second position A first path for moving the three-dimensional game machine to a low third position, and a supply path where the three-dimensional game machine enters between the second position and the third position, and the three-dimensional game machine A supply path for supplying the three-dimensional game body to the game-playing portion utilizing the game, and a second route for moving the three-dimensional game body not entering the supply path to the first position lower than the third position And.
  • 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. It is explanatory drawing of a circulation mechanism. It is a top view near the 1st individual course among the 1st course. It is a top view near the 2nd individual course among the 1st course. It is a top view of the 2nd course. It is a side view of a conveyance device. It is a side view of a transportation device in the state where an enclosure member is omitted. It is a side view of a conveyance device in the state where an encircling member and a guide part were omitted. It is sectional drawing to which the conveyance apparatus was expanded partially. It is sectional drawing of the conveying apparatus in a cross section perpendicular
  • FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB in FIG. It is sectional drawing of the game device which paid its attention to game object accommodation space.
  • FIG. 1 is an external view illustrating the game apparatus 10 according to the first embodiment.
  • the game device 10 is installed in, for example, an entertainment facility (for example, a game center or a casino) or a commercial facility (for example, a shopping center or the like).
  • the gaming device 10 may be referred to as a gaming machine when used in a casino.
  • the player can play the game by the game device 10 by consuming the game value (value medium).
  • the game value is, for example, a tangible value medium such as token coin (medal), coin (money) or ticket, or an intangible value medium such as credit or point.
  • the game value is also referred to as game token or substitute money.
  • the player can play the game played by the game device 10 on condition of consumption of the gaming value. Note that the player may select and consume any of the tangible gaming value such as token coin and the intangible gaming value such as credit.
  • an intangible gaming value such as a credit
  • the predetermined reward may be converted into a tangible gaming value such as token coin to be paid out to the player.
  • intangible game values such as credits are electronically managed by the management device in a state associated with the identification information of the player.
  • the management device is, for example, a computer installed in an entertainment facility or a commercial facility. The player can consume part or all of the intangible gaming value managed by the management device in the game, or deposit the intangible gaming value provided as a reward in the management device.
  • a fixed value is set to the game value.
  • the amount of gaming value or identification information representing the amount is stored in a memory circuit (for example, an IC tag), or a code (for example, a bar code or QR code (registered trademark)) representing the amount of gaming value
  • the value of the game value may be a variable value.
  • the game value given to the player may be exchanged for various articles such as a prize.
  • it is assumed that the gaming value consumed for playing and the gaming value given to the player as a reward according to the result of playing are token coins.
  • a game using a game is executed.
  • a game is used for a game by consumption of gaming value.
  • a gaming body corresponding to the consumption of gaming value is inserted into the game field.
  • the consumed actual gaming value may be used as it is for a game as a gaming body, or a gaming body different from the consumed actual gaming value may be used for a game.
  • the token coin inserted by the player may be used as it is as a game body in the game, or a ball different from the token coin inserted by the player may be used as the game body in the game.
  • the relationship between the consumption amount of the game value and the number of game bodies used for the game by the consumption may be changed as appropriate.
  • two gaming units may be inserted in exchange for consumption of one token coin, or one game may be inserted in exchange for consumption of one token coin.
  • the player plays the game by consumption of intangible gaming value such as a credit, for example, the player operates a predetermined operation element (not shown), and the gaming body is inserted into the game field.
  • a typical example of a solid game machine that can be rolled regardless of its posture is a sphere (for example, marbles), but the concept of a solid game machine that can roll regardless of its posture, for example, a substantially spherical polyhedron such as a truncated polyhedron Is included in Note that among the configurations adopted in the first embodiment, there are those which can be applied to a three-dimensional gaming machine (for example, a disc-like) which does not roll in a specific posture.
  • the three-dimensional game machine (a small ball and a large ball) of the first embodiment is formed of a light transmitting material.
  • the configuration of the four station units 100 is common. In the following, one station unit 100a will be mainly described, and the descriptions of the other station units 100b, 100c and 100d will be omitted as appropriate.
  • the subscript “a” is added to the reference numerals of the elements constituting the station unit 100 a.
  • the elements constituting each of the other station parts 100b, 100c and 100d are described by replacing the subscript a of the elements of the station part 100a with "b", "c" and "d” respectively.
  • an element in which a combination of two subscripts is added to a code is an element shared by the two station units 100 respectively corresponding to the two subscripts. For example, the elements with the suffix "ab" added to the code are shared by the station unit 100a and the station unit 100b.
  • a large number of small balls M1 are placed on the surfaces of the table 111 and the pusher table 113.
  • the large ball M2 inserted from the large ball insertion unit 114B is placed on the surface of the table 111.
  • the plurality of small balls M1 inserted onto the surface of the pusher table 113 from the insertion portion 114L or 114R are pressed by the wall portion 112 when the pusher table 113 moves rearward (direction A in FIG. 4).
  • FIG. 6 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the first lottery unit 120a. As illustrated in FIG. 6, the first lottery unit 120 a includes a display unit 1210 and a passage 1220.
  • the display unit 1210 includes a circular screen 1211.
  • a plurality of candidates C1 to C4 are displayed on the screen 1211 for the number of small balls M1 used for the second lottery.
  • the candidate C1 represents "10 spheres”
  • the candidate C2 represents “7 spheres”
  • the candidate C3 represents “3 spheres”
  • the candidate C4 represents "1 sphere”. Note that the total number of candidates displayed on the screen 1211 and the number of small beads M1 represented by each candidate are not limited to the above examples, and are arbitrarily changed.
  • the passage 1220 is formed in an arc shape along the outer periphery of the screen 1211.
  • the end 1221 of the passage 1220 is provided with a protrusion 1222 for preventing the small ball M1 from jumping out.
  • a discharge part 1230 through which the small ball M1 passes is formed.
  • the display unit 1210 changes the positions of the plurality of candidates C1 to C4 in the screen 1211 with the passage of time.
  • the small beads M1 introduced into the passage 1220 move along the passage 1220 and finally pass through the discharge portion 1230.
  • the movement of the plurality of candidates C1 to C4 on the screen 1211 is stopped when the small ball M1 passes through the discharge unit 1230.
  • the numerical value indicated by the candidate stopped at the position closest to the discharge unit 1230 is determined as the number of small balls M1 used for the second lottery.
  • the small ball M1 that has passed the discharge unit 1230 falls on the game field 110a (for example, the pusher table 113).
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view illustrating the configuration of the second lottery unit 130a.
  • the second lottery unit 130 a includes a first lone 1310, a second lone 1320 and a third lone 1330.
  • Each of the first claves 1310, the second claves 1320, and the third claves 1330 is a distributor (sorter) or sorter that distributes the small beads M1 into a plurality of paths.
  • the small ball M1 introduced into the first claves 1310 passes through any of the plurality of through holes 1311, 1312 and 1313 formed in the first claves 1310.
  • the small ball M1 having passed through any one of the through holes 1311 and 1312 is collected without being introduced into the second crane 1320.
  • the small ball M ⁇ b> 1 which has passed through the through hole 1313 is injected into the second clone 1320 through the passage 1314.
  • the small beads M1 introduced into the second claves 1320 pass through any of the plurality of through holes 1321, 1322, and 1323 formed in the second claves 1320.
  • the small ball M1 that has passed through any of the through holes 1321 and 1322 is collected without being injected into the third crane 1330.
  • the small ball M ⁇ b> 1 which has passed through the through hole 1323 is put into the third clone 1330 through the passage 1324.
  • the small beads M1 introduced into the third claves 1330 are discharged from the discharge portion 1331 formed in the third claves 1330.
  • a third lottery using the third lottery unit 140ab is executed.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view illustrating the configuration of the third lottery unit 140ab.
  • the third lottery unit 140ab includes the clone 141 and the small ball moving unit 142.
  • the small ball M1 is discharged from the discharging portion 1331 of the second lottery portion 130a, the small ball M1 is thrown into the clone 141 of the third lottery portion 140ab.
  • the small ball moving unit 142 is installed at the center of the clone 141 and rotates reciprocally.
  • the small ball M ⁇ b> 1 inserted into the clone 141 moves toward the outer periphery of the clone 141 by colliding with the small ball moving part 142. While the above situation is repeated, the small ball M1 passes through any of the plurality of through holes 143 to 148 formed in the clune 141.
  • the small ball M1 passes through any of the plurality of through holes 143 to 147, the payout of the large number of small beads M1 by the JP payout unit 150 is not executed.
  • the small ball M1 passes through the through hole 148 the payout of the large number of small balls M1 by the JP payout unit 150 is executed.
  • FIG. 9 is a block diagram for explaining the flow of the small ball M1 and the large ball M2 in the station section 100a.
  • the station unit 100a has a large ball sensor 190a, a counter 220a, a first hopper 230a, a second hopper 240a, a third hopper 250a, and a path switching unit 270a in addition to the configuration illustrated in FIG. And 280a.
  • the transfer device 170ac is an element shared by the two station units 100a and 100c
  • FIG. 9 is illustrated for convenience in the inside of a frame line representing the station unit 100a.
  • the large ball sensor 190a detects the large ball M2 dropped from the front edge portion 116 of the table 111 in the game field 110a.
  • the first lottery using the first lottery unit 120a and the second lottery using the second lottery unit 130a are executed according to the result of detection by the large ball sensor 190a.
  • the small ball M1 dropped from the front edge 116 in the game field 110a is supplied to the counter 220a.
  • the counter 220a is a count hopper that stores the small balls M1 supplied from the front edge portion 116 and counts the number of small balls M1.
  • the count value of the counter 220a is used to determine the amount of gaming value given to the player as a reward.
  • the counter 220a discharges the counted small balls M1.
  • the transport device 170ac transports the small ball M1 used in the game and the small ball M1 not used in the game from the lower side to the upper side in the vertical direction.
  • the small ball M1 used in the game is the small ball M1 discharged from the counter 220a, the small ball M1 dropped from the cutout portion 115L or 115R, and the small ball M1 used in the second lottery portion 130a or the third lottery portion 140ab.
  • the small ball M1 not used in the game is the small ball M1 distributed to the station unit 100a by the distribution unit 260 described later.
  • the small balls M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are supplied to the first path 310ac.
  • the first path 310ac is a path along which the small ball M1 moves.
  • a supply path is formed which is an opening for supplying small beads M 1 to each of the first hopper 230 a, the second hopper 240 a and the third hopper 250 a.
  • the small ball M1 conveyed by the conveying device 170ac can enter the first hopper 230a.
  • the first hopper 230a stores the small balls M1 supplied from the first path 310ac and sequentially supplies the small balls M1 to the path switching unit 270a.
  • the small balls M1 conveyed to the first path 310ac by the conveying device 170ac can not enter the first hopper 230a because the supply path 231a is blocked by the small balls M1.
  • the small beads M1 that have not entered the first hopper 230a can enter the second hopper 240a.
  • the second hopper 240a stores the small balls M1 supplied from the first path 310ac and utilizes the small balls M1. Specifically, the second hopper 240a sequentially throws the small balls M1 from the insertion portion 114R into the game field 110a (specifically, the pusher table 113).
  • the supply paths 231a and 241a are blocked by the small beads M1, and the small beads M1 transported to the first path 310ac by the transport device 170ac are the first hopper 230a. And can not enter the second hopper 240a.
  • the small beads M1 that have not entered the first hopper 230a and the second hopper 240a can enter the third hopper 250a.
  • the third hopper 250a stores the small balls M1 supplied from the first path 310ac and uses the small balls M1.
  • the supply paths 231a, 241a, and 251a are closed by the small beads M1, and are thus conveyed to the first path 310ac by the conveying device 170ac.
  • the small ball M1 can not enter any of the first hopper 230a, the second hopper 240a, and the third hopper 250a.
  • the small balls M1 that have not entered any of the first hopper 230a, the second hopper 240a, and the third hopper 250a are distributed via the distribution unit 260 in FIG. It returns to the transport device 170ac. That is, the small balls M1 circulate through the path including the transfer device 170ac and the first path 310ac. The circulation of the small ball M1 will be described later.
  • the transfer device 180a sequentially transfers the small balls M1 supplied from the first hopper 230a via the path switching unit 270a and supplies the small balls M1 to the path switching unit 280a.
  • the path switching unit 280a switches the supply destination of the small balls M1 transported by the transport device 180a.
  • the path switching unit 280 a switches the supply destination of the small ball M 1 to either the third lottery unit 140 ab or the gaming machine housing space 46.
  • the path switching unit 280a includes a discharge unit 281a that discharges the small balls M1 supplied from the transfer device 180a.
  • the discharge unit 281a is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft 282a.
  • the small balls M1 are supplied to any of the third lottery portion 140ab and the gaming body accommodation space 46 by rotating the ejection portion 281a by a drive mechanism (not shown) such as a motor.
  • the gaming machine housing space 46 is shared by the four station units 100 (100a, 100b, 100c and 100d).
  • the gaming body accommodation space 46 accommodates the small balls M1 discharged from the JP payout unit 150 to any of the four game fields 110 (110a, 110b, 110c and 110d).
  • the game apparatus 10 includes a mechanism (hereinafter referred to as “circulation mechanism”) that circulates the plurality of small balls M1.
  • a circulation mechanism is installed for each pair of two station units 100 adjacent in the front-rear direction.
  • FIG. 12 is an explanatory view of a circulation mechanism 20 ac corresponding to the two station units 100 a and 100 c.
  • the configuration of the circulation mechanism 20bd corresponding to the two station units 100b and 100d is the same as that of the circulation mechanism 20ac illustrated in FIG.
  • the circulation mechanism 20ac includes a first path 310ac, a second path 340ac, a recovery path 330a, and a transfer device 170ac.
  • the first path 310 ac, the second path 340 ac, and the transfer device 170 ac are shared by the station units 100 a and 100 c.
  • a path for circulating the plurality of small balls M1 is configured by the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac, the space in which the small balls M1 fall between the two paths (the space including the distribution unit 260), and the transfer device 170ac.
  • the first path 310ac is configured to include a first individual path 315ac and a second individual path 320ac.
  • Each of the first individual path 315ac and the second individual path 320ac includes an inclined surface which descends from the second position P2 to the third position P3. Therefore, the small ball M1 moves toward the third position P3 while rolling on the inclined surface.
  • the small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are discharged to the first individual path 315ac.
  • the second individual path 320ac is disposed downstream of the first individual path 315ac. That is, the first path 310ac of the first embodiment is configured by the first individual path 315ac and the second individual path 320ac, and a space in which the small ball M1 falls between the both paths. As described above, since the small ball M1 rolls on the first path 310ac, power for moving the small ball M1 on the first path 310ac is unnecessary.
  • FIG. 13 is a plan view of a portion of the first path 310ac in the vicinity of the first individual path 315ac.
  • the right side of FIG. 13 corresponds to the upstream side of the first individual path 315ac, and the left side of FIG. 13 corresponds to the downstream side of the first individual path 315ac.
  • the surface of the first individual path 315ac is an inclined surface that descends from the upstream side to the downstream side.
  • supply paths 231 a and 231 c are formed in the first individual path 315 ac.
  • the supply path 231a is an opening for supplying the small balls M1 to the first hopper 230a. That is, the small ball M1 entering the supply path 231a is supplied to the first hopper 230a.
  • the supply passage 231c is an opening for supplying the small ball M1 to the first hopper 230c. That is, the small ball M1 entering the supply path 231c is supplied to the first hopper 230c.
  • a duct connecting the supply path 231a on the first individual path 315ac and the first hopper 230a is formed.
  • the transfer device 170 ac is a substantially cylindrical structure installed in the vertical direction.
  • the supply paths 231a and 231c are located on opposite sides of the transfer device 170ac.
  • a plurality of discharge ports 1720 are formed in the vicinity of the upper end portion of the transfer device 170 ac along the circumferential direction.
  • the plurality of small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are radially discharged from the plurality of discharge ports 1720. That is, the small balls M1 are discharged from the plurality of discharge ports 1720 in different directions.
  • the small beads M1 radially discharged from the transfer device 170ac are supplied to the destination according to the direction of discharge of the small beads M1.
  • the position of each discharge port 1720 of the transfer device 170ac corresponds to the above-described second position P2.
  • the small ball M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac toward the supply path 231a enters the supply path 231a.
  • the small ball M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac to the supply path 231c enters the supply path 231c.
  • the small ball M1 discharged to the upstream side of the supply paths 231a and 231c in the first individual path 315ac rolls along the side wall 311 of the first individual path 315ac and enters the supply path 231a or 231c.
  • a wall-like portion (hereinafter referred to as a "regulator") 350a located downstream of the transfer device 170ac is formed.
  • Communication paths 313 are formed on both sides of the restricting portion 350a.
  • the communication path 313 is an opening for moving the small ball M1 from the first individual path 315ac to the second individual path 320ac.
  • the small beads M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac toward the connection paths 313 move on the connection paths 313 and drop from the first individual path 315ac to the second individual path 320ac.
  • the small beads M1 discharged to the downstream side from the transfer device 170ac roll along the restricting portion 350a to reach the connection path 313, and drop from the connection path 313 to the second individual path 320ac. That is, the small ball M1 is guided to the communication path 313 by the restriction portion 350a.
  • the small ball M1 rolls without entering the supply paths 231a and 231c and drops from the connection path 313 to the second individual path 320ac. That is, the small beads M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac are supplied to any of the supply path 231a, the supply path 231c, and the second individual path 320ac according to the direction of the discharge.
  • the size of the opening of the supply path 231a corresponding to the first hopper 230a is different from the size of the opening of the communication path 313 corresponding to the second individual path 320ac.
  • the size of the opening of the supply passage is the area of the opening through which the small ball M1 enters the supply passage.
  • the openings of the communication path 313 correspond to the openings to the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a. According to the above configuration, it is possible to make the number of small balls M1 supplied to the first hopper 230a different from the number of small balls M1 supplied to the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a.
  • the opening of the supply passage 231 a is larger than the opening of the connection passage 313. Therefore, the small balls M1 can be supplied to the first hopper 230a preferentially to the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a.
  • FIG. 14 is a plan view of a second individual path 320ac of the first path 310ac. Similar to FIG. 13, the right side of FIG. 14 corresponds to the upstream side of the second individual path 320 ac, and the left side of FIG. 14 corresponds to the downstream side of the second individual path 320 ac.
  • the surface of the second individual path 320 ac is an inclined surface that descends from the upstream side to the downstream side.
  • the position of the downstream end 322ac of the second individual path 320ac corresponds to the above-described third position P3.
  • supply paths 241 a and 251 a and supply paths 241 c and 251 c are formed in the second individual path 320 ac.
  • the supply paths 241a and 241c are formed on the opposite side of the second individual path 320ac, and the supply paths 251a and 251c are formed on the opposite side of the second individual path 320ac.
  • the supply path 241a is an opening for supplying the small beads M1 to the second hopper 240a
  • the supply path 251a is an opening for supplying the small beads M1 to the third hopper 250a
  • the supply path 241c is an opening for supplying the small beads M1 to the second hopper 240c
  • the supply path 251c is an opening for supplying the small beads M1 to the third hopper 250c.
  • the supply paths 241a and 241c are located upstream of the supply paths 251a and 251c.
  • the circulation mechanism 20 ac is shared by the game field 110 a and the game field 110 c. Therefore, there is an advantage that the configuration of game device 10 is simplified as compared with the configuration in which separate circulation mechanisms are provided for game field 110a and game field 110c.
  • the small ball M1 rolling on the inclined surface of the second individual path 320ac toward the third position P3 can enter the supply path 241a or 241c.
  • the small beads M1 entering the supply path 241a are supplied to the second hopper 240a, and the small beads M1 entering the supply path 241c are supplied to the second hopper 240c.
  • the small balls M1 on the second individual path 320ac enter the second hoppers 240a and 240c because the supply paths 241a and 241c are blocked by the small balls M1. Can not.
  • the small ball M1 that does not enter the supply path 241a or 241c on the second individual path 320ac can enter the supply path 251a or 251c.
  • the small beads M1 entering the supply path 251a are supplied to the third hopper 250a, and the small beads M1 entering the supply path 251c are supplied to the third hopper 250c.
  • the third hoppers 250a and 250c are full, for example, the small balls M1 on the second individual path 320ac enter the third hoppers 250a and 250c because the supply paths 251a and 251c are blocked by the small balls M1. Can not.
  • the supply path 231a for supplying the small beads M1 to the first hopper 230a and the supply path 241a or 251a on the downstream side of the supply path 231a are formed in the first path 310ac.
  • the small ball M1 moving from the second position P2 to the supply path 231a moves toward the third position P3 when the first hopper 230a is full (that is, when it can not enter the supply path 241a), to the supply path 241a or 251a. It will be in the state of entering. Therefore, the small balls M1 can be supplied to the first hopper 230a preferentially to the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a.
  • the small balls M1 discharged from the upstream outlets 1720 (hereinafter referred to as “first outlet 1720A”) among the plurality of outlets 1720 are supply paths corresponding to the first hopper 230 a. It moves toward each opening of the supply path 231c corresponding to 231a and the 1st hopper 230c.
  • the small balls M1 discharged from the downstream side discharge ports 1720 (hereinafter referred to as “second discharge ports 1720B”) move toward the opening of the communication path 313.
  • the number (10) of first discharge ports 1720A and the number (2) of second discharge ports 1720B are different.
  • An inlet 1710 (X direction corresponding to the second outlet 1720 B) with respect to an inlet 1710 corresponding to the first outlet 1720 A (each inlet 1720 on the X2 side and the Y direction in the X direction in FIG. 26)
  • the supply amount of the small balls M1 to the plurality of inlets 1710 is controlled so that the small beads M1 are supplied preferentially to the inlet 1710 on the X1 side of According to the above configuration, for example, even when the first discharge port 1720A and the second discharge port 1720B have the same number, the small ball M1 is given priority over the first hopper 230a over the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a. It is possible to supply
  • the number of small beads M1 going from the first discharge port 1720A to the first hopper 230a and the second hopper (240a, 240c) or the third hopper (250a) from the second discharge port 1720B. , 250c) are different from each other in the number of small beads M1. Therefore, it is possible to make the ratio between the number of small beads M1 supplied to the first hopper 230a and the number of small beads M1 supplied to the second hopper or the third hopper approach a predetermined value.
  • the total number of gaming machine using units to which small beads M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac are supplied (the first hoppers 230a and 230c, the second hoppers 240a and 240c, and the third hoppers 250a and 250c 6) is less than the total number (12) of the discharge ports 1720 in the transfer device 170ac. Since the transport path is formed for each discharge port 1720, it can be said that the total number of gaming machine using portions is less than the total number of transport paths.
  • the guiding portion 360ac is installed upstream of the supply paths 241a and 241c, and guides the small ball M1 to the supply path 241a or 241c.
  • the guiding portion 360ac is a protrusion including the surfaces 361 and 362.
  • the surfaces 361 and 362 are planes or curved surfaces that are inclined with respect to the direction in which the second individual paths 320 ac extend (hereinafter referred to as “path directions”).
  • path directions The small beads M ⁇ b> 1 in contact with the surface 361 are guided to the supply path 241 a by rolling along the surface 361.
  • the small ball M ⁇ b> 1 in contact with the surface 362 is guided to the supply path 241 c by rolling along the surface 362.
  • the small ball M1 can easily enter the supply path 241a or 241c.
  • the guiding portion 360ac can preferentially store the small beads M1 in the second hoppers 240a and 250a as compared to the third hoppers 250a and 250c.
  • the guiding portion 390ac is disposed upstream of the supply paths 251a and 251c, and guides the small ball M1 to the supply path 251a or 251c.
  • the guiding portion 390ac is a protrusion including surfaces 391 and 362 that are inclined with respect to the path direction. The small beads M1 in contact with the surface 391 are guided to the supply path 251a, and the small beads M1 in contact with the surface 392 are guided to the supply path 251c.
  • the positions in the horizontal direction are close to each other between the downstream end of the first path 310 ac and the upstream end of the second path 340 ac. Therefore, the small ball M1 that has reached the downstream side of the first path 310ac can be supplied to the second path 340ac by a simple configuration in which the small ball M1 is dropped from the first path 310ac. Since the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac are inclined surfaces on which the small ball M1 rolls, the direction of each path is not limited to a linear direction, and may be selected in any direction. Therefore, it is possible to easily connect the downstream end of the first path 310 ac and the upstream end of the second path 340 ac such that the horizontal positions are close to each other.
  • the distribution unit 260 is a structure including a first surface 261 facing the circulation mechanism 20ac and a second surface 262 facing the circulation mechanism 20bd.
  • the first surface 261 and the second surface 262 are flat or curved surfaces that are inclined with respect to the vertical direction.
  • the first surface 261 is an inclined surface that causes the small ball M1 in contact with the first surface 261 to roll on the second path 340ac of the circulation mechanism 20ac.
  • the second surface 262 is an inclined surface that rolls the small ball M1 in contact with the second surface 262 in the direction toward the second path 340bd of the circulation mechanism 20bd.
  • the top portion 263 where the first surface 261 and the second surface 262 intersect is the highest portion of the distribution unit 260.
  • a collision also occurs between the small ball M1 dropped from the first path 310ac and the small ball M1 dropped from the first path 310bd.
  • the small ball M 1 decelerated by the collision contacts the first surface 261 or the second surface 262 without being able to go over the top 263.
  • the JP payout unit 150 For example, immediately after the many balls M1 are paid out to the specific game field 110 by the JP payout unit 150, there may be a case where many balls M1 exist in one of the circulation mechanisms 20ac and 20bd. That is, the number of small beads M1 circulated by the circulation mechanism 20ac may deviate from the number of small beads M1 circulated by the circulation mechanism 20bd.
  • the small balls M1 dropped from the first path 310ac or 310bd are distributed by the distributing unit 260 to the second paths 340ac and 340bd.
  • each of the transfer devices 170ac and 170bd maintains the operating state capable of transferring the small ball M1, the small ball M1 continuously circulates in the circulation mechanism 20ac. Therefore, even if the number of small beads M1 circulating in the circulation mechanism 20ac and the number of small beads M1 circulating in the circulation mechanism 20bd temporarily diverge, it is possible to balance the number of both in the passage of time.
  • the small beads M1 dropped from the front edge portion 116 of the game field 110c are supplied to the counter 220c via the recovery path 330c, and are supplied to the second path 340ac after being counted by the counter 220c.
  • the small ball M1 used for the game in the game fields 110a and 110c is recovered to the second path 340ac by moving downward (that is, falling) in the vertical direction. According to the above configuration, there is an advantage that no power is required for collecting the small balls M1 after use by the game fields 110a and 110c.
  • the transfer device 170ac uses the small ball M1 that the first hopper 230a uses for the physical lottery (the first lottery, the second lottery or the third lottery), and the second hopper 240a.
  • the third hopper 250a collects the small ball M1 used for the game by the game field 110a and transports it to the upstream side of the first path 310ac. That is, the small ball M1 used for the physical lottery and the small ball M1 used for the game are transported to the upstream side of the first path 310ac and reused.
  • FIG. 16 is a side view of the transfer device 170ac.
  • the transfer device 170 ac according to the first embodiment is a long columnar body disposed along the vertical direction, and includes the rotating body 1730, the support portion 1740, the enclosing member 1750, and a plurality of guide portions. 1760, a holding unit 1770, and a supply unit 1780.
  • the holding unit 1770 constitutes an upper end portion of the transfer device 170ac
  • the supply portion 1780 constitutes a lower end portion of the transfer device 170ac.
  • the rotating body 1730 is a cylindrical member that rotates around the rotation axis C, and constitutes a central axis of the transfer device 170ac.
  • the rotation axis C is a virtual axis parallel to the vertical direction.
  • the rotating body 1730 rotates counterclockwise as viewed from above in the vertical direction.
  • the rotating body 1730 of the first embodiment is rotatably supported between the holding unit 1770 and the supply unit 1780.
  • the above-described operating state of the transfer device 170 ac is a state in which the rotating body 1730 rotates around the rotation axis C.
  • the support portion 1740 is a helical member along the rotation axis C. Specifically, the support portion 1740 is configured to draw a clockwise spiral when viewed from above in the vertical direction from the bottom of the vertical direction toward the top.
  • the support portion 1740 of the first embodiment is installed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730. Specifically, the inner circumferential surface of support portion 1740 and the outer circumferential surface of rotating body 1730 are joined. Therefore, the support portion 1740 rotates with the rotating body 1730 around the rotation axis C.
  • the support portion 1740 is also referred to as a portion projecting from the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730.
  • the transport device 170ac of the first embodiment is a screw lifter that transports the small ball M1 by a spiral.
  • the support portion 1740 may be formed separately from the rotating body 1730 and may be fixed to the rotating body 1730 or may be integrally formed with the rotating body 1730. Further, by connecting a plurality of unit members constituting a partial section in the direction of the rotation axis C (for example, one cycle of the support portion 1740) of the rotary body 1730 and the support portion 1740 in the direction of the rotation axis C.
  • the rotating body 1730 and the support portion 1740 may be configured.
  • the plurality of guide portions 1760 are arranged at an interval G from each other all around the circumferential direction around the rotation axis C. That is, around the support portion 1740, a total number of gaps corresponding to the number of the guide portions 1760 is formed.
  • the distance G between the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other exceeds the outer diameter (diameter) D of the small ball M1. Therefore, the small ball M1 can pass through the gap between the two guide portions 1760.
  • the distance L2 between the outer circumferential surface of the rotary body 1730 (the inner circumference of the support portion 1740) and each guide portion 1760 is smaller than the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 (L2 ⁇ D ).
  • the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 is about 17 mm
  • the distance L2 is about 14 mm.
  • the distance G between the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other is smaller than two of the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 (G ⁇ 2D). Therefore, one small ball M1 may exist in the gap G between the two guide portions 1760.
  • the distance L3 between the outer periphery of the support portion 1740 and the inner periphery of the enclosing member 1750 is smaller than the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 (L3 ⁇ D).
  • the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 is about 17 mm
  • the distance L3 is about 9 mm.
  • the distance between the small balls M1 and the inner peripheral surface of the enclosing member 1750 Is about 4 mm (L1 + L3-D).
  • the circumferential distance is preferably in the range of 1 mm or more and the radius D / 2 or less of the small ball M1, and in a more preferable embodiment, the range of 2 mm or more and half (D / 4) or less of the radius D / 2 of the small ball M1.
  • the circumferential distance is large, the number of small balls M1 transported while being in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the surrounding member 1750 on the mounting surface F is increased. Even if the small ball M1 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the enclosing member 1750, it is possible to transport the small ball M1, but the contact of the small ball M1 may cause abrasion on the inner peripheral surface of the surrounding member 1750 over time. Increase.
  • the contact of the small ball M1 with the inner circumferential surface of the enclosing member 1750 is suppressed, and thus there is an advantage that the scratch of the inner circumferential surface due to the contact can be prevented.
  • the shape of the enclosing member 1750 is not limited to a cylindrical shape having an inner circumferential surface.
  • the enclosing member 1750 may be configured by a plurality of rod-like members disposed on the opposite side of the plurality of guide portions 1760 as viewed from the rotation axis C.
  • Each rod-shaped member is a member extending along the rotation axis C, and is located between the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other as viewed from the rotation axis C.
  • a virtual inner peripheral surface is formed by the plurality of rod-shaped members, and the small ball M1 is prevented from falling by contacting the small ball M1 with the inner peripheral surface.
  • Part or all of the circumferential direction or the vertical direction of the enclosing member 1750 is formed of, for example, a light transmissive material.
  • the enclosing member 1750 is formed of a transparent resin material.
  • the transport device 170ac transports a large number of small beads M1. It is possible to make the player or the surrounding person visually recognize. Therefore, the effect of the dynamic presentation by the small ball M1 can also be expected. Visual interest can also be given to the player.
  • the enclosing member 1750 is formed of a light transmitting material, it is possible to suppress the above-mentioned effect of being able to visually recognize from the outside how the many small beads M1 are transported from being deteriorated with time.
  • the light transmission of the enclosing member 1750 is not essential.
  • the total length of the enclosing member 1750 is less than the total length of the guide portion 1760.
  • a portion (hereinafter referred to as “first end”) E1 of each guide portion 1760 located in the lower direction in the vertical direction is lower in the vertical direction from the lower end surface of the enclosing member 1750. Exposed.
  • the total length of the first end E1 exceeds the outer diameter D of the small ball M1.
  • a portion (hereinafter referred to as a “second end”) E2 of the respective guide portions 1760 located vertically upward is exposed vertically upward from the upper end surface of the enclosing member 1750.
  • the total length of the second end E2 exceeds the outer diameter D of the small ball M1.
  • a portion of each guide portion 1760 between the first end E1 and the second end E2 faces the inner circumferential surface of the enclosing member 1750.
  • the gap between the first end E1 of the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C functions as an inlet 1710 for taking the small ball M1 into the transfer device 170ac.
  • the inlet 1710 according to the first embodiment is a space surrounded by the lower end surface of the enclosing member 1750, the supply surface 1781 which is the surface of the supply unit 1780, and two first ends E1 adjacent to each other. is there.
  • the small beads M ⁇ b> 1 supplied to the transfer device 170 ac are placed on the placement surface F of the support portion 1740 through the intake port 1710.
  • the plurality of guide portions 1760 are arranged at intervals G in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C. Therefore, a number (for example, 12) of intake ports 1710 corresponding to the number of guide portions 1760 are formed along the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C at the lower end portion of the transfer device 170ac. That is, the plurality of small beads M1 supplied around the lower end portion of the transfer device 170 ac are sequentially taken in from each of the plurality of intake ports 1710 in conjunction with the rotation of the support portion 1740. As described above, according to the first embodiment, the small balls M1 can be taken into the transfer device 170ac by a very simple configuration in which the first end E1 of each guide portion 1760 is exposed from the surrounding member 1750. It is.
  • the gap between the second ends E2 of the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C functions as a discharge port 1720 for discharging the small ball M1 from the transfer device 170ac.
  • the discharge port 1720 according to the first embodiment is a space surrounded by the upper end surface of the enclosing member 1750, the surface (the inclined surface 1771 described later) of the holding portion 1770, and the two second ends E2 adjacent to each other. It is.
  • the small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac pass through the discharge port 1720 and are discharged from the transport device 170ac to the outside.
  • the plurality of guide portions 1760 are arranged at intervals G in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C. Therefore, the number (eg, twelve) of discharge ports 1720 corresponding to the number of the guide portions 1760 is formed along the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C at the upper end portion of the transfer device 170ac. Therefore, the plurality of small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are radially discharged from the plurality of discharge ports 1720.
  • the small balls M1 can be discharged from the transfer device 170ac by a very simple configuration in which the second end E2 of each guide portion 1760 is exposed from the surrounding member 1750. It is.
  • the possibility of the small ball M1 being flipped by the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 is reduced. That is, according to the first embodiment, since the complicated mechanism for suppressing the small ball M1 from being repelled by the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 is unnecessary, the structure of the intake port 1710 can be simplified. is there.
  • the small beads M1 are sequentially supplied to each of the plurality of intake ports 1710 of the transport device 170ac from a direction (horizontal direction) close to the horizontal direction. Therefore, even if a large number of small beads M1 are supplied to the supply unit 1780, the possibility of stacking the plurality of small beads M1 in the vertical direction is reduced. Note that, in the configuration in which a large number of small beads M1 are stacked, the force among them is balanced in a state in which a plurality of small beads M1 are in contact on the path to the intake port 1710, and as a result a plurality of small beads M1 stand still The “bridge phenomenon” may occur.
  • the station unit 100a is located on the Y1 side as viewed from the transport device 170ac, and the station portion 100c is located on the Y2 side as viewed from the transport device 170ac.
  • the second guiding portion 52 guides the plurality of small balls M1 so as to be directed to the X2 side intake port 1710 without directly going to the X1 side intake port 1710 among the plurality of intake ports 1710. Do. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that a large number of small beads M1 concentrate on the intake port 1710 on the X1 side.
  • the third guiding portion 53 of the first embodiment is configured to include inclined portions 531 and 532 and straight portions 533 and 534.
  • Each element which comprises the 3rd guidance part 53 is a projection prolonged linearly in plane view.
  • the inclined portions 531 and 532 are portions extending in a direction inclined with respect to the X direction, and intersect each other at a point on the X1 side with respect to the transport device 170ac.
  • the straight portions 533 and 534 are straight portions extending in the X direction.
  • the straight portion 533 is continuous with the end of the inclined portion 531 opposite to the inclined portion 532 (X2 side).
  • the straight portion 534 is continuous with the end of the inclined portion 532 opposite to the inclined portion 531 (X2 side).
  • the distance between the portion 445 b and the portion 445 d is the discharge portion 446.
  • Each of the portion 445 b and the portion 445 d is inclined with respect to the Y direction so as to be closer to the discharge portion 446 on the positive side in the X direction (opposite to the second plate member 442).
  • the small balls M1 of the number according to the number of small balls M1 inserted into the game field 110a or the small balls M1 of the number according to the result of the physical lottery in the game field 110a Input to For example, as the number of small balls M1 inserted into the game field 110a by the player increases, or as the number of small balls M1 inserted into the game field 110a according to the result of the physical lottery increases, The number of small beads M1 introduced increases.
  • the supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the game machine using portion (230a, 240a, 250a) is continued by continuing the operation state of the transfer device (170ac). It is possible to circulate M1) by the circulation mechanism (20ac).
  • the game player using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) supplies the game player (M1) to the game user using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) only when the game player using the game player (M1) is required.
  • the probability that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) moves to the second path (340ac) of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) after contact with the object, and the probability that the three-dimensional game machine moves to the second path (340ac) of the second circulation mechanism (20bd) are approximately equal. That is, the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are divided into the second path (340ac) of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) and the second path (340ac) of the second circulation mechanism (20bd).
  • the total number of the gaming body using units is less than the total number of the plurality of transport paths.
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) passes between the two guide portions (1760) and is supplied to the transport path. That is, it is possible to simplify the configuration for supplying the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the transport route. Since the distance between the two guide portions (1760) adjacent to each other exceeds the outer diameter of the three-dimensional game machine (M1), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) comprises a support portion (1740) and one guide portion (1760) While being supported by the two points, move along the guide portion (1760).
  • the “three-dimensional game machine (M1)” is a three-dimensional game machine. Specifically, a rollable object regardless of the posture is a preferred example of the three-dimensional game machine (M1). For example, a spherical game is a typical example of the three-dimensional game (M1), but other three-dimensional game such as a polyhedron may be included in the concept of the three-dimensional game (M1).
  • the guide portion (1760) extends“ along the rotation axis (C) ” typically means that the guide portion (1760) extends in the direction parallel to the rotation axis (C),
  • the configuration in which the guide portion (1760) is inclined with respect to the rotation axis (C) is also included in the scope of the present invention.
  • the “outer diameter of the three-dimensional game machine (M1)” is the diameter of the sphere when the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is a sphere, and is circumscribed to the polyhedron when the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is a polyhedron Diameter of the sphere to be
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is supported by two places of the support portion (1740) and the guide portion (1760).
  • a configuration in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can contact other elements (for example, the enclosing member of Appendix A6) in addition to the two places is not excluded from the present invention.
  • the plurality of guide portions do not have to be evenly installed all around the support portion (1740), and may be installed within a specific range in the circumferential direction of the support portion (1740). Moreover, the space
  • the width of the mounting surface (F) of the support portion (1740) on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is placed exceeds the radius of the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
  • the width of the mounting surface (F) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in the support portion (1740) exceeds the radius of the three-dimensional game machine (M1). That is, the center of gravity of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is located above the mounting surface (F). Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the three-dimensional game machine (M1) falls from the mounting surface (F).
  • the mounting surface (F) of the support portion (1740) on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is placed is in a direction perpendicular to the rotation axis (C). Tilt upwards.
  • the three-dimensional game body (M1) can be discharged from the transport path at that portion .
  • a preferred embodiment according to any one of the supplementary notes A1 to A4 includes a discharge guiding portion (1771, 1790) for moving the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) transported by the transport path in a direction away from the rotation shaft (C). Prepare.
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transported by the transport path is moved in the direction away from the rotation shaft (C) by the discharge guiding portion (1771, 1790). That is, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged from the transport path. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the three-dimensional game machine (M1) will be retained in the transport route more than necessary.
  • discharge guiding part (1771, 1790) is arbitrary.
  • an inclined surface inclined with respect to the direction of the rotation axis (C) for example, a truncated cone-like curved surface
  • a projection installed above the transport path and coming into contact with the three-dimensional game machine (M1) It is an example of a part (1771, 1790).
  • the enclosing member (1750) is installed on the opposite side to the support portion (1740) across the respective guide portions (1760), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) falls from the support portion (1740) The possibilities can be reduced.
  • the enclosing member (1750) is installed at a position separated from the plurality of guides (1760), but the plurality of guides (1760) may be in contact with the enclosing member (1750).
  • a typical example of the enclosing member (1750) is a tubular body surrounding the support (1740) and the plurality of guides (1760), but the specific shape of the enclosing member (1750) is arbitrary.
  • the surrounding member (1750) may be configured by a plurality of long members along the rotation axis (C).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moves along the transport path in a state of being in contact with the support portion (1740), the guide portion (1760) and the enclosing member (1750).
  • the three-dimensional game body (M1) is the support portion (1740) It is possible to reliably transport the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by reducing the possibility of falling from the.
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) contacts the support portion (1740), the guide portion (1760) and the enclosing member (1750), the three-dimensional game body (M1) and the enclosing member (1750) It is not necessary for contact with the government to continue.
  • the gap between the first end (E1) exposed from the end (for example, the lower end) of the surrounding member (1750) in the two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction is taken as the intake port (1710).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is taken into the transport path. Therefore, it is possible to supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the transport path by a very simple configuration in which the first end (E1) of each guide portion (1760) is exposed from the enclosing member (1750).
  • the space between the second end (E2) exposed from the end of the enclosing member (1750) is used as the discharge port (1720).
  • (M1) is discharged from the transport path. Therefore, it is possible to eject the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the transport path by a very simple configuration in which the second end (E2) of each guide portion (1760) is exposed from the enclosing member (1750).
  • the plurality of intake ports (1710) for supplying the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the transport path by the intervals between the two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft (C). ) Is formed. That is, a guide portion (1760) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) along the rotation axis (C) is diverted to the formation of the loading port (1710). Therefore, the configuration of the transfer device (170ac) can be simplified as compared with the configuration in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is supplied to the transfer path by a mechanism separate from the guide portion (1760).
  • an intake port (1710) corresponding to the total number of intervals formed by a combination of two guide portions (1760) is formed, a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) from a plurality of intake ports (1710) Can be taken in parallel, and a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) can be conveyed in parallel by a plurality of conveyance paths.
  • the inlet (1710) is formed at the end (for example, the lower end) of the support (1740), but in addition (or instead of) the end, the support (1740)
  • the configuration in which the inlet (1710) is formed in the middle of the above is also included in the scope of the invention.
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can roll regardless of the posture, and rolls the three-dimensional game machine (M1) toward each of the plurality of intake ports (1710) A feed section (1780) having an inclined surface (1781) formed thereon.
  • the inclined surface (1781) for rolling the three-dimensional game machine (M1) toward each of the plurality of intake ports (1710) is formed in the supply unit (1780), so a large number of three-dimensional game machines It is possible to efficiently supply (M1) to the transport path.
  • the “inclined surface (1781)” is a plane or a curved surface or a combination thereof.
  • “capable of rolling regardless of the posture” means that the shape is such that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) can roll by the action of external force in any posture.
  • a sphere is a typical example of the “rollable regardless of posture” shape, but a polyhedron close to a sphere is also included in the “rollable regardless of posture” shape.
  • a disc such as a medal rolls in a posture in which the circular side surface is in contact, but does not roll in a posture in which a flat bottom or top surface is in contact with the ground. Does not satisfy the condition of
  • the inclined surface (1781) is a curved surface covering the entire circumference of the rotation axis (C).
  • the angle of the inclined surface (1781) is suppressed to 20 ° or less, the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are sequentially supplied to the transport path without overlapping each other. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a phenomenon (bridge phenomenon) in which a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) clog in the vicinity of the loading port (1710).
  • the angle of the inclined surface (1781) with respect to the horizontal plane may change along the inclined surface (1781).
  • the first guiding portion (51) may be a portion capable of regulating the rolling direction of the three-dimensional game machine (M1), and is typically a projection or a groove formed on the inclined surface (1781). .
  • the route where the large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are narrow It is possible to suppress the occurrence of clogging (bridge phenomenon) due to concentration on the
  • the specific configuration of the first induction portion (51) is arbitrary, as a configuration for aligning the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) toward the loading port (1710), a three-dimensional game machine ( A path having a width smaller than two of the outer diameter of M1) is a preferred example of the first guiding portion (51).
  • a transport mechanism (170ac, 340ac) includes the transport device (170ac) according to any one of Appendixes B2 to B6, and the three-dimensional game machine (M1) supplied to the supply unit (1780). And the control unit (52, 53) for restricting the movement of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) supplied to the supply unit (1780) or the path (340ac).
  • the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) supplied from the path (340ac) to the supply unit (1780) is regulated by the regulation unit (52, 53), the specification among the plurality of intake ports (1710) It is possible to preferentially supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the take-in port (1710) of the game machine.
  • the “regulator (52, 53)” may be installed in either the supply unit (1780) or the path (340ac).
  • the whole of the restriction part (52, 53) may be formed in one of the path (340ac) and the supply part (1780), or a part of the restriction part (52, 53) is formed in the path (340ac) ,
  • the other part of the restriction part (52, 53) may be formed in the supply part (1780).
  • the restriction part (52, 53) guides the three-dimensional game machine (M1) advancing toward the supply part (1780) to the side of the support part (1740). It includes a guiding part (52).
  • said 2nd guidance part (52) supports said three-dimensional game machine (M1) which advances toward said supply part (1780) among said plurality of loading openings (1710).
  • the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is easy to be supplied.
  • the second induction unit (52) is a three-dimensional gaming machine (M2) so that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) does not directly go to the taking-in port (1710) on the path (340ac) side but to the taking-in port (1710) on the opposite side. According to the configuration for guiding M1), it is possible to reduce the possibility that a large number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) are concentrated on the intake (1710) on the path (340ac) side.
  • the regulation part (52, 53) is directed to the intake port (1710) opposite to the path (340ac) with respect to the support part (1740). And a third induction portion (53) for inducing the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
  • derivation part (53) is the height in which the said three-dimensional game body (M1) can cross over the said 3rd induction part (53) by the press from another three-dimensional game machine (M1). Is formed.
  • the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is preferentially supplied to the However, if a large number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) concentrate in the intake port (1710) on the opposite side to the path (340ac), problems such as clogging of the three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) may occur this time. According to the configuration in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is capable of crossing the third induction portion (53), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is excessively concentrated in the intake port (1710) opposite to the path (340ac).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the path (340ac) passes over the third guiding portion (53) and is supplied to the inlet (1710) on the path (340ac) side. Therefore, it is possible to suppress excessive concentration of the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
  • the restriction part (52, 53) is a third guiding part (53) for guiding the three-dimensional game machine (M1) toward the loading port (1710).
  • the third induction portion (53) is formed at such a height that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) can ride over the third induction portion (53) by pressing from another three-dimensional gaming body (M1). Be done.
  • a transport device (170ac) extends in a spiral along the rotation axis (C), and a support portion (1740) on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is placed; And a plurality of guide portions (1760) disposed outside the support portion (1740) with an interval exceeding the outer diameter of the body (M1) and extending along the rotation axis (C), Transporting a three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) to move along the rotation axis (C) by the rotation of the support portion (1740) in a state in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is in contact with the support portion (1740) and the guide portion (1760) A path is formed for each of the plurality of guide portions (1760), and among the plurality of guide portions (1760), an interval between two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis (C) Transport the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) by A plurality of discharge ports for discharging from the road (1720) is formed.
  • the plurality of discharge ports (1720) for discharging the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the transport path by the intervals between the two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft (C) Is formed. That is, the guide portion (1760) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) along the rotation axis (C) is diverted to the formation of the discharge port (1720). Therefore, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the transport device (170ac) as compared with the configuration in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged from the transport path by a mechanism separate from the guide portion (1760).
  • the outlet (1720) is formed at the end (eg, upper end) of the support (1740), but in addition to (or in place of) the end, the outlet (1740)
  • the configuration in which the discharge port (1720) is formed in the middle part is also included in the scope of the invention.
  • a preferred example of the supplementary note C1 includes a discharge guiding portion (1771, 1790) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transported by the transport path in a direction away from the rotating shaft (C).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transported by the transport path is moved in the direction away from the rotation shaft (C) by the discharge guiding portion (1771, 1790). That is, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged from the transport path. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the three-dimensional game machine (M1) will be retained in the transport route more than necessary.
  • discharge guiding part (1771, 1790) is arbitrary.
  • an inclined surface inclined with respect to the direction of the rotation axis (C) for example, a truncated cone-like curved surface
  • M1 three-dimensional game machine
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) since the supporting power of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by the support portion (1740) decreases in the vicinity of the discharge port (1720), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is efficiently discharged from the discharge port (1720) can do.
  • the game device is provided with a plurality of elements (hereinafter referred to as a “game using portion”) that use a game such as token coin, for example.
  • a game using portion a game such as token coin
  • a special mechanism for supplying a game player with a predetermined number ratio is installed in each of the plurality of game player using units, there is a problem that the configuration of the game apparatus becomes complicated.
  • the preferred embodiment (Appendix D) of the present invention aims to distribute game pieces to a plurality of game piece using units without requiring a special mechanism.
  • a transport mechanism transports a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) and discharges them from each of a plurality of discharge ports (1720), and the plurality of discharge ports (1720) And a plurality of gaming body using units (230a, 240a, 250a) using the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) discharged from each of the first to third discharge ports (1720).
  • the 1720A discharges the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in a direction toward the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) among the plurality of game machine using units (230a, 240a, 250a), and Of the outlets (1720), the second outlet (1720B) different from the first outlet (1720A) is the first game player using part of the plurality of game player using units (230a, 240a, 250a).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged in the direction toward the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) different from 230a, 240a), and the first game machine using unit (Merial) from the first discharge port (1720A).
  • 230a, 240a) the number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1), and the number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) from the second outlet (1720B) toward the second gaming body utilization unit (240a, 250a) Is different.
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transported by the transport device (170ac) is discharged in the direction from the first outlet (1720A) to the first game machine utilization unit (230a, 240a), and the second It is discharged in the direction from the discharge port (1720B) to the second gaming body using unit (240a, 250a). Therefore, without requiring a special mechanism for switching the discharge direction of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) after transfer, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transferred by the transfer device (170ac) , 240a, 250a).
  • “Ejecting the solid game machine (M1) in the direction toward the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a)” means that the first game machine using unit of the plurality of game machine using units (230a, 240a, 250a) It means discharging the three-dimensional game machine (M1) so as to be preferentially supplied to (230a, 240a), for example, the supply path (231a, 241a) corresponding to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) , 251a) includes discharging the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
  • the above expressions are not intended to exclude the final supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to game machine using units (230a, 240a, 250a) other than the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) .
  • the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) In the state where the entry of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the player is restricted (the entry restriction state), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moves further without being supplied to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) Can be supplied to the other game player using units (230a, 240a, 250a).
  • the transport device (170ac) transports the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by, for example, each of a plurality of transport paths corresponding to different discharge ports (1720). However, one transport path may be shared for a plurality of discharge ports (1720). That is, the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) transported by one transport path are discharged from each of the plurality of discharge ports (1720).
  • the total number of the gaming body using units is less than the total number of the discharge ports (1720), and the number of the first discharge ports (1720A), and the second discharge. It is different from the number of outlets (1720B).
  • the size of the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) and the second discharge port (1720B) are discharged. Because the size of the opening of the communication path (313) to which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) points is different, the number of supplied three-dimensional game machines (M1) and the second game machine to the first game machine using portion (230a, 240a) It is possible to make the number of supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the use unit (240a, 250a) different.
  • the size of the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the above may be different.
  • the number of supply paths (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to each game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) is not limited to one.
  • a “supply path (231a) corresponding to the gaming body using portion (230a, 240a, 250a) , 241a, 251a) may be interpreted as the sum of the sizes of the openings of the plurality of supply paths (231a, 241a, 251a).
  • the number of communication paths (313) is not limited to one.
  • “the size of the opening of the communication path (313)” may be interpreted as the sum of the sizes of the openings of the plurality of communication paths (313).
  • the size of the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) means the area of the opening through which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) enters in the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a).
  • the size of the opening of the connection path (313) also means the area of the opening through which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) enters in the connection path (313).
  • the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is the second game machine using unit (240a).
  • 250a) is larger than the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is transmitted from the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) to the second game machine using unit Move toward (240a, 250a). Therefore, it is possible to effectively use the three-dimensional game machine (M1) discharged from the transport device (170ac).
  • the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) that has moved from the first gaming machine utilization unit (230a, 240a) to the second gaming machine utilization unit (240a, 250a) is actually used by the second gaming machine utilization unit (240a, 250a) It does not have to be supplied. For example, when the second gaming body using unit (240a, 250a) is in the entry restricted state, the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is located at another place (for example, another game) from the second gaming body using unit (240a, 250a) Move towards the body utilization department).
  • the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is the second game machine using unit The position is higher than the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) with respect to 240a, 250a).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is transmitted from the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) to the second game machine. It is possible to easily move to the utilization unit (240a, 250a).
  • a transport mechanism transports a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) and discharges them from each of a plurality of discharge ports (1720), and the plurality of discharge ports (1720) And a plurality of gaming body using units (230a, 240a, 250a) using the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) discharged from each of the first to third discharge ports (1720).
  • the 1720A discharges the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in a direction toward the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) among the plurality of game machine using units (230a, 240a, 250a), and Of the outlets (1720), the second outlet (1720B) different from the first outlet (1720A) is the first game player using part of the plurality of game player using units (230a, 240a, 250a). 230a, discharging the second game element using unit different (240a, the three-dimensional game body toward the 250a) (M1) and 240a).
  • a rollable game body for example, a ball-shaped game body
  • a mechanism suitable for carrying a three-dimensional gaming machine is required instead of the lift hopper for carrying token coins.
  • a preferred embodiment (Appendix E) of the present invention aims to provide a technology capable of efficiently transporting a three-dimensional game machine.
  • a game device (10) is a game field (110a) providing a game utilizing a solid game machine (M1) which can roll regardless of the attitude, and a physical lottery for executing a physical lottery Path (310ac) which is a path for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1), and includes the first supply path (231a, 241a) and the second supply path (241a, 251a).
  • the game machine since the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolling the path (310ac) is used in common for the game by the game field (110a) and the physical lottery, the game machine is placed in the game field (110a) It is not necessary to separately install a mechanism for supplying and a mechanism for supplying game bodies to the physical lottery units (120a, 130a, 140ab). Therefore, the configuration of the game device (10) can be simplified.
  • “Physical lottery” is a physical lottery using a three-dimensional game machine (M1). Specifically, a physical lottery unit (120a, 130a, 140ab) (clune) including a rolling surface on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolls and a plurality of discharge paths through which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can pass. The process of determining that a prize is won when the three-dimensional game machine (M1) passes a specific discharge passage among the plurality of discharge passages is a suitable example of the physical lottery.
  • the "game field (110a)" is a space for providing the player with a game using the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
  • M1 three-dimensional game machine
  • a space where various games such as a pusher game using a three-dimensional game machine (M1) are provided is a preferred example of the game field (110a).
  • the “path (310ac)” has, for example, an inclined surface on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolls.
  • the inclined surface is typically a flat surface, but may include a curved surface in which the inclination angle changes on the path (310ac).
  • a step may be included in the middle of the path (310ac).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can move on the route (310ac) using kinetic energy provided by a specific mechanism, it is rolled using its own weight of the three-dimensional game machine (M1)
  • the inclined surface is not essential.
  • one of the part where the first supply path (231a, 241a) is installed and the part where the second supply path (241a, 251a) is installed is an inclined surface, and the other is a horizontal surface. Certain configurations are also envisioned.
  • Appendix E2 In a preferred example of Appendix E1, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) used by the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) for the physical lottery, and the game using the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) And a transport device (170ac) for recovering the three-dimensional game machine (M1) used for the transport and transporting it to the upstream side of the path (310ac).
  • the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) used for the game and the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) used for the physical lottery may be reused by conveying them upstream of the path (310ac). It is possible.
  • the configuration “recover the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) and transport it to the upstream side of the route (310ac)” transports all of the plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) collected after use to the upstream side of the route (310ac) Not only the configuration to carry out but also the composition which conveys only a part of a plurality of collected three-dimensional game machines (M1) to the upstream side of a course (310ac) is included.
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) which is not transported upstream of the path (310ac) may be used by another game machine using unit.
  • the second game player using unit (240a, 250a) performs the number of 3D game devices (M1) determined according to the progress status of the game in the physical lottery Use
  • the second supply path (241a, 251a) is disposed downstream of the first supply path (231a, 241a) in the path (310ac), and 1
  • the number of the three-dimensional game machines (M1) used by the game machine using unit (230a, 240a) for the game is the three-dimensional game machine used by the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) for the physical lottery It exceeds the number of (M1).
  • the second supply path (241a, 251a) is installed on the downstream side of the first supply path (231a, 241a) in the path (310ac), the second game player using portion (240a, 250a)
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can be used preferentially to the game by the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) rather than the physical lottery by.
  • a rollable game body for example, a ball-shaped game body
  • a mechanism suitable for carrying a three-dimensional gaming machine is required instead of the lift hopper for carrying token coins.
  • a preferred embodiment (Appendix F) of the present invention aims to provide a technology capable of efficiently transporting a three-dimensional game machine.
  • a game device (10) is a game device (10) for providing a game that uses a rollable solid game body (M1) regardless of the posture, A path (310ac) for rolling M1), a first supply path (231a, 241a), and a second supply path (241a, 251a) located downstream of the first supply path (231a, 241a)
  • a first game using portion (230a, 240a) for storing and using the three-dimensional game machine (M1) entering from the first supply path (231a, 241a);
  • the first game using portion (230a, 240a) enters the first feed path (231a
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolling the path (310ac) can enter the first supply path (231a, 241a), and the three-dimensional game body entered the first supply path (231a, 241a) (M1) is stored and used in the first game player using unit (230a, 240a).
  • the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) rolls toward the second supply path (241a, 251a). That is, therefore, it is possible to preferentially supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) rather than the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) on the path (310ac) may roll toward the second supply path (241a, 251a) without passing through the first supply path (231a, 241a).
  • the “downstream side” means the direction in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moves by movement.
  • the path (310ac) includes an inclined surface
  • the lower side of the inclined surface corresponds to the "downstream side”. That is, the second supply path (241a, 251a) is at a lower position than the first supply path (231a, 241a).
  • the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) stores the three-dimensional game machine (M1) entering from the second supply path (241a, 251a).
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is stored in the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) when the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is full. That is, it is possible to store the three-dimensional game machine (M1) preferentially to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) rather than the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a).
  • a preferred example of the supplementary statement F1 or the supplementary statement F2 includes a guiding portion which is installed in the path (310ac) and guides the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first supply path (231a, 241a).
  • Appendix G For example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-99632, there has been conventionally proposed a pusher game apparatus for moving a disk-shaped token coin inserted into a game field. In the conventional pusher game device, only a plurality of token coins are stacked in the game field, and there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of sufficiently securing the visual effect on presentation.
  • the preferable aspect (appendix G) of this invention is the structure which considered the above situations.
  • a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (the first game machine including the plurality of solid game machines inserted by the insertion unit (461a)) in a first state in which the first surface (Q1) is inclined with respect to the horizontal plane.
  • M1 is aligned in a single layer along the first surface (Q1), and in the second state, the angle of the first surface (Q1) is changed from the angle in the first state, 44) on the low order side of the first surface (Q1). Moving to be supplied to the discharge portion (446).
  • the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are aligned in a single layer along the first surface (Q1), a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are placed on the first surface (Q1) It is possible to effectively make the player visually recognize that there is. Further, when the angle of the first surface (Q1) changes, the plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) on the first surface (Q1) roll to the lower side and are supplied to the discharge unit (446). Therefore, a dynamic effect is realized in which a large number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) placed on the first surface (Q1) move toward the discharge port (1720) simultaneously.
  • the first surface (Q1) is basically a flat surface but may be a curved surface.
  • “aligned in a single layer” means that a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) are densely arranged along the first surface (Q1) without stacking in the direction perpendicular to the first surface (Q1). means.
  • “alignment” is not limited to arranging a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) in a straight line in a single row, but also includes arranging a plurality of three-dimensional games (M1) in a plane . Specifically, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) inserted from the insertion section (461a) is parallel to the first plane (Q1) with respect to the existing three-dimensional game machine (M1) on the first surface (Q1).
  • the insertion section (461a) inserts the three-dimensional game machine (M1) so as to abut from the above direction.
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is aligned in a single layer from the low order side to the high order side of the first surface (Q1).
  • the placing portion (44) includes a second surface (Q2) inclined with respect to the horizontal surface and intersecting the first surface (Q1), and in the first state, the second surface (Q2)
  • the lower edge (S11) of the first surface (Q1) and the lower edge (S21) of the second surface (Q2) are close to each other, and the insertion portion (461a) is the first surface (Q1)
  • second input sections (461a, 461c) to be input.
  • a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) are inserted from the high order side of each of the first face (Q1) and the second face (Q2), and the low order side of the first face (Q1) and the second face (
  • the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is accumulated on the lower side with Q2). Since the lower edge (S11) of the first surface (Q1) and the lower edge (S21) of the second surface (Q2) are close to each other, the first surface (Q1) and the second surface (Q2) A plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are aligned from the mutually adjacent part toward each higher order side. Therefore, there is an advantage that the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) placed on the placement unit (44) can be easily viewed by a plurality of players.
  • the angle of the first surface (Q1) approaches (ideally matches) the angle of the second surface (Q2), and the first surface (Q1) and the second surface (Q1) It is possible to roll the lower three sides of the first surface (Q1) and supply the discharge unit (446) with a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) covering both of Q2).
  • a preferred embodiment according to any one of Appendices G1 to G3 includes a game field (110a) for providing a player with a game using the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1), and the placing unit (44) includes It is located above the game field (110a), and at least a part of the placing part (44) is placed on the other side of the placing part (44) from the side opposite to the plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1)
  • the game machine (M1) is configured to be visible.
  • the placement unit (44) since the placement unit (44) is located above the game field (110a), the space inside the game apparatus (10) can be effectively used. Further, at least a part of the placement unit (44) can visually recognize the three-dimensional game device (M1) from the opposite side to the three-dimensional game device (M1) across the placement unit (44). That is, the player can visually recognize the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the side of the game field (110a) through the placement unit (44). Therefore, it is possible to effectively make the player visually recognize that a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are placed on the placement unit (44).
  • a plurality of three-dimensional game machines are biased to a region corresponding to the one where the number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) inserted is large among the first insertion portion (461a) and the second insertion portions (461b, 461c, 461d) Since (M1) is distributed, a game field in which a game contributed to accumulation of the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) on the placement unit (44) among the plurality of game fields is played (and a player who further contributes to the accumulation) Can be estimated from the distribution of a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1).
  • the “area corresponding to the one where the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) is large” means, for example, the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) among the plurality of inserting portions (461a, 461b, 461c, 461d) Although the region is close to many, it is not limited to the above region.
  • the placement unit (44) includes the first surface (Q1) and the second surface (Q2) described above.
  • the first inserting section (461b, 461d) inserts the three-dimensional game machine (M1) onto the surface of the first surface (Q1) from the high order side of the first surface (Q1).
  • the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are aligned in a single layer along the first surface (Q1), and the player is positioned in the space below the first surface (Q1). Therefore, the player can visually recognize the majority of the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) on the placement unit (44) through the placement unit (44). That is, it is possible to effectively make the player visually recognize that a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are placed on the placement unit (44).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Slot Machines And Peripheral Devices (AREA)

Abstract

A game device that provides a game that uses three-dimensional play objects that can roll in any orientation. The game device comprises a circulation mechanism that circulates the three-dimensional play objects. The circulation mechanism includes: a transport device that transports three-dimensional play objects from a first location to a second location that is higher than the first location; a first route that allows three-dimensional play objects to move from the second location to a third location that is lower than the second location; a supply channel that three-dimensional play objects enter between the second location and the third location and that supplies said three-dimensional play objects to a play object usage part from which said three-dimensional play objects are used in the game; and a second route that allows three-dimensional play objects that do not enter the supply channel to move to the first location, which is lower than the third location.

Description

ゲーム装置Game device
 本発明は、ゲーム装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a game device.
 例えば特許文献1に開示される通り、ゲームフィールドに投入された円板状のトークンコイン(メダル)を移動させるプッシャーゲーム装置が従来から提案されている。プッシャーゲーム装置では、トークンコインを投入部まで搬送するために、トークンコインをレールに沿って移動させるリフトホッパー等が利用される。 For example, as disclosed in Patent Document 1, there has conventionally been proposed a pusher game apparatus for moving a disk-like token coin (medal) inserted into a game field. In the pusher game device, a lift hopper or the like that moves token coins along rails is used to transport the token coins to the insertion unit.
特開2013-99632号公報JP, 2013-99632, A
 従来のプッシャーゲーム装置に利用されるトークンコインの代わりに、姿勢によらず転動可能な遊技体(例えば球体状の遊技体)を利用することも想定される。立体遊技体を利用する構成では、トークンコインを搬送するリフトホッパーに代えて、立体遊技体の搬送に好適な機構が必要である。以上の事情を考慮して、本発明は、立体遊技体を効率的に搬送することが可能な技術の提供を目的とする。 Instead of the token coin used in the conventional pusher game device, it is also conceivable to use a rollable game body (for example, a ball-shaped game body) regardless of the attitude. In the configuration using a three-dimensional gaming machine, a mechanism suitable for carrying a three-dimensional gaming machine is required instead of the lift hopper for carrying token coins. In consideration of the above circumstances, the present invention aims to provide a technology capable of efficiently transporting a three-dimensional game machine.
 以上の課題を解決するために、本発明の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置は、姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体を利用するゲームを提供するゲーム装置であって、前記立体遊技体を循環させる循環機構を具備し、前記循環機構は、第1位置から当該第1位置よりも高い第2位置に前記立体遊技体を搬送する搬送装置と、前記第2位置から当該第2位置よりも低い第3位置に前記立体遊技体を移動させる第1経路と、前記第2位置から前記第3位置までの間において前記立体遊技体が進入する供給路であって、当該立体遊技体を前記ゲームに利用する遊技体利用部に当該立体遊技体を供給するための供給路と、前記供給路に進入しない前記立体遊技体を、前記第3位置よりも低い前記第1位置まで移動させる第2経路とを含む。 In order to solve the above problems, a game device according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention is a game device that provides a game using a solid game player that can roll regardless of its posture, and And a transport device for transporting the three-dimensional game machine from a first position to a second position higher than the first position, and a circulation mechanism configured to circulate, and a second position from the second position to the second position A first path for moving the three-dimensional game machine to a low third position, and a supply path where the three-dimensional game machine enters between the second position and the third position, and the three-dimensional game machine A supply path for supplying the three-dimensional game body to the game-playing portion utilizing the game, and a second route for moving the three-dimensional game body not entering the supply path to the first position lower than the third position And.
第1実施形態に係るゲーム装置の外観図である。It is an outline view of a game device concerning a 1st embodiment. 鉛直方向の上方からみたゲーム装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the game device seen from the upper part of the perpendicular direction. 操作パネルの構成を例示する平面図である。FIG. 7 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the operation panel. ゲームフィールドの斜視図である。It is a perspective view of a game field. ゲームフィールドに立体遊技体が配置された状態の斜視図である。It is a perspective view in the state where a solid game player was arranged at the game field. 第1抽選部の構成を例示する平面図である。It is a top view which illustrates the composition of the 1st lottery part. 第2抽選部の構成を例示する斜視図である。It is a perspective view which illustrates the composition of the 2nd lottery part. 第3抽選部の構成を例示する斜視図である。It is a perspective view which illustrates the composition of the 3rd lottery part. 立体遊技体の流れを説明するためのブロック図である。It is a block diagram for demonstrating the flow of a three-dimensional game machine. 第1ホッパーの平面図である。It is a top view of the 1st hopper. 図10におけるA-A線の断面図である。11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. 循環機構の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of a circulation mechanism. 第1経路のうち第1個別経路の近傍の平面図である。It is a top view near the 1st individual course among the 1st course. 第1経路のうち第2個別経路の近傍の平面図である。It is a top view near the 2nd individual course among the 1st course. 第2経路の平面図である。It is a top view of the 2nd course. 搬送装置の側面図である。It is a side view of a conveyance device. 囲み部材を省略した状態の搬送装置の側面図である。It is a side view of a transportation device in the state where an enclosure member is omitted. 囲み部材およびガイド部を省略した状態の搬送装置の側面図である。It is a side view of a conveyance device in the state where an encircling member and a guide part were omitted. 搬送装置を部分的に拡大した断面図である。It is sectional drawing to which the conveyance apparatus was expanded partially. 回転軸に垂直な断面における搬送装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the conveying apparatus in a cross section perpendicular | vertical to a rotating shaft. 搬送装置のうち取込口の近傍を拡大した斜視図である。It is the perspective view which expanded the vicinity of the inlet among the conveying apparatuses. 搬送装置の取込口と第2経路との関係を例示する模式図である。It is a schematic diagram which illustrates the relationship between the inlet of a conveying apparatus, and a 2nd path | route. 取込口と支持部の外周縁との関係の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the relationship between an inlet and the outer periphery of a support part. 取込口と支持部の外周縁との関係の説明図である。It is explanatory drawing of the relationship between an inlet and the outer periphery of a support part. 搬送装置のうち排出口の近傍を拡大した斜視図である。It is the perspective view which expanded the vicinity of the discharge port among conveyance apparatuses. 鉛直方向の上方からみた供給部の近傍の平面図である。It is a top view near the supply part seen from the upper part of the perpendicular direction. 図26におけるB-B線の断面図である。FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB in FIG. 遊技体収容空間に着目したゲーム装置の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the game device which paid its attention to game object accommodation space. 遊技体収容空間の内部を上方からみた平面図である。It is the top view which looked at the inside of game machine accommodation space from the upper part. 遊技体収容空間の内部を上方からみた平面図である。It is the top view which looked at the inside of game machine accommodation space from the upper part. 遊技体収容空間とプレイヤとの位置関係を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the positional relationship of a game body accommodation space and a player. 遊技体収容空間とプレイヤとの位置関係を説明するための模式図である。It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the positional relationship of a game body accommodation space and a player. 第2実施形態における第1個別経路の平面図である。It is a top view of the 1st separate course in a 2nd embodiment. 第3実施形態の搬送装置を部分的に拡大した断面図である。It is sectional drawing to which the conveyance apparatus of 3rd Embodiment was expanded partially. 第4実施形態の搬送装置を部分的に拡大した断面図である。It is sectional drawing to which the conveyance apparatus of 4th Embodiment was expanded partially. 変形例における搬送装置のうち排出口の近傍を拡大した斜視図である。It is the perspective view which expanded the vicinity of the discharge port among the conveying apparatuses in a modification. 変形例における遊技体収容空間の内部を上方からみた平面図である。It is the top view which looked at the inside of the game machine accommodation space in the modification from the upper part.
 図面を参照しながら本発明の実施の形態を説明する。図面において各部の寸法および縮尺は実際の構成の寸法および縮尺とは適宜に相違する。以下に記載する実施の形態は、技術的に好適な種々の限定を含む。本発明の範囲は、以下に例示する実施形態には限定されない。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In the drawings, the dimensions and the scale of each part are appropriately different from the dimensions and the scale of the actual configuration. The embodiments described below include various technically suitable limitations. The scope of the present invention is not limited to the embodiments exemplified below.
[第1実施形態]
 図1は、第1実施形態に係るゲーム装置10を例示する外観図である。ゲーム装置10は、例えば娯楽施設(例えばゲームセンターまたはカジノ等)または商業施設(例えばショッピングセンター等)に設置される。ゲーム装置10は、カジノにおいて利用される場合には、ゲーミングマシンと称呼されることもある。
First Embodiment
FIG. 1 is an external view illustrating the game apparatus 10 according to the first embodiment. The game device 10 is installed in, for example, an entertainment facility (for example, a game center or a casino) or a commercial facility (for example, a shopping center or the like). The gaming device 10 may be referred to as a gaming machine when used in a casino.
 プレイヤは、遊技価値(価値媒体)を消費することでゲーム装置10によるゲームをプレイすることができる。遊技価値は、例えばトークンコイン(メダル)、コイン(貨幣)もしくはチケット等の有体の価値媒体、または、クレジットもしくはポイント等の無体の価値媒体である。遊技価値は、ゲームトークンまたは代用貨幣とも換言される。遊技価値の消費を条件として、プレイヤはゲーム装置10によるゲームをプレイすることができる。なお、トークンコイン等の有体の遊技価値とクレジット等の無体の遊技価値との何れかをプレイヤが選択して消費できるようにしてもよい。 The player can play the game by the game device 10 by consuming the game value (value medium). The game value is, for example, a tangible value medium such as token coin (medal), coin (money) or ticket, or an intangible value medium such as credit or point. The game value is also referred to as game token or substitute money. The player can play the game played by the game device 10 on condition of consumption of the gaming value. Note that the player may select and consume any of the tangible gaming value such as token coin and the intangible gaming value such as credit.
 また、ゲーム装置10によるゲームをプレイした結果に応じて遊技価値が報酬としてプレイヤに付与される。ゲームのプレイのために消費される遊技価値と、報酬としてプレイヤに付与される遊技価値とは、同種および異種の何れでもよい。例えば、所定数のトークンコインの投入によりゲームのプレイを開始した場合を想定すると、プレイの結果に応じた枚数のトークンコイン(同種の遊技価値)をプレイヤに付与してもよいし、プレイの結果に応じた枚数のチケット(異種の遊技価値)をプレイヤに付与してもよい。なお、遊技価値の消費(spend)は、遊技価値の投入とも換言され、遊技価値の付与は、遊技価値の払出とも換言される。 In addition, the game value is given to the player as a reward according to the result of playing the game by the game apparatus 10. The gaming value consumed for playing the game and the gaming value given to the player as a reward may be the same or different. For example, assuming that the game play is started by inserting a predetermined number of token coins, the player may be provided with a token coin (a game value of the same type) of the number according to the play result. The player may be given a number of tickets (different game values) corresponding to the number of players. It should be noted that the spending of the gaming value (spend) is also referred to as the insertion of the gaming value, and the giving of the gaming value is also referred to as the payout of the gaming value.
 なお、クレジット等の無体の遊技価値が報酬としてプレイヤに付与された場合、例えば所定の操作を契機として、当該報酬をトークンコイン等の有体の遊技価値に変換してプレイヤに払い出してもよい。また、クレジット等の無体の遊技価値は、プレイヤの識別情報に対応付けられた状態で管理装置により電子的に管理される。管理装置は、例えば娯楽施設または商業施設に設置されたコンピュータである。プレイヤは、管理装置が管理する無体の遊技価値の一部または全部をゲームにおいて消費し、または、報酬として付与された無体の遊技価値を管理装置に預け入れることが可能である。 If an intangible gaming value such as a credit is awarded to the player as a reward, for example, the predetermined reward may be converted into a tangible gaming value such as token coin to be paid out to the player. In addition, intangible game values such as credits are electronically managed by the management device in a state associated with the identification information of the player. The management device is, for example, a computer installed in an entertainment facility or a commercial facility. The player can consume part or all of the intangible gaming value managed by the management device in the game, or deposit the intangible gaming value provided as a reward in the management device.
 遊技価値には固定の価値が設定される。ただし、記憶回路(例えばICタグ)に遊技価値の数量または当該数量を表す識別情報を記憶し、または、遊技価値の数量を表すコード(例えばバーコードまたはQRコード(登録商標))を遊技価値に印刷することで、遊技価値の価値を可変値としてもよい。プレイヤに付与された遊技価値を景品等の各種の物品に交換してもよい。なお、第1実施形態では、プレイのために消費される遊技価値と、プレイの結果に応じた報酬としてプレイヤに付与される遊技価値とがトークンコインである場合を想定する。 A fixed value is set to the game value. However, the amount of gaming value or identification information representing the amount is stored in a memory circuit (for example, an IC tag), or a code (for example, a bar code or QR code (registered trademark)) representing the amount of gaming value By printing, the value of the game value may be a variable value. The game value given to the player may be exchanged for various articles such as a prize. In the first embodiment, it is assumed that the gaming value consumed for playing and the gaming value given to the player as a reward according to the result of playing are token coins.
 ゲーム装置10では、遊技体を利用したゲームが実行される。例えば、遊技価値の消費により遊技体がゲームに利用される。例えば、遊技価値の消費に応じた遊技体がゲームフィールドに投入される。消費された有体の遊技価値をそのまま遊技体としてゲームに利用してもよいし、消費された有体の遊技価値とは別個の遊技体をゲームに利用してもよい。例えば、プレイヤが投入したトークンコインをそのまま遊技体としてゲームに利用してもよいし、プレイヤが投入したトークンコインとは別個のボールを遊技体としてゲームに利用してもよい。消費された遊技価値とは別種の遊技体をゲームに利用する構成では、遊技価値の消費量と、当該消費によりゲームに利用される遊技体の数量との関係は、適宜に変更され得る。例えば、1枚のトークンコインの消費と引換に2個の遊技体が投入されてもよいし、1枚のトークンコインの消費と引換に1個の遊技体が投入されてもよい。また、クレジット等の無体の遊技価値の消費によりプレイヤがゲームをプレイする場合には、例えば所定の操作子(図示略)をプレイヤが操作することで遊技体がゲームフィールドに投入される。 In the game device 10, a game using a game is executed. For example, a game is used for a game by consumption of gaming value. For example, a gaming body corresponding to the consumption of gaming value is inserted into the game field. The consumed actual gaming value may be used as it is for a game as a gaming body, or a gaming body different from the consumed actual gaming value may be used for a game. For example, the token coin inserted by the player may be used as it is as a game body in the game, or a ball different from the token coin inserted by the player may be used as the game body in the game. In a configuration in which a game of a type different from the game value consumed is used for the game, the relationship between the consumption amount of the game value and the number of game bodies used for the game by the consumption may be changed as appropriate. For example, two gaming units may be inserted in exchange for consumption of one token coin, or one game may be inserted in exchange for consumption of one token coin. Further, when the player plays the game by consumption of intangible gaming value such as a credit, for example, the player operates a predetermined operation element (not shown), and the gaming body is inserted into the game field.
 遊技体の形状は任意であるが、第1実施形態では立体的な形状の遊技体(以下「立体遊技体」という)を利用する場合を想定する。立体遊技体は、例えばトークンコインまたはコインのように円板状でもよいし、ボールや直方体のように立体状でもよい。第1実施形態では特に、姿勢(orientation)によらず転動可能な立体遊技体を利用する。姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体の典型例は球体(例えばビー玉)であるが、例えば切頂多面体のような略球状の多面体も、姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体の概念に包含される。なお、第1実施形態が採用する構成のなかには、特定の姿勢において転動しない立体遊技体(例えば円板状)にも適用できるものがある。 The shape of the gaming machine is arbitrary, but in the first embodiment, it is assumed that a three-dimensional shaped gaming machine (hereinafter referred to as "three-dimensional gaming machine") is used. The three-dimensional game machine may be, for example, a disc like a token coin or a coin, or may be three-dimensional like a ball or a cuboid. In the first embodiment, in particular, a rollable three-dimensional game machine is used regardless of the orientation. A typical example of a solid game machine that can be rolled regardless of its posture is a sphere (for example, marbles), but the concept of a solid game machine that can roll regardless of its posture, for example, a substantially spherical polyhedron such as a truncated polyhedron Is included in Note that among the configurations adopted in the first embodiment, there are those which can be applied to a three-dimensional gaming machine (for example, a disc-like) which does not roll in a specific posture.
 第1実施形態では、直径が相違する2種類の球体が立体遊技体として利用される。以下の説明では、2種類のうち大径の球体を「大玉」と表記し、小径の球体を「小玉」と表記する。第1実施形態の立体遊技体(小玉および大玉)は、光透過性の材料で形成される。 In the first embodiment, two types of spheres having different diameters are used as a three-dimensional game machine. In the following description, the large diameter sphere of the two types is described as "large ball", and the small diameter sphere is described as "small ball". The three-dimensional game machine (a small ball and a large ball) of the first embodiment is formed of a light transmitting material.
 図1に例示される通り、第1実施形態のゲーム装置10は、相異なるプレイヤがゲームのプレイに利用する4個のステーション部100(100a,100b,100cおよび100d)と、各プレイヤが操作する操作パネル160(160a,160b,160cおよび160d)とを具備する。4個のステーション部100は、相互に独立した同種のゲームを相異なるプレイヤに並行して提供可能である。各ステーション部100は、立体遊技体の移動に応じて進行するゲームをプレイヤに提供する。なお、4個のステーション部100の各々は、単独でもゲーム装置として機能する。また、ゲーム装置10を構成するステーション部100の総数は、4個に限定されず1個以上の任意の個数に変更される。 As illustrated in FIG. 1, in the game apparatus 10 according to the first embodiment, each player operates four station units 100 (100a, 100b, 100c, and 100d) that different players use for playing a game. And an operation panel 160 (160a, 160b, 160c and 160d). The four station units 100 can provide the same kind of mutually independent game to different players in parallel. Each station unit 100 provides the player with a game that progresses according to the movement of the three-dimensional game machine. Each of the four station units 100 alone functions as a game device. Further, the total number of station units 100 constituting the game apparatus 10 is not limited to four, and is changed to one or more arbitrary number.
 2個のステーション部100aおよび100cはプレイヤの前後方向(図1のY方向)に隣合う。同様に、2個のステーション部100bおよび100dは前後方向に隣合う。また、2個のステーション部100aおよび100bはプレイヤの左右方向(図1のX方向)に隣合う。同様に、2個のステーション部100cおよび100dは左右方向に隣合う。 The two station units 100a and 100c are adjacent to each other in the front-rear direction (Y direction in FIG. 1) of the player. Similarly, the two station units 100b and 100d are adjacent in the front-rear direction. The two station units 100a and 100b are adjacent to each other in the left-right direction of the player (X direction in FIG. 1). Similarly, the two station units 100c and 100d are horizontally adjacent to each other.
 4個のステーション部100の構成は共通する。以下では1個のステーション部100aを重点的に説明し、他のステーション部100b,100cおよび100dの説明を適宜に割愛する。なお、ステーション部100aを構成する要素の符号には添字「a」が付加される。他のステーション部100b,100cおよび100dの各々を構成する要素は、ステーション部100aの要素の添字aをそれぞれ「b」「c」および「d」に置換することで説明される。また、2個の添字の組合せが符号に付加された要素は、当該2個の添字にそれぞれ対応する2個のステーション部100により共用される要素である。例えば、符号に添字「ab」が付加された要素は、ステーション部100aとステーション部100bとで共用される。 The configuration of the four station units 100 is common. In the following, one station unit 100a will be mainly described, and the descriptions of the other station units 100b, 100c and 100d will be omitted as appropriate. The subscript “a” is added to the reference numerals of the elements constituting the station unit 100 a. The elements constituting each of the other station parts 100b, 100c and 100d are described by replacing the subscript a of the elements of the station part 100a with "b", "c" and "d" respectively. Further, an element in which a combination of two subscripts is added to a code is an element shared by the two station units 100 respectively corresponding to the two subscripts. For example, the elements with the suffix "ab" added to the code are shared by the station unit 100a and the station unit 100b.
 図1に例示される通り、ステーション部100aは払出口Maを含む。払出口Maは、ゲームの結果に応じた遊技価値をプレイヤに払出すための開口である。 As illustrated in FIG. 1, the station unit 100 a includes a payout outlet Ma. The payout opening Ma is an opening for paying the player the game value according to the result of the game.
 図2は、鉛直方向の上方(図1のZ方向)からみたゲーム装置10の各要素の模式図である。図2に例示される通り、ステーション部100aは、ゲームフィールド110aと第1抽選部120aと第2抽選部130aと搬送装置180aとを具備する。また、ゲーム装置10は、4個のステーション部100のほかに、搬送装置170acおよび170bdと、第3抽選部140abおよび140cdと、JP(jackpot)払出部150とを具備する。 FIG. 2 is a schematic view of each element of the game apparatus 10 as viewed from above in the vertical direction (the Z direction in FIG. 1). As illustrated in FIG. 2, the station unit 100a includes a game field 110a, a first lottery unit 120a, a second lottery unit 130a, and a transport device 180a. In addition to the four station units 100, the game apparatus 10 further includes transport devices 170ac and 170bd, third lottery units 140ab and 140cd, and a JP (jackpot) dispensing unit 150.
 ゲームフィールド110aは、立体遊技体を利用したゲームが実行される空間である。第1実施形態のゲームフィールド110aでは、立体遊技体を利用したプッシャーゲームが実行される。図4は、ゲームフィールド110aを例示する斜視図であり、図5は、ゲームフィールド110aに小玉M1と大玉M2とが供給された状態の斜視図である。図4および図5に例示される通り、ゲームフィールド110aには、テーブル111と、壁部112と、プッシャーテーブル113と、投入部114Lおよび114Rと、大玉投入部114Bとが設置される。 The game field 110a is a space in which a game using a three-dimensional game machine is executed. In the game field 110a of the first embodiment, a pusher game using a three-dimensional game is executed. FIG. 4 is a perspective view illustrating the game field 110a, and FIG. 5 is a perspective view of a state in which the small ball M1 and the large ball M2 are supplied to the game field 110a. As illustrated in FIGS. 4 and 5, the game field 110a is provided with a table 111, a wall 112, a pusher table 113, insertion portions 114L and 114R, and a large ball insertion portion 114B.
 テーブル111は、略水平に固定された平板状の部材である。テーブル111の左側の周縁には切欠部115Lが形成され、右側の周縁には切欠部115Rが形成される。切欠部115Lおよび115Rは、小玉M1は通過できるが大玉M2は通過できない寸法および形状に形成される。プッシャーテーブル113は、テーブル111の面上で前後方向(図4の方向Aおよび方向B)に往復する構造体である。プッシャーテーブル113の表面に底面が対向するように壁部112が設置される。 The table 111 is a flat member fixed substantially horizontally. A notch 115L is formed on the left side edge of the table 111, and a notch 115R is formed on the right side edge. The notches 115L and 115R are formed in such a size and shape that the small ball M1 can pass but the large ball M2 can not pass. The pusher table 113 is a structure that reciprocates on the surface of the table 111 in the front-rear direction (direction A and direction B in FIG. 4). The wall portion 112 is installed so that the bottom surface faces the surface of the pusher table 113.
 投入部114Lは、ゲームフィールド110aの左側から小玉M1をプッシャーテーブル113の面上に投入する。投入部114Rは、ゲームフィールド110aの右側から小玉M1をプッシャーテーブル113の面上に投入する。大玉投入部114Bは、テーブル111の面上に大玉M2を投入する。 The insertion unit 114L inserts the small ball M1 onto the surface of the pusher table 113 from the left side of the game field 110a. The insertion unit 114R inserts the small ball M1 onto the surface of the pusher table 113 from the right side of the game field 110a. The large ball insertion unit 114 B inserts the large ball M 2 onto the surface of the table 111.
 図5に例示される通り、実際にゲームが実行される場面では、テーブル111およびプッシャーテーブル113の面上に多数の小玉M1が載置される。また、大玉投入部114Bから投入された大玉M2は、テーブル111の面上に載置される。投入部114Lまたは114Rからプッシャーテーブル113の面上に投入された複数の小玉M1は、プッシャーテーブル113が後方(図4における方向A)に移動するときに壁部112により押圧される。壁部112に押圧されることで複数の小玉M1が順次に方向Bに移動し、プッシャーテーブル113の前縁の近傍に位置する余剰の小玉M1が、プッシャーテーブル113の前縁からテーブル111の面上に落下する。テーブル111の面上の複数の小玉M1は、方向Bに移動するプッシャーテーブル113により押圧されることで順次に方向Bに移動し、テーブル111の前縁部116の近傍に位置する余剰の小玉M1が当該前縁部116から落下する。 As illustrated in FIG. 5, when the game is actually executed, a large number of small balls M1 are placed on the surfaces of the table 111 and the pusher table 113. In addition, the large ball M2 inserted from the large ball insertion unit 114B is placed on the surface of the table 111. The plurality of small balls M1 inserted onto the surface of the pusher table 113 from the insertion portion 114L or 114R are pressed by the wall portion 112 when the pusher table 113 moves rearward (direction A in FIG. 4). The plurality of small balls M1 sequentially move in the direction B by being pressed by the wall portion 112, and surplus small balls M1 located in the vicinity of the front edge of the pusher table 113 move from the front edge of the pusher table 113 to the surface of the table 111. Fall up. The plurality of small balls M1 on the surface of the table 111 are sequentially moved in the direction B by being pushed by the pusher table 113 moving in the direction B, and surplus small balls M1 located in the vicinity of the front edge portion 116 of the table 111 Drops from the front edge 116.
 前縁部116から落下した小玉M1の個数に応じた数量の遊技価値が報酬としてプレイヤに付与される。一方、切欠部115Lまたは115Rを通過した小玉M1は、プレイヤに付与される遊技価値の数量の決定には加味されない。 The game value of the quantity according to the number of small balls M1 dropped from the front edge portion 116 is given to the player as a reward. On the other hand, the small ball M1 that has passed through the cutaway portion 115L or 115R is not added to the determination of the number of game values given to the player.
 図2の第1抽選部120aは、第1抽選に利用される物理抽選部である。第1抽選は、後述の第2抽選に使用される小玉M1の個数を決定するための物理抽選である。第1抽選部120aを利用した第1抽選は、第1条件の成立毎に実行される。第1条件は、例えば、ゲームフィールド110aからm個の大玉M2が落下するという条件である(mは1以上の整数)。以下の説明では個数mが1である場合を想定する。すなわち、ゲームフィールド110aの前縁部116から1個の大玉M2が落下するたびに第1抽選が実行される。ただし、第1条件は以上の例示に限定されない。 The first lottery unit 120a in FIG. 2 is a physical lottery unit used for the first lottery. The first lottery is a physical lottery for determining the number of small balls M1 used for the second lottery described later. The first lottery using the first lottery unit 120a is executed each time the first condition is met. The first condition is, for example, a condition that m large balls M2 fall from the game field 110a (m is an integer of 1 or more). In the following description, it is assumed that the number m is one. That is, each time one large ball M2 falls from the front edge portion 116 of the game field 110a, the first lottery is executed. However, the first condition is not limited to the above examples.
 第2抽選部130aは、第2抽選に利用される物理抽選部である。第2抽選は、後述の第3抽選を実行するか否かを決定するための物理抽選である。第2抽選部130aを利用した第2抽選は、第2条件の成立毎に実行される。第2条件は、例えば、ゲームフィールド110aからn個の大玉M2が落下するという条件である。以下の説明では個数nが3である場合を想定する。すなわち、ゲームフィールド110aから3個の大玉M2が落下するたびに第2抽選が実行される。第2抽選で使用される小玉M1の個数は、当該第2抽選の開始前のn回にわたる第1抽選の結果の合計値である。すなわち、ゲームの進行の状況に応じて決定された個数の小玉M1が第2抽選に利用される。 The second lottery unit 130a is a physical lottery unit used for the second lottery. The second lottery is a physical lottery for determining whether or not to execute a third lottery described later. The second lottery using the second lottery unit 130a is executed each time the second condition is met. The second condition is, for example, a condition that n large balls M2 fall from the game field 110a. In the following description, it is assumed that the number n is three. That is, each time the three large balls M2 fall from the game field 110a, the second lottery is executed. The number of small balls M1 used in the second lottery is the total value of the results of the first lottery over n times before the start of the second lottery. That is, the number of small balls M1 determined according to the progress of the game is used for the second lottery.
 第3抽選部140abは、ステーション部100aおよび100bにより共用され、第3抽選に利用される物理抽選部である。第3抽選は、JP払出部150が多数の小玉M1の払出を実行するか否かを決定するための物理抽選である。第3抽選部140abを利用した第3抽選は、第2抽選により第3抽選の実行が決定された場合に実行される。具体的には、第2抽選部130aを利用した第2抽選により第3抽選の実行が決定された場合、JP払出部150からゲームフィールド110aに多数の小玉M1を払出すか否かが、第3抽選部140abを利用した第3抽選により決定される。また、第2抽選部130bを利用した第2抽選により第3抽選の実行が決定された場合、JP払出部150からゲームフィールド110bに多数の小玉M1を払出すか否かが、第3抽選部140abを利用した第3抽選により決定される。なお、以上の説明では、ステーション部100aおよび100bにより共用される第3抽選部140abに着目したが、ステーション部100cおよび100dにより共用される第3抽選部140cdも同様である。 The third lottery unit 140ab is a physical lottery unit shared by the station units 100a and 100b and used for the third lottery. The third lottery is a physical lottery for determining whether or not the JP payout unit 150 executes payout of a large number of small balls M1. The third lottery using the third lottery unit 140ab is executed when execution of the third lottery is determined by the second lottery. Specifically, when execution of the third lottery is determined by the second lottery using the second lottery unit 130a, it is determined whether or not a number of small balls M1 are to be paid out from the JP payout unit 150 to the game field 110a. It is determined by the third lottery using lottery unit 140ab. In addition, when execution of the third lottery is determined by the second lottery using the second lottery unit 130b, the third lottery unit 140ab determines whether or not a number of small balls M1 are paid out from the JP payout unit 150 to the game field 110b. Is determined by the third lottery using the Although the above description focuses on the third lottery unit 140ab shared by the station units 100a and 100b, the same applies to the third lottery unit 140cd shared by the station units 100c and 100d.
 JP払出部150は、4個のステーション部100(100a,100b,100cおよび100d)により共用される。図2に例示される通り、JP払出部150は、鉛直方向からの平面視でゲーム装置10の中央に位置する。第1実施形態のJP払出部150は、小玉M1の払出先を、ゲームフィールド110a,110b,110cおよび110dの何れかに切替可能である。 The JP payout unit 150 is shared by the four station units 100 (100a, 100b, 100c and 100d). As illustrated in FIG. 2, the JP payout unit 150 is located at the center of the game apparatus 10 in plan view from the vertical direction. The JP payout unit 150 of the first embodiment can switch the payout destination of the small ball M1 to any of the game fields 110a, 110b, 110c, and 110d.
 図2の操作パネル160aは、プレイヤからの操作を受付ける。図3は、操作パネル160aの構成を例示する平面図である。図3に例示される通り、操作パネル160aは、投入口161Lおよび161Rと、切替操作部162Lおよび162Rとを含んで構成される。投入口161Lおよび161Rには、有体の遊技価値がプレイヤにより投入される。 Operation panel 160a in FIG. 2 receives an operation from the player. FIG. 3 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the operation panel 160a. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the operation panel 160a includes input ports 161L and 161R, and switching operation units 162L and 162R. The player's own game value is inserted into the insertion openings 161L and 161R.
 投入口161Lに遊技価値が投入されると、ゲームフィールド110aの左側の投入部114Lから小玉M1がゲームフィールド110aに投入される。切替操作部162Lは、投入部114Lからの小玉M1の投入方向をプレイヤが変更するために操作される。また、投入口161Rに遊技価値が投入されると、ゲームフィールド110aの右側の投入部114Rから小玉M1がゲームフィールド110aに投入される。切替操作部162Rは、投入部114Rからの小玉M1の投入方向をプレイヤが変更するために操作される。 When the game value is inserted into the insertion slot 161L, the small ball M1 is inserted into the game field 110a from the insertion portion 114L on the left side of the game field 110a. The switching operation unit 162L is operated in order for the player to change the insertion direction of the small ball M1 from the insertion unit 114L. When a game value is inserted into the insertion slot 161R, a small ball M1 is inserted into the game field 110a from the insertion portion 114R on the right side of the game field 110a. The switching operation unit 162R is operated in order for the player to change the insertion direction of the small ball M1 from the insertion unit 114R.
 図2の搬送装置170acは、複数の小玉M1を搬送する。具体的には、搬送装置170acは、ステーション部100aおよび100cにより共用され、例えばゲームフィールド110aまたは110cから落下した小玉M1を高い位置に搬送する。搬送装置170acにより搬送された小玉M1は、複数の要素(例えば各ステーション部100)で利用される。搬送装置170bdは、ステーション部100bおよび100dにより共用され、ゲームフィールド110bまたは110dから落下した小玉M1を高い位置に搬送する。 The transfer device 170 ac of FIG. 2 transfers a plurality of small beads M1. Specifically, the transport device 170ac is shared by the station units 100a and 100c, and transports, for example, the small ball M1 dropped from the game field 110a or 110c to a high position. The small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are used in a plurality of elements (for example, each station unit 100). The transfer device 170bd is shared by the station units 100b and 100d, and transfers the small ball M1 dropped from the game field 110b or 110d to a high position.
 搬送装置180aは、小玉M1を例えば鉛直方向に搬送する。例えば、小玉M1が収容される円管内に送風することで当該小玉M1を搬送するエアーリフターが搬送装置180aとして好適に利用される。円管の内径は、小玉M1の外径を上回り、当該外径の1.5倍を下回る。円管の内径と小玉M1の外径との差分(以下「径差」という)が0に近付くほど、送風による外力が円管内の小玉M1に作用し易くなり、小玉M1を短時間で搬送することが可能になる。したがって、径差が0に近いことが望ましい。また、径差が0に近いほど円管の外径が削減され、結果的に搬送装置180aの小型化が実現される。なお、搬送装置180aによる小玉M1の搬送方向は鉛直方向に限定されない。搬送装置180aにより搬送された小玉M1は、第3抽選部140abまたは後述の遊技体収容空間46(図28参照)に供給される。 The transport device 180a transports the small ball M1, for example, in the vertical direction. For example, an air lifter that transports the small ball M1 by blowing air into a circular pipe in which the small ball M1 is accommodated is suitably used as the transfer device 180a. The inner diameter of the circular tube exceeds the outer diameter of the small ball M1 and is less than 1.5 times the outer diameter. As the difference between the inner diameter of the circular tube and the outer diameter of the small ball M1 (hereinafter referred to as "diameter difference") approaches 0, the external force by the air flow is more likely to act on the small ball M1 in the circular pipe, and the small ball M1 is transported in a short time It becomes possible. Therefore, it is desirable that the diameter difference be close to zero. Further, as the difference in diameter approaches zero, the outer diameter of the circular pipe is reduced, and as a result, downsizing of the transfer device 180a is realized. In addition, the conveyance direction of the small ball M1 by the conveyance apparatus 180a is not limited to a perpendicular direction. The small balls M1 transported by the transport device 180a are supplied to the third lottery portion 140ab or the gaming machine housing space 46 (see FIG. 28) described later.
[第1抽選部120a]
 図6は、第1抽選部120aの構成を例示する平面図である。図6に例示される通り、第1抽選部120aは、表示部1210と通路1220とを具備する。
[First lottery unit 120a]
FIG. 6 is a plan view illustrating the configuration of the first lottery unit 120a. As illustrated in FIG. 6, the first lottery unit 120 a includes a display unit 1210 and a passage 1220.
 表示部1210は円形状の画面1211を含む。画面1211には、第2抽選に使用される小玉M1の個数について複数の候補C1~C4が表示される。候補C1は「10球」を表し、候補C2は「7球」を表し、候補C3は「3球」を表し、候補C4は「1球」を表す。なお、画面1211に表示される候補の総数、および、各候補が表す小玉M1の個数は、以上の例示に限定されず任意に変更される。 The display unit 1210 includes a circular screen 1211. A plurality of candidates C1 to C4 are displayed on the screen 1211 for the number of small balls M1 used for the second lottery. The candidate C1 represents "10 spheres", the candidate C2 represents "7 spheres", the candidate C3 represents "3 spheres", and the candidate C4 represents "1 sphere". Note that the total number of candidates displayed on the screen 1211 and the number of small beads M1 represented by each candidate are not limited to the above examples, and are arbitrarily changed.
 前縁部116から1個の大玉M2が落下するたびに、複数の候補C1~C4が画面1211に表示され、かつ、通路1220に小玉M1が投入される。通路1220は、画面1211の外周に沿う円弧状に形成される。通路1220の端部1221には、小玉M1の飛出しを防止するための突出部1222が設置される。通路1220の途中の部分には、小玉M1が通過する排出部1230が形成される。 Each time one large ball M2 falls from the front edge portion 116, a plurality of candidates C1 to C4 are displayed on the screen 1211 and the small ball M1 is thrown into the passage 1220. The passage 1220 is formed in an arc shape along the outer periphery of the screen 1211. The end 1221 of the passage 1220 is provided with a protrusion 1222 for preventing the small ball M1 from jumping out. In the middle part of the passage 1220, a discharge part 1230 through which the small ball M1 passes is formed.
 表示部1210は、画面1211内の複数の候補C1~C4の位置を時間の経過とともに変更する。通路1220に投入された小玉M1は、当該通路1220に沿って移動し、最終的には排出部1230を通過する。小玉M1が排出部1230を通過した時点で、画面1211における複数の候補C1~C4の移動が停止する。そして、複数の候補C1~C4のうち排出部1230に最も近い位置に停止した候補が示す数値が、第2抽選に使用される小玉M1の個数として決定される。排出部1230を通過した小玉M1は、ゲームフィールド110a(例えばプッシャーテーブル113)に落下する。 The display unit 1210 changes the positions of the plurality of candidates C1 to C4 in the screen 1211 with the passage of time. The small beads M1 introduced into the passage 1220 move along the passage 1220 and finally pass through the discharge portion 1230. The movement of the plurality of candidates C1 to C4 on the screen 1211 is stopped when the small ball M1 passes through the discharge unit 1230. Then, among the plurality of candidates C1 to C4, the numerical value indicated by the candidate stopped at the position closest to the discharge unit 1230 is determined as the number of small balls M1 used for the second lottery. The small ball M1 that has passed the discharge unit 1230 falls on the game field 110a (for example, the pusher table 113).
[第2抽選部130a]
 図7は、第2抽選部130aの構成を例示する斜視図である。第2抽選部130aは、第1クルーン1310と第2クルーン1320と第3クルーン1330とを具備する。第1クルーン1310、第2クルーン1320および第3クルーン1330の各々は、小玉M1を複数の経路に振り分ける構造体(distributer or sorter)である。3個の大玉M2が前縁部116から落下すると(すなわち第2条件の成立)、当該3個の大玉M2の各々の落下毎に第1抽選で決定された小玉M1の個数を合計した個数の小玉M1が、第1クルーン1310に投入される。
[Second lottery section 130a]
FIG. 7 is a perspective view illustrating the configuration of the second lottery unit 130a. The second lottery unit 130 a includes a first lone 1310, a second lone 1320 and a third lone 1330. Each of the first claves 1310, the second claves 1320, and the third claves 1330 is a distributor (sorter) or sorter that distributes the small beads M1 into a plurality of paths. When three large balls M2 fall from the front edge portion 116 (that is, the second condition is satisfied), the number of small balls M1 determined by the first lottery is added for each fall of the three large balls M2. A small ball M1 is introduced to the first clave 1310.
 第1クルーン1310に投入された小玉M1は、第1クルーン1310に形成された複数の貫通孔1311,1312および1313の何れかを通過する。貫通孔1311および1312の何れかを通過した小玉M1は、第2クルーン1320に投入されることなく回収される。他方、貫通孔1313を通過した小玉M1は、通路1314を介して第2クルーン1320に投入される。 The small ball M1 introduced into the first claves 1310 passes through any of the plurality of through holes 1311, 1312 and 1313 formed in the first claves 1310. The small ball M1 having passed through any one of the through holes 1311 and 1312 is collected without being introduced into the second crane 1320. On the other hand, the small ball M <b> 1 which has passed through the through hole 1313 is injected into the second clone 1320 through the passage 1314.
 第2クルーン1320に投入された小玉M1は、第2クルーン1320に形成された複数の貫通孔1321,1322および1323の何れかを通過する。貫通孔1321および1322の何れかを通過した小玉M1は、第3クルーン1330に投入されることなく回収される。他方、貫通孔1323を通過した小玉M1は、通路1324を介して第3クルーン1330に投入される。 The small beads M1 introduced into the second claves 1320 pass through any of the plurality of through holes 1321, 1322, and 1323 formed in the second claves 1320. The small ball M1 that has passed through any of the through holes 1321 and 1322 is collected without being injected into the third crane 1330. On the other hand, the small ball M <b> 1 which has passed through the through hole 1323 is put into the third clone 1330 through the passage 1324.
 第3クルーン1330に投入された小玉M1は、第3クルーン1330に形成された排出部1331から排出される。排出部1331から小玉M1が排出されると、第3抽選部140abを利用した第3抽選が実行される。 The small beads M1 introduced into the third claves 1330 are discharged from the discharge portion 1331 formed in the third claves 1330. When the small ball M1 is discharged from the discharge unit 1331, a third lottery using the third lottery unit 140ab is executed.
[第3抽選部140ab]
 図8は、第3抽選部140abの構成を例示する斜視図である。第3抽選部140abは、クルーン141と小玉移動部142とを具備する。第2抽選部130aの排出部1331から小玉M1が排出されると、第3抽選部140abのクルーン141に小玉M1が投入される。
[Third lottery unit 140ab]
FIG. 8 is a perspective view illustrating the configuration of the third lottery unit 140ab. The third lottery unit 140ab includes the clone 141 and the small ball moving unit 142. When the small ball M1 is discharged from the discharging portion 1331 of the second lottery portion 130a, the small ball M1 is thrown into the clone 141 of the third lottery portion 140ab.
 小玉移動部142は、クルーン141の中央に設置されて往復回転する。クルーン141に投入された小玉M1は、小玉移動部142に衝突することでクルーン141の外周に向けて移動する。以上の状況が反復されるうちに、小玉M1は、クルーン141に形成された複数の貫通孔143~148の何れかを通過する。小玉M1が複数の貫通孔143~147の何れかを通過した場合には、JP払出部150による多数の小玉M1の払出は実行されない。他方、小玉M1が貫通孔148を通過した場合には、JP払出部150による多数の小玉M1の払出が実行される。 The small ball moving unit 142 is installed at the center of the clone 141 and rotates reciprocally. The small ball M <b> 1 inserted into the clone 141 moves toward the outer periphery of the clone 141 by colliding with the small ball moving part 142. While the above situation is repeated, the small ball M1 passes through any of the plurality of through holes 143 to 148 formed in the clune 141. When the small ball M1 passes through any of the plurality of through holes 143 to 147, the payout of the large number of small beads M1 by the JP payout unit 150 is not executed. On the other hand, when the small ball M1 passes through the through hole 148, the payout of the large number of small balls M1 by the JP payout unit 150 is executed.
[立体遊技体(小玉M1および大玉M2)の流れ]
 図9は、ステーション部100aにおける小玉M1および大玉M2の流れを説明するためのブロック図である。図9に例示される通り、ステーション部100aは、図2に例示した構成に加えて、大玉センサ190aと計数器220aと第1ホッパー230aと第2ホッパー240aと第3ホッパー250aと経路切替部270aおよび280aとを具備する。なお、搬送装置170acは2個のステーション部100aおよび100cに共用される要素であるが、図9では、ステーション部100aを表す枠線の内部に便宜的に図示されている。
[Flow of Three-dimensional Game Machine (Odama M1 and Odama M2)]
FIG. 9 is a block diagram for explaining the flow of the small ball M1 and the large ball M2 in the station section 100a. As illustrated in FIG. 9, the station unit 100a has a large ball sensor 190a, a counter 220a, a first hopper 230a, a second hopper 240a, a third hopper 250a, and a path switching unit 270a in addition to the configuration illustrated in FIG. And 280a. Although the transfer device 170ac is an element shared by the two station units 100a and 100c, FIG. 9 is illustrated for convenience in the inside of a frame line representing the station unit 100a.
 大玉センサ190aは、ゲームフィールド110aにおけるテーブル111の前縁部116から落下した大玉M2を検出する。第1抽選部120aを利用した第1抽選と、第2抽選部130aを利用した第2抽選とは、大玉センサ190aによる検出の結果に応じて実行される。 The large ball sensor 190a detects the large ball M2 dropped from the front edge portion 116 of the table 111 in the game field 110a. The first lottery using the first lottery unit 120a and the second lottery using the second lottery unit 130a are executed according to the result of detection by the large ball sensor 190a.
 ゲームフィールド110aにおいて前縁部116から落下した小玉M1は、計数器220aに供給される。計数器220aは、前縁部116から供給される小玉M1を貯留するとともに小玉M1の個数を計数するカウントホッパーである。計数器220aによる計数値は、報酬としてプレイヤに付与される遊技価値の数量を決定するために利用される。計数器220aは、計数済の小玉M1を排出する。 The small ball M1 dropped from the front edge 116 in the game field 110a is supplied to the counter 220a. The counter 220a is a count hopper that stores the small balls M1 supplied from the front edge portion 116 and counts the number of small balls M1. The count value of the counter 220a is used to determine the amount of gaming value given to the player as a reward. The counter 220a discharges the counted small balls M1.
 搬送装置170acは、ゲームで利用された小玉M1とゲームで利用されなかった小玉M1とを、鉛直方向の下方から上方に搬送する。ゲームで利用された小玉M1とは、計数器220aから排出された小玉M1と、切欠部115Lまたは115Rから落下した小玉M1と、第2抽選部130aまたは第3抽選部140abで使用された小玉M1とである。ゲームで利用されなかった小玉M1とは、後述の分配部260によりステーション部100aに分配された小玉M1である。搬送装置170acにより搬送された小玉M1は、第1経路310acに供給される。 The transport device 170ac transports the small ball M1 used in the game and the small ball M1 not used in the game from the lower side to the upper side in the vertical direction. The small ball M1 used in the game is the small ball M1 discharged from the counter 220a, the small ball M1 dropped from the cutout portion 115L or 115R, and the small ball M1 used in the second lottery portion 130a or the third lottery portion 140ab. And The small ball M1 not used in the game is the small ball M1 distributed to the station unit 100a by the distribution unit 260 described later. The small balls M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are supplied to the first path 310ac.
 第1経路310acは、小玉M1が移動する経路である。第1経路310acには、第1ホッパー230aと第2ホッパー240aと第3ホッパー250aとの各々に小玉M1を供給するための開口となる供給路が形成される。第1ホッパー230aには、搬送装置170acにより搬送された小玉M1が進入可能である。第1ホッパー230aは、第1経路310acから供給される小玉M1を貯留するとともに当該小玉M1を経路切替部270aに順次に供給する。 The first path 310ac is a path along which the small ball M1 moves. In the first path 310 ac, a supply path is formed which is an opening for supplying small beads M 1 to each of the first hopper 230 a, the second hopper 240 a and the third hopper 250 a. The small ball M1 conveyed by the conveying device 170ac can enter the first hopper 230a. The first hopper 230a stores the small balls M1 supplied from the first path 310ac and sequentially supplies the small balls M1 to the path switching unit 270a.
[第1ホッパー230a]
 図10は、第1ホッパー230aの平面図である。図11は、図10におけるA-A線の断面図である。図10および図11に例示される通り、第1ホッパー230aは、貯留容器231と底面部232と回転体233と駆動機構234とを具備する。
[First hopper 230a]
FIG. 10 is a plan view of the first hopper 230a. FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA in FIG. As illustrated in FIGS. 10 and 11, the first hopper 230 a includes a storage container 231, a bottom portion 232, a rotating body 233, and a drive mechanism 234.
 貯留容器231は、複数の小玉M1を貯留するための容器である。貯留容器231の底面には、小玉M1が通過可能な排出経路235が形成される。底面部232は、小玉M1の外形を下回る間隔をあけて貯留容器231の底面に対向する板状部材である。底面部232には円形の開口2321が形成される。回転体233は、開口2321の内側に設置された円板状の部材である。回転体233には、複数の貫通孔2331が周方向に沿って等間隔に形成される。貯留容器231に貯留された小玉M1は貫通孔2331を通過可能である。駆動機構234は、例えばモータを含んで構成され、回転体233を回転させる。 The storage container 231 is a container for storing a plurality of small balls M1. At the bottom of the storage container 231, a discharge path 235 through which the small ball M1 can pass is formed. The bottom surface portion 232 is a plate-like member facing the bottom surface of the storage container 231 at an interval smaller than the outer diameter of the small beads M1. The bottom portion 232 is formed with a circular opening 2321. The rotating body 233 is a disk-shaped member installed inside the opening 2321. A plurality of through holes 2331 are formed in the rotating body 233 at equal intervals along the circumferential direction. The small ball M <b> 1 stored in the storage container 231 can pass through the through hole 2331. The drive mechanism 234 includes, for example, a motor, and rotates the rotating body 233.
 貯留容器231に貯留された複数の小玉M1は、回転体233の貫通孔2331に収容される。回転体233の回転により貫通孔2331が排出経路235の直上に到達すると、当該貫通孔2331内の小玉M1が排出経路235に落下して、第1ホッパー230aの外部に排出される。すなわち、第1ホッパー230aは、貯留容器231に貯留された複数の小玉M1を1個ずつ順次に排出することが可能である。なお、第2ホッパー240aおよび第3ホッパー250aの構成は第1ホッパー230aと同様であるため、詳細な構成の説明は割愛する。 The plurality of small balls M <b> 1 stored in the storage container 231 are accommodated in the through holes 2331 of the rotating body 233. When the through hole 2331 reaches just above the discharge path 235 by the rotation of the rotary body 233, the small ball M1 in the through hole 2331 falls into the discharge path 235 and is discharged to the outside of the first hopper 230a. That is, the first hopper 230a can sequentially discharge the plurality of small balls M1 stored in the storage container 231 one by one. The configuration of the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a is the same as that of the first hopper 230a, and thus the description of the detailed configuration is omitted.
 図9の経路切替部270aは、第1ホッパー230aから排出される小玉M1の供給先を切替える。具体的には、経路切替部270aは、小玉M1の供給先を、第1抽選部120aと第2抽選部130aと搬送装置180aとの何れかに切替える。例えば、経路切替部270aは、第1ホッパー230aから供給される小玉M1を排出する排出部271aを具備する。排出部271aは回転軸272aに軸支される。排出部271aをモータ等の駆動機構(図示略)により転回することで、第1抽選部120aと第2抽選部130aと搬送装置180aとの何れかに小玉M1が供給される。 The path switching unit 270a of FIG. 9 switches the supply destination of the small balls M1 discharged from the first hopper 230a. Specifically, the path switching unit 270a switches the supply destination of the small ball M1 to any of the first lottery unit 120a, the second lottery unit 130a, and the transport device 180a. For example, the path switching unit 270a includes a discharge unit 271a that discharges the small ball M1 supplied from the first hopper 230a. The discharge unit 271a is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft 272a. The small ball M1 is supplied to any of the first lottery unit 120a, the second lottery unit 130a, and the transport device 180a by rotating the discharge unit 271a by a drive mechanism (not shown) such as a motor.
 以上の説明から理解される通り、第1ホッパー230aは、第1抽選部120aによる第1抽選または第2抽選部130aによる第2抽選(すなわち物理抽選部による物理抽選)に小玉M1を利用する遊技体利用部に相当する。 As understood from the above description, the first hopper 230a uses the small ball M1 for the first lottery by the first lottery unit 120a or the second lottery by the second lottery unit 130a (that is, the physical lottery by the physical lottery unit). It corresponds to the body utilization department.
 第1ホッパー230aが満杯である場合には、供給路231aが小玉M1で塞がれるため、搬送装置170acにより第1経路310acに搬送された小玉M1は第1ホッパー230aに進入できない。搬送装置170acにより搬送された複数の小玉M1のうち第1ホッパー230aに進入しなかった小玉M1は、第2ホッパー240aに進入可能である。第2ホッパー240aは、第1経路310acから供給される小玉M1を貯留するとともに当該小玉M1を利用する。具体的には、第2ホッパー240aは、投入部114Rからゲームフィールド110a(具体的にはプッシャーテーブル113)に小玉M1を順次に投入する。 When the first hopper 230a is full, the small balls M1 conveyed to the first path 310ac by the conveying device 170ac can not enter the first hopper 230a because the supply path 231a is blocked by the small balls M1. Among the plurality of small beads M1 conveyed by the conveying device 170ac, the small beads M1 that have not entered the first hopper 230a can enter the second hopper 240a. The second hopper 240a stores the small balls M1 supplied from the first path 310ac and utilizes the small balls M1. Specifically, the second hopper 240a sequentially throws the small balls M1 from the insertion portion 114R into the game field 110a (specifically, the pusher table 113).
 第1ホッパー230aおよび第2ホッパー240aが満杯である場合には、供給路231aおよび241aが小玉M1で塞がれるため、搬送装置170acにより第1経路310acに搬送された小玉M1は第1ホッパー230aおよび第2ホッパー240aに進入できない。搬送装置170acにより搬送された複数の小玉M1のうち第1ホッパー230aおよび第2ホッパー240aに進入しなかった小玉M1は、第3ホッパー250aに進入可能である。第3ホッパー250aは、第1経路310acから供給される小玉M1を貯留するとともに当該小玉M1を利用する。具体的には、第3ホッパー250aは、投入部114Lからゲームフィールド110a(具体的にはプッシャーテーブル113)に小玉M1を順次に投入する。以上の説明から理解される通り、第2ホッパー240aまたは240cと第3ホッパー250aまたは250cとは、ゲームフィールド110aにおけるゲームに小玉M1を利用する遊技体利用部に相当する。 When the first hopper 230a and the second hopper 240a are full, the supply paths 231a and 241a are blocked by the small beads M1, and the small beads M1 transported to the first path 310ac by the transport device 170ac are the first hopper 230a. And can not enter the second hopper 240a. Among the plurality of small beads M1 conveyed by the conveyance device 170ac, the small beads M1 that have not entered the first hopper 230a and the second hopper 240a can enter the third hopper 250a. The third hopper 250a stores the small balls M1 supplied from the first path 310ac and uses the small balls M1. Specifically, the third hopper 250a sequentially throws the small balls M1 from the insertion portion 114L into the game field 110a (specifically, the pusher table 113). As understood from the above description, the second hopper 240a or 240c and the third hopper 250a or 250c correspond to a game using portion using the small ball M1 for the game in the game field 110a.
 第1ホッパー230aと第2ホッパー240aと第3ホッパー250aとが満杯である場合には、供給路231a,241aおよび251aが小玉M1で塞がれるため、搬送装置170acにより第1経路310acに搬送された小玉M1は、第1ホッパー230aと第2ホッパー240aと第3ホッパー250aとの何れにも進入できない。搬送装置170acにより搬送された複数の小玉M1のうち第1ホッパー230aと第2ホッパー240aと第3ホッパー250aとの何れにも進入しなかった小玉M1は、図9の分配部260等を介して搬送装置170acに帰還する。すなわち、搬送装置170acと第1経路310acとを含む経路により小玉M1が循環する。小玉M1の循環については後述する。 When the first hopper 230a, the second hopper 240a, and the third hopper 250a are full, the supply paths 231a, 241a, and 251a are closed by the small beads M1, and are thus conveyed to the first path 310ac by the conveying device 170ac. The small ball M1 can not enter any of the first hopper 230a, the second hopper 240a, and the third hopper 250a. Among the plurality of small balls M1 transferred by the transfer device 170ac, the small balls M1 that have not entered any of the first hopper 230a, the second hopper 240a, and the third hopper 250a are distributed via the distribution unit 260 in FIG. It returns to the transport device 170ac. That is, the small balls M1 circulate through the path including the transfer device 170ac and the first path 310ac. The circulation of the small ball M1 will be described later.
 搬送装置180aは、第1ホッパー230aから経路切替部270aを介して供給される小玉M1を順次に搬送して経路切替部280aに供給する。経路切替部280aは、搬送装置180aにより搬送された小玉M1の供給先を切替える。具体的には、経路切替部280aは、小玉M1の供給先を、第3抽選部140abおよび遊技体収容空間46の何れかに切替える。例えば、経路切替部280aは、搬送装置180aから供給される小玉M1を排出する排出部281aを具備する。排出部281aは回転軸282aに軸支される。排出部281aをモータ等の駆動機構(図示略)により転回することで、第3抽選部140abおよび遊技体収容空間46の何れかに小玉M1が供給される。 The transfer device 180a sequentially transfers the small balls M1 supplied from the first hopper 230a via the path switching unit 270a and supplies the small balls M1 to the path switching unit 280a. The path switching unit 280a switches the supply destination of the small balls M1 transported by the transport device 180a. Specifically, the path switching unit 280 a switches the supply destination of the small ball M 1 to either the third lottery unit 140 ab or the gaming machine housing space 46. For example, the path switching unit 280a includes a discharge unit 281a that discharges the small balls M1 supplied from the transfer device 180a. The discharge unit 281a is pivotally supported by the rotation shaft 282a. The small balls M1 are supplied to any of the third lottery portion 140ab and the gaming body accommodation space 46 by rotating the ejection portion 281a by a drive mechanism (not shown) such as a motor.
 遊技体収容空間46は、4個のステーション部100(100a,100b,100cおよび100d)により共用される。遊技体収容空間46は、JP払出部150から4個のゲームフィールド110(110a,110b,110cおよび110d)の何れかに排出される小玉M1を収容する。 The gaming machine housing space 46 is shared by the four station units 100 (100a, 100b, 100c and 100d). The gaming body accommodation space 46 accommodates the small balls M1 discharged from the JP payout unit 150 to any of the four game fields 110 (110a, 110b, 110c and 110d).
 以上の説明から理解される通り、第1実施形態では、第1経路310acを移動する小玉M1がゲームフィールド110aにおけるゲームと物理抽選部(120a,130a,140ab)による物理抽選とに共通に利用される。したがって、ゲームフィールド110aに小玉M1を供給する機構と物理抽選部に小玉M1を供給する機構とが相互に独立に設置された構成と比較してゲーム装置10の構成が簡素化されるという利点がある。また、循環機構20acが複数の小玉M1を常時的に循環させるから、物理抽選に利用される小玉M1は第1経路310acから常時的に供給される。したがって、ゲームの進行の状況に応じて決定された任意の個数の小玉M1を物理抽選に利用できる。 As understood from the above description, in the first embodiment, the small ball M1 moving on the first path 310ac is commonly used for the game in the game field 110a and the physical lottery by the physical lottery part (120a, 130a, 140ab). Ru. Therefore, there is an advantage that the configuration of the game apparatus 10 is simplified as compared with the configuration in which the mechanism for supplying the small ball M1 to the game field 110a and the mechanism for supplying the small ball M1 to the physical lottery unit are mutually independently installed. is there. In addition, since the circulation mechanism 20ac constantly circulates the plurality of small beads M1, the small beads M1 used for the physical lottery are constantly supplied from the first path 310ac. Therefore, any number of small balls M1 determined according to the progress of the game can be used for the physical lottery.
 前述の通り、ゲーム装置10は、複数の小玉M1を循環させる機構(以下「循環機構」という)を具備する。前後方向に隣合う2個のステーション部100の対毎に循環機構が設置される。図12は、2個のステーション部100aおよび100cに対応する循環機構20acの説明図である。2個のステーション部100bおよび100dに対応する循環機構20bdの構成は、図12に例示する循環機構20acと同様である。 As described above, the game apparatus 10 includes a mechanism (hereinafter referred to as “circulation mechanism”) that circulates the plurality of small balls M1. A circulation mechanism is installed for each pair of two station units 100 adjacent in the front-rear direction. FIG. 12 is an explanatory view of a circulation mechanism 20 ac corresponding to the two station units 100 a and 100 c. The configuration of the circulation mechanism 20bd corresponding to the two station units 100b and 100d is the same as that of the circulation mechanism 20ac illustrated in FIG.
 図12に例示される通り、循環機構20acは、第1経路310acと第2経路340acと回収経路330aと搬送装置170acとを具備する。第1経路310acと第2経路340acと搬送装置170acとは、ステーション部100aおよび100cにより共用される。第1経路310acおよび第2経路340acと、両経路間において小玉M1が落下する空間(分配部260を含む空間)と、搬送装置170acとにより、複数の小玉M1を循環させる経路が構成される。また、回収経路330aと、回収経路330aおよび第2経路340acの間において小玉M1が落下する空間とにより、ゲームフィールド110aで使用された小玉M1を回収する経路が構成される。また、図12に例示される通り、ゲームフィールド110aで使用された小玉M1を回収する経路の途中に、小玉M1を計数する計数器220aを設置してもよい。なお、第1経路310acと第2経路340acと回収経路330aとの各々について、実際には小玉M1の落下を防止するための側壁(例えば図13の側壁311)が各経路の縁辺に沿って設置されるが、図12においては便宜的に側壁の図示が省略されている。 As illustrated in FIG. 12, the circulation mechanism 20ac includes a first path 310ac, a second path 340ac, a recovery path 330a, and a transfer device 170ac. The first path 310 ac, the second path 340 ac, and the transfer device 170 ac are shared by the station units 100 a and 100 c. A path for circulating the plurality of small balls M1 is configured by the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac, the space in which the small balls M1 fall between the two paths (the space including the distribution unit 260), and the transfer device 170ac. Further, a path for collecting the small balls M1 used in the game field 110a is configured by the collection path 330a and the space where the small balls M1 fall between the collection path 330a and the second path 340ac. Further, as illustrated in FIG. 12, a counter 220a for counting the small beads M1 may be installed in the middle of the path for collecting the small beads M1 used in the game field 110a. In addition, for each of the first path 310ac, the second path 340ac and the recovery path 330a, side walls (for example, the side wall 311 in FIG. 13) for preventing the falling of the small ball M1 are actually installed along the edges of each path. However, the illustration of the side wall is omitted in FIG. 12 for the sake of convenience.
 搬送装置170acは、複数の小玉M1を第1位置P1から第2位置P2に搬送する。第2位置P2は、第1位置P1よりも高い位置である。具体的には、第2位置P2は、第1位置P1からみて鉛直方向の上方にある。第1経路310acは、搬送装置170acにより第2位置P2に搬送された小玉M1を第3位置P3に移動させる経路である。第3位置P3は、第2位置P2よりも低い位置である。第2位置P2と第3位置P3との間で水平方向の位置は相違する。 The transport device 170ac transports the plurality of small balls M1 from the first position P1 to the second position P2. The second position P2 is a position higher than the first position P1. Specifically, the second position P2 is on the upper side in the vertical direction when viewed from the first position P1. The first path 310ac is a path for moving the small ball M1 transported to the second position P2 by the transport device 170ac to the third position P3. The third position P3 is a position lower than the second position P2. The position in the horizontal direction is different between the second position P2 and the third position P3.
 第1経路310acは、第1個別経路315acと第2個別経路320acとを含んで構成される。第1個別経路315acおよび第2個別経路320acの各々は、第2位置P2から第3位置P3にかけて下降する傾斜面を含む。したがって、小玉M1は、傾斜面上を転動しながら第3位置P3に向けて移動する。搬送装置170acにより搬送された小玉M1は第1個別経路315acに排出される。第2個別経路320acは、第1個別経路315acの下流側に設置される。すなわち、第1実施形態の第1経路310acは、第1個別経路315acおよび第2個別経路320acと、両経路間において小玉M1が落下する空間とにより構成される。以上のように小玉M1は第1経路310ac上を転動するから、第1経路310ac上で小玉M1を移動させるための動力は不要である。 The first path 310ac is configured to include a first individual path 315ac and a second individual path 320ac. Each of the first individual path 315ac and the second individual path 320ac includes an inclined surface which descends from the second position P2 to the third position P3. Therefore, the small ball M1 moves toward the third position P3 while rolling on the inclined surface. The small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are discharged to the first individual path 315ac. The second individual path 320ac is disposed downstream of the first individual path 315ac. That is, the first path 310ac of the first embodiment is configured by the first individual path 315ac and the second individual path 320ac, and a space in which the small ball M1 falls between the both paths. As described above, since the small ball M1 rolls on the first path 310ac, power for moving the small ball M1 on the first path 310ac is unnecessary.
 図13は、第1経路310acのうち第1個別経路315acの近傍の部分の平面図である。図13の右方が第1個別経路315acの上流側に相当し、図13の左方が第1個別経路315acの下流側に相当する。第1個別経路315acの表面は、上流側から下流側に向けて下降する傾斜面である。 FIG. 13 is a plan view of a portion of the first path 310ac in the vicinity of the first individual path 315ac. The right side of FIG. 13 corresponds to the upstream side of the first individual path 315ac, and the left side of FIG. 13 corresponds to the downstream side of the first individual path 315ac. The surface of the first individual path 315ac is an inclined surface that descends from the upstream side to the downstream side.
 図13に例示される通り、第1個別経路315acには供給路231aおよび231cが形成される。供給路231aは、第1ホッパー230aに小玉M1を供給するための開口である。すなわち、供給路231aに進入した小玉M1は第1ホッパー230aに供給される。他方、供給路231cは、第1ホッパー230cに小玉M1を供給するための開口である。すなわち、供給路231cに進入した小玉M1は第1ホッパー230cに供給される。 As illustrated in FIG. 13, supply paths 231 a and 231 c are formed in the first individual path 315 ac. The supply path 231a is an opening for supplying the small balls M1 to the first hopper 230a. That is, the small ball M1 entering the supply path 231a is supplied to the first hopper 230a. On the other hand, the supply passage 231c is an opening for supplying the small ball M1 to the first hopper 230c. That is, the small ball M1 entering the supply path 231c is supplied to the first hopper 230c.
 なお、第1個別経路315acと第1ホッパー230aとが離間した構成では、例えば第1個別経路315ac上の供給路231aと第1ホッパー230aとを連結するダクトが形成される。以上の構成では、貯留容器231が満杯の状態でも更にダクトに小玉M1を貯留可能である。すなわち、第1ホッパー230a(貯留容器231)が満杯である状態とは、貯留容器231だけでなくダクトも含めて満杯であることを意味する。以上の説明から理解される通り、供給路231aと第1ホッパー230aとを連結するダクトは、小玉M1を一時的に貯留する貯留部として機能する。貯留容器231の一部としてダクトを把握してもよい。なお、第2ホッパー240aおよび第3ホッパー250aについても同様である。 In the configuration in which the first individual path 315ac and the first hopper 230a are separated, for example, a duct connecting the supply path 231a on the first individual path 315ac and the first hopper 230a is formed. With the above configuration, even when the storage container 231 is full, the small balls M1 can be stored in the duct. That is, the state in which the first hopper 230a (storage container 231) is full means that not only the storage container 231 but also the duct is full. As understood from the above description, the duct that connects the supply path 231a and the first hopper 230a functions as a storage unit that temporarily stores the small ball M1. The duct may be grasped as part of the storage container 231. The same applies to the second hopper 240 a and the third hopper 250 a.
 搬送装置170acは、鉛直方向に設置された略円柱状の構造体である。供給路231aと231cとは、搬送装置170acを挟んで相互に反対側に位置する。搬送装置170acの上端部の近傍には周方向に沿って複数の排出口1720が形成される。搬送装置170acにより搬送された複数の小玉M1は、複数の排出口1720から放射状に排出される。すなわち、複数の排出口1720の各々から相異なる方向に小玉M1が放出される。搬送装置170acから放射状に排出された小玉M1は、当該小玉M1の排出の方向に応じた行先に供給される。搬送装置170acの各排出口1720の位置が、前述の第2位置P2に相当する。 The transfer device 170 ac is a substantially cylindrical structure installed in the vertical direction. The supply paths 231a and 231c are located on opposite sides of the transfer device 170ac. A plurality of discharge ports 1720 are formed in the vicinity of the upper end portion of the transfer device 170 ac along the circumferential direction. The plurality of small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are radially discharged from the plurality of discharge ports 1720. That is, the small balls M1 are discharged from the plurality of discharge ports 1720 in different directions. The small beads M1 radially discharged from the transfer device 170ac are supplied to the destination according to the direction of discharge of the small beads M1. The position of each discharge port 1720 of the transfer device 170ac corresponds to the above-described second position P2.
 具体的には、搬送装置170acから供給路231aに向けて排出された小玉M1は当該供給路231aに進入する。同様に、搬送装置170acから供給路231cに向けて排出された小玉M1は当該供給路231cに進入する。また、第1個別経路315acのうち供給路231aおよび231cよりも上流側に排出された小玉M1は、第1個別経路315acの側壁311に沿って転動して供給路231aまたは231cに進入する。 Specifically, the small ball M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac toward the supply path 231a enters the supply path 231a. Similarly, the small ball M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac to the supply path 231c enters the supply path 231c. Further, the small ball M1 discharged to the upstream side of the supply paths 231a and 231c in the first individual path 315ac rolls along the side wall 311 of the first individual path 315ac and enters the supply path 231a or 231c.
 第1個別経路315acには、搬送装置170acからみて下流側に位置する壁状の部分(以下「規制部」という)350aが形成される。規制部350aの両側には連絡路313が形成される。連絡路313は、第1個別経路315acから第2個別経路320acに小玉M1を移動させるための開口である。搬送装置170acから各連絡路313に向けて排出された小玉M1は、当該連絡路313を移動して第1個別経路315acから第2個別経路320acに落下する。また、搬送装置170acから下流側に排出された小玉M1は、規制部350aに沿って転動して連絡路313に到達し、当該連絡路313から第2個別経路320acに落下する。すなわち、小玉M1は、規制部350aにより連絡路313に誘導される。また、第1ホッパー230aまたは230cが満杯である場合、小玉M1は供給路231aおよび231cに進入することなく転動して連絡路313から第2個別経路320acに落下する。すなわち、搬送装置170acから排出された小玉M1は、排出の方向に応じて、供給路231aと供給路231cと第2個別経路320acとの何れかに供給される。 In the first individual path 315ac, a wall-like portion (hereinafter referred to as a "regulator") 350a located downstream of the transfer device 170ac is formed. Communication paths 313 are formed on both sides of the restricting portion 350a. The communication path 313 is an opening for moving the small ball M1 from the first individual path 315ac to the second individual path 320ac. The small beads M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac toward the connection paths 313 move on the connection paths 313 and drop from the first individual path 315ac to the second individual path 320ac. The small beads M1 discharged to the downstream side from the transfer device 170ac roll along the restricting portion 350a to reach the connection path 313, and drop from the connection path 313 to the second individual path 320ac. That is, the small ball M1 is guided to the communication path 313 by the restriction portion 350a. When the first hopper 230a or 230c is full, the small ball M1 rolls without entering the supply paths 231a and 231c and drops from the connection path 313 to the second individual path 320ac. That is, the small beads M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac are supplied to any of the supply path 231a, the supply path 231c, and the second individual path 320ac according to the direction of the discharge.
 図13から理解される通り、第1ホッパー230aに対応する供給路231aの開口の大きさは、第2個別経路320acに対応する連絡路313の開口の大きさとは相違する。供給路の開口の大きさは、当該供給路に小玉M1が進入する開口の面積である。連絡路313の開口は、第2ホッパー240aおよび第3ホッパー250aに対する開口に相当する。以上の構成によれば、第1ホッパー230aに対する小玉M1の供給数と第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aに対する小玉M1の供給数とを相違させることが可能である。第1実施形態では、供給路231aの開口が連絡路313の開口よりも大きい。したがって、第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aよりも第1ホッパー230aに対して優先的に小玉M1を供給することが可能である。 As understood from FIG. 13, the size of the opening of the supply path 231a corresponding to the first hopper 230a is different from the size of the opening of the communication path 313 corresponding to the second individual path 320ac. The size of the opening of the supply passage is the area of the opening through which the small ball M1 enters the supply passage. The openings of the communication path 313 correspond to the openings to the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a. According to the above configuration, it is possible to make the number of small balls M1 supplied to the first hopper 230a different from the number of small balls M1 supplied to the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a. In the first embodiment, the opening of the supply passage 231 a is larger than the opening of the connection passage 313. Therefore, the small balls M1 can be supplied to the first hopper 230a preferentially to the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a.
 図14は、第1経路310acのうち第2個別経路320acの平面図である。図13と同様に、図14の右方が第2個別経路320acの上流側に相当し、図14の左方が第2個別経路320acの下流側に相当する。第2個別経路320acの表面は、上流側から下流側に向けて下降する傾斜面である。第2個別経路320acのうち下流側の端部322acの位置が、前述の第3位置P3に相当する。 FIG. 14 is a plan view of a second individual path 320ac of the first path 310ac. Similar to FIG. 13, the right side of FIG. 14 corresponds to the upstream side of the second individual path 320 ac, and the left side of FIG. 14 corresponds to the downstream side of the second individual path 320 ac. The surface of the second individual path 320 ac is an inclined surface that descends from the upstream side to the downstream side. The position of the downstream end 322ac of the second individual path 320ac corresponds to the above-described third position P3.
 図14に例示される通り、第2個別経路320acには、供給路241aおよび251aと供給路241cおよび251cとが形成される。供給路241aと241cとは、第2個別経路320acを挟んで反対側に形成され、供給路251aと251cとは、第2個別経路320acを挟んで反対側に形成される。 As illustrated in FIG. 14, supply paths 241 a and 251 a and supply paths 241 c and 251 c are formed in the second individual path 320 ac. The supply paths 241a and 241c are formed on the opposite side of the second individual path 320ac, and the supply paths 251a and 251c are formed on the opposite side of the second individual path 320ac.
 供給路241aは、第2ホッパー240aに小玉M1を供給するための開口であり、供給路251aは、第3ホッパー250aに小玉M1を供給するための開口である。同様に、供給路241cは、第2ホッパー240cに小玉M1を供給するための開口であり、供給路251cは、第3ホッパー250cに小玉M1を供給するための開口である。供給路241aおよび241cは、供給路251aおよび251cよりも上流側に位置する。 The supply path 241a is an opening for supplying the small beads M1 to the second hopper 240a, and the supply path 251a is an opening for supplying the small beads M1 to the third hopper 250a. Similarly, the supply path 241c is an opening for supplying the small beads M1 to the second hopper 240c, and the supply path 251c is an opening for supplying the small beads M1 to the third hopper 250c. The supply paths 241a and 241c are located upstream of the supply paths 251a and 251c.
 以上の通り、第1実施形態では、ゲームフィールド110aとゲームフィールド110cとに循環機構20acが共用される。したがって、ゲームフィールド110aとゲームフィールド110cとについて別個の循環機構を設置する構成と比較してゲーム装置10の構成が簡素化されるという利点がある。 As described above, in the first embodiment, the circulation mechanism 20 ac is shared by the game field 110 a and the game field 110 c. Therefore, there is an advantage that the configuration of game device 10 is simplified as compared with the configuration in which separate circulation mechanisms are provided for game field 110a and game field 110c.
 第2個別経路320acの傾斜面上を第3位置P3に向けて転動する小玉M1は、供給路241aまたは241cに進入可能である。供給路241aに進入した小玉M1は第2ホッパー240aに供給され、供給路241cに進入した小玉M1は第2ホッパー240cに供給される。ただし、第2ホッパー240aおよび240cが例えば満杯である場合、第2個別経路320ac上の小玉M1は、供給路241aおよび241cが小玉M1で塞がれているため、第2ホッパー240aおよび240cに進入できない。なお、第2ホッパー240aおよび240cが満杯でない場合(すなわち、供給路241aおよび241cが小玉M1で塞がれていない場合)でも、傾斜面上を転動する複数の小玉M1のなかには、例えば小玉M1同士の衝突により移動の方向が変化することで供給路241aまたは241cに進入できない小玉M1もある。 The small ball M1 rolling on the inclined surface of the second individual path 320ac toward the third position P3 can enter the supply path 241a or 241c. The small beads M1 entering the supply path 241a are supplied to the second hopper 240a, and the small beads M1 entering the supply path 241c are supplied to the second hopper 240c. However, when the second hoppers 240a and 240c are full, for example, the small balls M1 on the second individual path 320ac enter the second hoppers 240a and 240c because the supply paths 241a and 241c are blocked by the small balls M1. Can not. Even when the second hoppers 240a and 240c are not full (that is, when the supply paths 241a and 241c are not blocked by the small balls M1), some of the small balls M1 rolling on the inclined surface are, for example, small balls M1. There is also a small ball M1 that can not enter the supply path 241a or 241c due to the change in the direction of movement due to a collision between the two.
 第2個別経路320ac上において供給路241aまたは241cに進入しない小玉M1は、供給路251aまたは251cに進入可能である。供給路251aに進入した小玉M1は第3ホッパー250aに供給され、供給路251cに進入した小玉M1は第3ホッパー250cに供給される。ただし、第3ホッパー250aおよび250cが例えば満杯である場合、第2個別経路320ac上の小玉M1は、供給路251aおよび251cが小玉M1で塞がれているため、第3ホッパー250aおよび250cに進入できない。なお、第3ホッパー250aおよび250cが満杯でない場合(すなわち、供給路251aおよび251cが小玉M1で塞がれていない場合)でも、傾斜面上を転動する複数の小玉M1のなかには、例えば小玉M1同士の衝突により移動の方向が変化することで供給路251aまたは251cに進入できない小玉M1もある。 The small ball M1 that does not enter the supply path 241a or 241c on the second individual path 320ac can enter the supply path 251a or 251c. The small beads M1 entering the supply path 251a are supplied to the third hopper 250a, and the small beads M1 entering the supply path 251c are supplied to the third hopper 250c. However, when the third hoppers 250a and 250c are full, for example, the small balls M1 on the second individual path 320ac enter the third hoppers 250a and 250c because the supply paths 251a and 251c are blocked by the small balls M1. Can not. Even when the third hoppers 250a and 250c are not full (that is, when the supply paths 251a and 251c are not blocked by the small balls M1), for example, the small balls M1 are included in the plurality of small balls M1 rolling on the inclined surface. There is also a small ball M1 which can not enter the supply path 251a or 251c due to the change in the direction of movement due to the collision between the two.
 以上の例示の通り、第1経路310acには、第1ホッパー230aに小玉M1を供給するための供給路231aと、当該供給路231aの下流側の供給路241aまたは251aとが形成される。第2位置P2から供給路231aに向かう小玉M1は、第1ホッパー230aが満杯である場合(すなわち供給路241aに進入できない場合)に第3位置P3に向けて移動し、供給路241aまたは251aに進入する状態となる。したがって、第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aよりも第1ホッパー230aに対して優先的に小玉M1を供給することが可能である。 As described above, the supply path 231a for supplying the small beads M1 to the first hopper 230a and the supply path 241a or 251a on the downstream side of the supply path 231a are formed in the first path 310ac. The small ball M1 moving from the second position P2 to the supply path 231a moves toward the third position P3 when the first hopper 230a is full (that is, when it can not enter the supply path 241a), to the supply path 241a or 251a. It will be in the state of entering. Therefore, the small balls M1 can be supplied to the first hopper 230a preferentially to the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a.
 同様に、第1経路310acには、第2ホッパー240aに小玉M1を供給するための供給路241aと、当該供給路241aの下流側の供給路251aとが形成される。第2位置P2から供給路241aに向かう小玉M1は、第2ホッパー240aが満杯である場合(すなわち供給路251aに進入できない場合)に第3位置P3に向けて移動し、供給路251aに進入する状態となる。したがって、第3ホッパー250aよりも第2ホッパー240aに対して優先的に小玉M1を供給することが可能である。 Similarly, in the first path 310ac, a supply path 241a for supplying the small balls M1 to the second hopper 240a, and a supply path 251a on the downstream side of the supply path 241a are formed. The small ball M1 moving from the second position P2 to the supply path 241a moves toward the third position P3 when the second hopper 240a is full (that is, when it can not enter the supply path 251a) and enters the supply path 251a. It becomes a state. Therefore, the small balls M1 can be supplied to the second hopper 240a preferentially to the third hopper 250a.
 図13に例示される通り、複数の排出口1720のうち上流側の各排出口1720(以下「第1排出口1720A」という)から排出される小玉M1は、第1ホッパー230aに対応する供給路231aと第1ホッパー230cに対応する供給路231cとの各々の開口に向けて移動する。複数の排出口1720のうち下流側の各排出口1720(以下「第2排出口1720B」という)から排出される小玉M1は、連絡路313の開口に向けて移動する。図13に例示される通り、第1排出口1720Aの個数(10個)と第2排出口1720Bの個数(2個)とは相違する。したがって、搬送装置170acにおける小玉M1の排出量が複数の排出口1720について同等である場合を想定すると、個数が多い第1排出口1720Aによる排出量は、第2排出口1720Bによる排出量を上回る。したがって、第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aよりも第1ホッパー230aに対して優先的に小玉M1を供給することが可能である。 As illustrated in FIG. 13, the small balls M1 discharged from the upstream outlets 1720 (hereinafter referred to as “first outlet 1720A”) among the plurality of outlets 1720 are supply paths corresponding to the first hopper 230 a. It moves toward each opening of the supply path 231c corresponding to 231a and the 1st hopper 230c. Among the plurality of discharge ports 1720, the small balls M1 discharged from the downstream side discharge ports 1720 (hereinafter referred to as "second discharge ports 1720B") move toward the opening of the communication path 313. As illustrated in FIG. 13, the number (10) of first discharge ports 1720A and the number (2) of second discharge ports 1720B are different. Therefore, assuming that the discharge amount of the small beads M1 in the transfer device 170ac is equal for the plurality of discharge ports 1720, the discharge amount by the first discharge port 1720A having a large number exceeds the discharge amount by the second discharge port 1720B. Therefore, the small balls M1 can be supplied to the first hopper 230a preferentially to the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a.
 第1排出口1720Aから排出される小玉M1の個数が、第2排出口1720Bから排出される小玉M1の個数を上回るように、搬送装置170acに対する小玉M1の供給を調整してもよい。詳細な構造は後述するが、第1実施形態の搬送装置170acは、図26に例示される通り、複数の排出口1720にそれぞれ対応する複数の取込口1710を具備する。任意の1個の取込口1710に供給された小玉M1が、当該取込口1710に対応する排出口1720から排出される。第1排出口1720Aに対応する取込口1710(図26におけるX方向のX2側およびY方向の各取込口1710)に対して、第2排出口1720Bに対応する取込口1710(X方向のX1側の取込口1710)よりも優先的に小玉M1が供給されるように、複数の取込口1710に対する小玉M1の供給量が制御される。以上の構成によれば、例えば第1排出口1720Aと第2排出口1720Bとを同数とした場合でも、第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aよりも第1ホッパー230aに対して優先的に小玉M1を供給することが可能である。 The supply of the small balls M1 to the transfer device 170ac may be adjusted such that the number of small balls M1 discharged from the first discharge port 1720A exceeds the number of small balls M1 discharged from the second discharge port 1720B. Although the detailed structure will be described later, the transport apparatus 170 ac according to the first embodiment includes a plurality of intake ports 1710 respectively corresponding to the plurality of exhaust ports 1720 as illustrated in FIG. The small beads M1 supplied to any one inlet 1710 are discharged from the outlet 1720 corresponding to the inlet 1710. An inlet 1710 (X direction corresponding to the second outlet 1720 B) with respect to an inlet 1710 corresponding to the first outlet 1720 A (each inlet 1720 on the X2 side and the Y direction in the X direction in FIG. 26) The supply amount of the small balls M1 to the plurality of inlets 1710 is controlled so that the small beads M1 are supplied preferentially to the inlet 1710 on the X1 side of According to the above configuration, for example, even when the first discharge port 1720A and the second discharge port 1720B have the same number, the small ball M1 is given priority over the first hopper 230a over the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a. It is possible to supply
 以上に説明した通り、第1実施形態では、第1排出口1720Aから第1ホッパー230aに向かう小玉M1の個数と、第2排出口1720Bから第2ホッパー(240a,240c)または第3ホッパー(250a,250c)に向かう小玉M1の個数とが相違する。したがって、第1ホッパー230aに供給される小玉M1の個数と、第2ホッパーまたは第3ホッパーに供給される小玉M1の個数との比率を所定値に近付けることが可能である。また、以上の例示の通り、搬送装置170acから排出された小玉M1の供給先である遊技体利用部の総数(第1ホッパー230aおよび230c,第2ホッパー240aおよび240c,ならびに第3ホッパー250aおよび250cの6個)は、搬送装置170acにおける排出口1720の総数(12個)を下回る。搬送経路は排出口1720毎に形成されるから、遊技体利用部の総数が複数の搬送経路の総数を下回る、とも換言される。 As described above, in the first embodiment, the number of small beads M1 going from the first discharge port 1720A to the first hopper 230a and the second hopper (240a, 240c) or the third hopper (250a) from the second discharge port 1720B. , 250c) are different from each other in the number of small beads M1. Therefore, it is possible to make the ratio between the number of small beads M1 supplied to the first hopper 230a and the number of small beads M1 supplied to the second hopper or the third hopper approach a predetermined value. In addition, as described above, the total number of gaming machine using units to which small beads M1 discharged from the transfer device 170ac are supplied (the first hoppers 230a and 230c, the second hoppers 240a and 240c, and the third hoppers 250a and 250c 6) is less than the total number (12) of the discharge ports 1720 in the transfer device 170ac. Since the transport path is formed for each discharge port 1720, it can be said that the total number of gaming machine using portions is less than the total number of transport paths.
 図14に例示される通り、第2個別経路320acの傾斜面には、小玉M1の移動を規制するための誘導部360ac,370ac,380acおよび390acが設置される。誘導部360ac,370ac,380acおよび390acの各々は、第2個別経路320acの傾斜面から突出する突起によって構成される。 As illustrated in FIG. 14, guiding portions 360 ac, 370 ac, 380 ac and 390 ac for restricting the movement of the small ball M1 are installed on the inclined surface of the second individual path 320 ac. Each of the guiding parts 360ac, 370ac, 380ac and 390ac is constituted by a protrusion protruding from the inclined surface of the second individual path 320ac.
 誘導部360acは、供給路241aおよび241cよりも上流側に設置され、小玉M1を供給路241aまたは241cに誘導する。誘導部360acは、面361および362を含む突起である。面361および362は、第2個別経路320acが延在する方向(以下「経路方向」という)に対して傾斜する平面または曲面である。面361に接触した小玉M1は、当該面361に沿って転動することで供給路241aに誘導される。同様に、面362に接触した小玉M1は、当該面362に沿って転動することで供給路241cに誘導される。すなわち、小玉M1が供給路241aまたは241cに進入し易くなる。以上に説明した通り、誘導部360acにより、第3ホッパー250aおよび250cと比較して第2ホッパー240aおよび250aに優先的に小玉M1を貯留できる。 The guiding portion 360ac is installed upstream of the supply paths 241a and 241c, and guides the small ball M1 to the supply path 241a or 241c. The guiding portion 360ac is a protrusion including the surfaces 361 and 362. The surfaces 361 and 362 are planes or curved surfaces that are inclined with respect to the direction in which the second individual paths 320 ac extend (hereinafter referred to as “path directions”). The small beads M <b> 1 in contact with the surface 361 are guided to the supply path 241 a by rolling along the surface 361. Similarly, the small ball M <b> 1 in contact with the surface 362 is guided to the supply path 241 c by rolling along the surface 362. That is, the small ball M1 can easily enter the supply path 241a or 241c. As described above, the guiding portion 360ac can preferentially store the small beads M1 in the second hoppers 240a and 250a as compared to the third hoppers 250a and 250c.
 誘導部370acおよび380acは、供給路241aおよび241cよりも下流側で供給路251aおよび251cよりも上流側に設置される。誘導部370acは、経路方向に対して傾斜する面371と、経路方向に平行な面372とを含む突起である。面371に接触した小玉M1は、当該面371に沿って転動することで供給路241aに誘導される。同様に、誘導部380acは、経路方向に対して傾斜する面381と、経路方向に平行な面382とを含む突起である。面381に接触した小玉M1は、当該面381に沿って転動することで供給路241cに誘導される。誘導部370acの面372または誘導部380acの面382に接触した小玉M1は、誘導部390acに誘導される。 The guiding portions 370 ac and 380 ac are provided downstream of the supply paths 241 a and 241 c and upstream of the supply paths 251 a and 251 c. The guiding portion 370 ac is a protrusion including a surface 371 inclined with respect to the path direction and a surface 372 parallel to the path direction. The small ball M <b> 1 in contact with the surface 371 is guided to the supply path 241 a by rolling along the surface 371. Similarly, the guiding portion 380ac is a protrusion including a surface 381 that is inclined with respect to the path direction and a surface 382 that is parallel to the path direction. The small beads M <b> 1 in contact with the surface 381 are guided to the supply path 241 c by rolling along the surface 381. The small ball M1 in contact with the surface 372 of the guiding portion 370ac or the surface 382 of the guiding portion 380ac is guided to the guiding portion 390ac.
 誘導部390acは、供給路251aおよび251cよりも上流側に設置され、小玉M1を供給路251aまたは251cに誘導する。誘導部390acは、経路方向に対して傾斜する面391および362を含む突起である。面391に接触した小玉M1は供給路251aに誘導され、面392に接触した小玉M1は供給路251cに誘導される。 The guiding portion 390ac is disposed upstream of the supply paths 251a and 251c, and guides the small ball M1 to the supply path 251a or 251c. The guiding portion 390ac is a protrusion including surfaces 391 and 362 that are inclined with respect to the path direction. The small beads M1 in contact with the surface 391 are guided to the supply path 251a, and the small beads M1 in contact with the surface 392 are guided to the supply path 251c.
 以上に説明した通り、第1経路310acの上流側に位置するホッパー(遊技体利用部)ほど優先的に小玉M1が供給される。第1経路310ac上において供給路231aおよび231cと供給路241aおよび241cと供給路251aおよび251cとの何れにも進入しない小玉M1は、第2個別経路320acの下流側の端部322acから落下する。 As described above, the small balls M1 are preferentially supplied to the hoppers (game player using units) located on the upstream side of the first path 310ac. A small ball M1 that does not enter any of the supply paths 231a and 231c, the supply paths 241a and 241c, and the supply paths 251a and 251c on the first path 310ac falls from the downstream end 322ac of the second individual path 320ac.
 図12に例示される通り、第2経路340acは、第1経路310ac上の何れの供給路にも進入せずに当該第1経路310acから落下した小玉M1を第1位置P1まで移動させる経路である。第1位置P1は第3位置P3よりも低い位置である。具体的には、第2経路340acは、第1経路310acと第2経路340acとの間の空間において第3位置P3から第4位置P4に落下した小玉M1を、第1位置P1まで移動させる。第4位置P4は、第3位置P3よりも低く、第1位置P1よりも高い位置である。第2経路340acは、第4位置P4から第1位置P1にかけて下降する傾斜面を含む。したがって、第1経路310acから第4位置に落下した小玉M1は、第2経路340acの傾斜面上を転動しながら第4位置P4から第1位置P1に向けて移動する。すなわち、第2経路340acは、第1位置P1まで小玉M1を帰還させる経路である。なお、第2経路340acを第1経路310acに連結してもよい。すなわち、第1経路310acと第2経路340acとの間の空間および分配部260を省略してもよい。第1経路310acと第2経路340acとを連結した構成では、第2経路340acは、第3位置P3から第1P1に向けて小玉M1を移動させる経路となる。 As illustrated in FIG. 12, the second path 340ac is a path for moving the small ball M1 dropped from the first path 310ac to the first position P1 without entering any supply path on the first path 310ac. is there. The first position P1 is a position lower than the third position P3. Specifically, the second path 340ac moves the small ball M1 dropped from the third position P3 to the fourth position P4 in the space between the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac to the first position P1. The fourth position P4 is lower than the third position P3 and higher than the first position P1. The second path 340ac includes an inclined surface that descends from the fourth position P4 to the first position P1. Therefore, the small ball M1 dropped from the first path 310ac to the fourth position moves from the fourth position P4 to the first position P1 while rolling on the inclined surface of the second path 340ac. That is, the second path 340ac is a path for returning the small ball M1 to the first position P1. The second path 340ac may be connected to the first path 310ac. That is, the space between the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac and the distribution unit 260 may be omitted. In the configuration in which the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac are connected, the second path 340ac is a path for moving the small ball M1 from the third position P3 toward the first P1.
 図12に例示される通り、第1経路310acにおける上流側の端部は、第2経路340acにおける下流側の端部からみて鉛直方向の上方に位置する。すなわち、第1経路310acの上流側の端部と、第2経路340acの下流側の端部との間では、水平方向の位置が相互に近接する。したがって、鉛直方向の下方から上方に小玉M1を搬送する簡便な構成により、第2経路340acの下流側に到達した小玉M1を第1経路310acに供給することが可能である。また、第1経路310acにおける下流側の端部は、第2経路340acにおける上流側の端部からみて鉛直方向の上方に位置する。すなわち、第1経路310acの下流側の端部と、第2経路340acの上流側の端部との間では、水平方向の位置が相互に近接する。したがって、第1経路310acから小玉M1を落下させる簡便な構成により、第1経路310acの下流側に到達した小玉M1を第2経路340acに供給することが可能である。第1経路310acおよび第2経路340acは、小玉M1を転動させる傾斜面であるから、各経路の方向は、直線的な方向に限定されず任意の方向に選定され得る。したがって、第1経路310acの下流側の端部と第2経路340acの上流側の端部とを、水平方向の位置が相互に近接するように容易に接続することが可能である。 As illustrated in FIG. 12, the upstream end of the first path 310ac is located vertically above the downstream end of the second path 340ac. That is, the positions in the horizontal direction are close to each other between the upstream end of the first path 310 ac and the downstream end of the second path 340 ac. Therefore, the small ball M1 that has reached the downstream side of the second path 340ac can be supplied to the first path 310ac by a simple configuration in which the small ball M1 is transported from the lower side to the upper side in the vertical direction. Further, the downstream end of the first path 310 ac is located vertically above the upstream end of the second path 340 ac. That is, the positions in the horizontal direction are close to each other between the downstream end of the first path 310 ac and the upstream end of the second path 340 ac. Therefore, the small ball M1 that has reached the downstream side of the first path 310ac can be supplied to the second path 340ac by a simple configuration in which the small ball M1 is dropped from the first path 310ac. Since the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac are inclined surfaces on which the small ball M1 rolls, the direction of each path is not limited to a linear direction, and may be selected in any direction. Therefore, it is possible to easily connect the downstream end of the first path 310 ac and the upstream end of the second path 340 ac such that the horizontal positions are close to each other.
 第1実施形態の搬送装置170acは、小玉M1を搬送する状態(以下「作動状態」という)を継続する。したがって、循環機構20acの各遊技体利用部(例えば第1ホッパー230a,第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250a)に対する小玉M1の供給は継続される。すなわち、循環機構20acの各遊技体利用部により小玉M1が必要とされるたびに搬送装置170acによる小玉M1の搬送が間欠的に実行されるのではなく、各遊技体利用部による小玉M1の利用の有無に関わらず搬送装置170acは作動状態を維持する。以上の通り、第1実施形態では、循環機構20acの各遊技体利用部が小玉M1を実際には利用しない状態でも、搬送装置170acは、小玉M1を搬送可能な作動状態に維持される。例えばプレイヤがゲームをプレイしていない状態(プレイヤの有無は不問)でも搬送装置170acは作動状態に維持される。 The transport device 170ac of the first embodiment continues the state of transporting the small balls M1 (hereinafter referred to as the “operation state”). Therefore, the supply of the small balls M1 to each gaming machine using unit (for example, the first hopper 230a, the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a) of the circulation mechanism 20ac is continued. That is, the transfer of the small balls M1 by the transfer device 170ac is not performed intermittently every time the small balls M1 are required by the respective gaming body using units of the circulation mechanism 20ac, but the use of the small balls M1 by each gaming body using unit The transport device 170 ac maintains the operating state regardless of the presence or absence of the As described above, in the first embodiment, the transport device 170ac is maintained in the operable state in which the small balls M1 can be transferred, even when each gaming machine using unit of the circulation mechanism 20ac does not actually use the small balls M1. For example, even if the player is not playing the game (the presence or absence of the player is not questioned), the transport device 170ac is maintained in the operating state.
 なお、循環機構20ac上の遊技体利用部が小玉M1を必要とする場合に限定して当該遊技体利用部に小玉M1を供給する構成では、遊技体利用部における小玉M1の有無を検知する必要があり、ゲーム装置10の構成が煩雑化するという問題がある。多数の遊技体利用部が設置された構成では、以上の問題は特に深刻である。第1実施形態によれば、前述の通り搬送装置170acの作動状態が継続されるから、遊技体利用部における小玉M1の有無を検知する構成、または、当該検知の結果に応じた搬送装置170acの制御が不要であるという利点がある。また、実際にはゲームがプレイされていない状態でも、循環機構20acが複数の小玉M1を常時的に循環させることで、ゲーム装置10が作動していることを周囲の人に知覚させることが可能である。視覚的な演出の効果も期待できる。 In the configuration where the small ball M1 is required by the gaming body using unit on the circulation mechanism 20ac and the small balls M1 are supplied to the gaming body using unit, it is necessary to detect the presence or absence of the small balls M1 in the gaming body using unit. There is a problem that the configuration of the game apparatus 10 becomes complicated. The above problems are particularly serious in a configuration in which a large number of game player using units are installed. According to the first embodiment, since the operating state of the transfer device 170ac is continued as described above, the configuration for detecting the presence or absence of the small ball M1 in the gaming body using unit or the transfer device 170ac according to the result of the detection There is an advantage that control is unnecessary. In addition, even when the game is not actually played, it is possible for the surrounding person to perceive that the game apparatus 10 is operating, by the circulation mechanism 20ac constantly circulating the plurality of small balls M1. It is. It can also be expected to have visual effects.
[分配部260]
 以上の説明では、2個のステーション部100aおよび100cに対応する第1経路310acおよび第2経路340acを例示したが、2個のステーション部100bおよび100dについても同様の構成の第1経路310bdおよび第2経路340bdが設置される。図12に例示される通り、第1経路310acの下流側の端部から落下する小玉M1と、第1経路310bdの下流側の端部から落下する小玉M1とが合流する地点には分配部260が設置される。第1経路310acおよび第1経路310bdと、第2経路340acおよび第2経路340bdとの間の空間に分配部260が設置される。第1経路310acおよび第1経路310bdの各々を転動する小玉M1は、当該転動により加速された状態で経路から落下するため、小玉M1の落下の軌跡(以下「落下路」という)は放物線となる。第1経路310acからの落下路と第1経路310bdからの落下路との交点に分配部260が設置される。
[Distribution unit 260]
In the above description, the first route 310 ac and the second route 340 ac corresponding to the two station units 100 a and 100 c are exemplified, but the first route 310 bd and the second route 310 b having the same configuration are similar for the two station units 100 b and 100 d. Two paths 340bd are established. As illustrated in FIG. 12, the distribution unit 260 is a point where the small ball M1 falling from the downstream end of the first path 310ac and the small ball M1 falling from the downstream end of the first path 310bd merge. Will be installed. A distribution unit 260 is installed in a space between the first path 310ac and the first path 310bd, and the second path 340ac and the second path 340bd. Since the small ball M1 rolling on each of the first path 310ac and the first path 310bd falls from the path in a state accelerated by the rolling, the falling trajectory of the small ball M1 (hereinafter referred to as "dropping path") is a parabola It becomes. The distribution unit 260 is installed at the intersection of the falling path from the first path 310ac and the falling path from the first path 310bd.
 分配部260は、第1経路310acから落下する小玉M1と第1経路310bdから落下する小玉M1とを、循環機構20acの第2経路340acと循環機構20bdの第2経路340bdとに分配する。すなわち、分配部260は、循環機構20acと循環機構20bdとにより共用される。 The distribution unit 260 distributes the small ball M1 falling from the first path 310ac and the small ball M1 falling from the first path 310bd to a second path 340ac of the circulation mechanism 20ac and a second path 340bd of the circulation mechanism 20bd. That is, the distribution unit 260 is shared by the circulation mechanism 20ac and the circulation mechanism 20bd.
 分配部260は、循環機構20acに対向する第1面261と、循環機構20bdに対向する第2面262とを含む構造体である。第1面261および第2面262は、鉛直方向に対して傾斜した平面または曲面である。第1面261は、当該第1面261に接触した小玉M1を循環機構20acの第2経路340acに転動させる傾斜面である。第2面262は、当該第2面262に接触した小玉M1を循環機構20bdの第2経路340bdに向かう方向に転動させる傾斜面である。第1面261と第2面262とが交差する頂上部263が分配部260のうち最も高い部位である。 The distribution unit 260 is a structure including a first surface 261 facing the circulation mechanism 20ac and a second surface 262 facing the circulation mechanism 20bd. The first surface 261 and the second surface 262 are flat or curved surfaces that are inclined with respect to the vertical direction. The first surface 261 is an inclined surface that causes the small ball M1 in contact with the first surface 261 to roll on the second path 340ac of the circulation mechanism 20ac. The second surface 262 is an inclined surface that rolls the small ball M1 in contact with the second surface 262 in the direction toward the second path 340bd of the circulation mechanism 20bd. The top portion 263 where the first surface 261 and the second surface 262 intersect is the highest portion of the distribution unit 260.
 第1経路310acから落下した小玉M1は、傾斜面上での転動の状態に応じて速度が相違し、または、小玉M1同士の衝突により落下の軌跡が相違し得る。したがって、第1経路310acから落下した複数の小玉M1は、頂上部263を越えて第2面262に接触する小玉M1と、頂上部263を越えられずに第1面261に接触する小玉M1とに区分される。同様に、第1経路310bdから落下した複数の小玉M1は、頂上部263を越えて第1面261に接触する小玉M1と、頂上部263を越えられずに第2面262に接触する小玉M1とに区分される。また、第1経路310acから落下した小玉M1と第1経路310bdから落下した小玉M1との間でも衝突が発生する。衝突により減速した小玉M1は、頂上部263を越えられずに第1面261または第2面262に接触する。 The small balls M1 dropped from the first path 310ac may have different speeds according to the state of rolling on the inclined surface, or may have different falling trajectories due to collisions between the small balls M1. Therefore, the plurality of small beads M1 dropped from the first path 310ac are small beads M1 contacting the second surface 262 over the top 263, and small beads M1 contacting the first surface 261 without being allowed to go over the top 263. Divided into Similarly, a plurality of small beads M1 dropped from the first path 310bd are small beads M1 contacting the first surface 261 over the top 263, and small beads M1 contacting the second surface 262 without being allowed to go over the top 263. And divided into A collision also occurs between the small ball M1 dropped from the first path 310ac and the small ball M1 dropped from the first path 310bd. The small ball M 1 decelerated by the collision contacts the first surface 261 or the second surface 262 without being able to go over the top 263.
 以上の通り、第1経路310acまたは310bdから落下した複数の小玉M1が、分配部260により第2経路340acおよび340bdに分配される。小玉M1が分配部260から第2経路340acに移動する確率と第2経路340bdに向かう確率とは略同等である。すなわち、第1経路310acまたは310bdから落下した複数の小玉M1は、第2経路340acおよび340bdに略均等に分配される。 As described above, the plurality of small beads M1 dropped from the first path 310ac or 310bd are distributed by the distributor 260 to the second paths 340ac and 340bd. The probability that the small ball M1 moves from the distribution unit 260 to the second path 340ac is substantially equal to the probability that it travels to the second path 340bd. That is, the plurality of small beads M1 dropped from the first path 310ac or 310bd are distributed substantially equally to the second paths 340ac and 340bd.
 例えばJP払出部150により多数の小玉M1が特定のゲームフィールド110に払出された直後には、循環機構20acおよび20bdの一方に多数の小玉M1が存在する場合がある。すなわち、循環機構20acにより循環される小玉M1の個数と循環機構20bdにより循環される小玉M1の個数とが乖離し得る。第1実施形態では、前述の通り、第1経路310acまたは310bdから落下した小玉M1が分配部260により第2経路340acおよび340bdに分配される。さらに、搬送装置170acおよび170bdの各々は、小玉M1を搬送可能な作動状態を維持するから、小玉M1が循環機構20acを継続的に循環する。したがって、循環機構20acに循環する小玉M1の個数と循環機構20bdに循環する小玉M1の個数とが一時的に乖離した場合でも、両者の個数を経時的に均衡させることが可能である。 For example, immediately after the many balls M1 are paid out to the specific game field 110 by the JP payout unit 150, there may be a case where many balls M1 exist in one of the circulation mechanisms 20ac and 20bd. That is, the number of small beads M1 circulated by the circulation mechanism 20ac may deviate from the number of small beads M1 circulated by the circulation mechanism 20bd. In the first embodiment, as described above, the small balls M1 dropped from the first path 310ac or 310bd are distributed by the distributing unit 260 to the second paths 340ac and 340bd. Furthermore, since each of the transfer devices 170ac and 170bd maintains the operating state capable of transferring the small ball M1, the small ball M1 continuously circulates in the circulation mechanism 20ac. Therefore, even if the number of small beads M1 circulating in the circulation mechanism 20ac and the number of small beads M1 circulating in the circulation mechanism 20bd temporarily diverge, it is possible to balance the number of both in the passage of time.
 図15は、第2経路340acの平面図である。図15の左方が第2経路340acの上流側に相当し、図15の右方が第2経路340acの下流側に相当する。第2経路340acの表面は、上流側から下流側に向けて下降する傾斜面である。第2経路340acの下流側に搬送装置170acが設置される。したがって、第2経路340acに供給された小玉M1は搬送装置170acに向けて転動する。分配部260により循環機構20acに分配された小玉M1は、第2経路340acにおける上流側の第4位置P4から下流側の端部である第1位置P1まで移動する。すなわち、小玉M1は搬送装置170acまで移動する。 FIG. 15 is a plan view of the second path 340ac. The left side of FIG. 15 corresponds to the upstream side of the second path 340ac, and the right side of FIG. 15 corresponds to the downstream side of the second path 340ac. The surface of the second path 340ac is an inclined surface that descends from the upstream side to the downstream side. The transfer device 170ac is installed downstream of the second path 340ac. Therefore, the small ball M1 supplied to the second path 340ac rolls toward the transfer device 170ac. The small beads M1 distributed to the circulation mechanism 20ac by the distribution unit 260 move from the upstream fourth position P4 in the second path 340ac to the first position P1 which is the downstream end. That is, the small ball M1 moves to the transfer device 170ac.
 図12に例示される通り、ゲームフィールド110aに小玉M1を投入する遊技体利用部としての第2ホッパー240aおよび第3ホッパー250aは、第1経路310acよりも低く第1位置P1よりも高い位置に設置される。ゲームフィールド110aに投入された複数の小玉M1のうち前縁部116から落下した小玉M1は、図12および図15に例示される通り回収経路330aに供給される。回収経路330aには、小玉M1を転動させる傾斜面が形成される。回収経路330aに供給された小玉M1は、当該傾斜面を転動して計数器220aに進入する。計数器220aによる計数後の小玉M1は、当該計数器220aから第2経路340acに供給される。ゲームフィールド110cの前縁部116から落下した小玉M1も同様に、回収経路330cを介して計数器220cに供給され、当該計数器220cによる計数後に第2経路340acに供給される。以上の説明から理解される通り、ゲームフィールド110aおよび110cのゲームに利用された小玉M1は、鉛直方向の下方に移動する(すなわち落下する)ことで第2経路340acに回収される。以上の構成によれば、ゲームフィールド110aおよび110cによる利用後の小玉M1の回収に動力が不要であるという利点がある。 As illustrated in FIG. 12, the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a as gaming machine using units for inserting small balls M1 into the game field 110a are lower than the first path 310ac and higher than the first position P1. Will be installed. Among the plurality of small balls M1 inserted into the game field 110a, the small balls M1 dropped from the front edge portion 116 are supplied to the collection path 330a as illustrated in FIGS. 12 and 15. In the recovery path 330a, an inclined surface on which the small ball M1 rolls is formed. The small ball M1 supplied to the recovery path 330a rolls on the inclined surface and enters the counter 220a. The small ball M1 counted by the counter 220a is supplied from the counter 220a to the second path 340ac. Similarly, the small beads M1 dropped from the front edge portion 116 of the game field 110c are supplied to the counter 220c via the recovery path 330c, and are supplied to the second path 340ac after being counted by the counter 220c. As understood from the above description, the small ball M1 used for the game in the game fields 110a and 110c is recovered to the second path 340ac by moving downward (that is, falling) in the vertical direction. According to the above configuration, there is an advantage that no power is required for collecting the small balls M1 after use by the game fields 110a and 110c.
 第2経路340acには、分配部260による分配後の小玉M1と、計数器220aおよび220cから排出された小玉M1とに加えて、ゲームフィールド110aおよび110cの切欠部115Lまたは115Rから落下した小玉M1も供給される。また、物理抽選部(120a,130a,140a,120c,130c,140c)で利用された小玉M1も第2経路340acに供給される。 In the second path 340ac, in addition to the small balls M1 after being distributed by the distribution unit 260 and the small balls M1 discharged from the counters 220a and 220c, small balls M1 dropped from the notches 115L or 115R of the game fields 110a and 110c. Is also supplied. Also, the small ball M1 used in the physical lottery unit (120a, 130a, 140a, 120c, 130c, 140c) is also supplied to the second path 340ac.
 以上の説明から理解される通り、第1実施形態の搬送装置170acは、第1ホッパー230aが物理抽選(第1抽選,第2抽選または第3抽選)に利用した小玉M1と、第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aがゲームフィールド110aによるゲームに利用した小玉M1とを回収して、第1経路310acの上流側に搬送する。すなわち、物理抽選に利用された小玉M1とゲームに利用された小玉M1とが第1経路310acの上流側に搬送されて再利用される。 As understood from the above description, the transfer device 170ac according to the first embodiment uses the small ball M1 that the first hopper 230a uses for the physical lottery (the first lottery, the second lottery or the third lottery), and the second hopper 240a. Alternatively, the third hopper 250a collects the small ball M1 used for the game by the game field 110a and transports it to the upstream side of the first path 310ac. That is, the small ball M1 used for the physical lottery and the small ball M1 used for the game are transported to the upstream side of the first path 310ac and reused.
[搬送装置170acの構成]
 図16は、搬送装置170acの側面図である。図16に例示される通り、第1実施形態の搬送装置170acは、鉛直方向に沿って配置された長尺の柱状体であり、回転体1730と支持部1740と囲み部材1750と複数のガイド部1760と保持部1770と供給部1780とを具備する。保持部1770は、搬送装置170acの上端部を構成し、供給部1780は、搬送装置170acの下端部を構成する。回転体1730と支持部1740と囲み部材1750と複数のガイド部1760とは、保持部1770と供給部1780との間に位置する。なお、第1実施形態では、搬送装置170acの回転軸Cが鉛直方向に平行である場合を想定するが、鉛直方向に対して回転軸Cが傾斜してもよい。鉛直方向に対する回転軸Cの角度が30°以下であれば、搬送装置170acが鉛直方向に沿って配置されていると言える。
[Configuration of Transfer Device 170ac]
FIG. 16 is a side view of the transfer device 170ac. As illustrated in FIG. 16, the transfer device 170 ac according to the first embodiment is a long columnar body disposed along the vertical direction, and includes the rotating body 1730, the support portion 1740, the enclosing member 1750, and a plurality of guide portions. 1760, a holding unit 1770, and a supply unit 1780. The holding unit 1770 constitutes an upper end portion of the transfer device 170ac, and the supply portion 1780 constitutes a lower end portion of the transfer device 170ac. The rotating body 1730, the support portion 1740, the enclosing member 1750, and the plurality of guide portions 1760 are located between the holding portion 1770 and the supply portion 1780. In the first embodiment, it is assumed that the rotation axis C of the transfer device 170ac is parallel to the vertical direction, but the rotation axis C may be inclined with respect to the vertical direction. If the angle of the rotation axis C with respect to the vertical direction is 30 ° or less, it can be said that the transport device 170ac is disposed along the vertical direction.
 図17は、囲み部材1750を省略した状態の搬送装置170acの側面図である。図18は、囲み部材1750および複数のガイド部1760を省略した状態の搬送装置170acの側面図である。 FIG. 17 is a side view of the transfer device 170 ac in a state where the surrounding member 1750 is omitted. FIG. 18 is a side view of the transfer device 170 ac in a state where the surrounding member 1750 and the plurality of guide portions 1760 are omitted.
 回転体1730は、回転軸Cを中心として回転する円柱状の部材であり、搬送装置170acの中心軸を構成する。回転軸Cは、鉛直方向に平行な仮想的な軸線である。回転体1730は、鉛直方向の上方からみて反時計回りに回転する。第1実施形態の回転体1730は、保持部1770と供給部1780との間に回転可能に軸支される。搬送装置170acの前述の作動状態は、回転軸Cを中心として回転体1730が回転する状態である。 The rotating body 1730 is a cylindrical member that rotates around the rotation axis C, and constitutes a central axis of the transfer device 170ac. The rotation axis C is a virtual axis parallel to the vertical direction. The rotating body 1730 rotates counterclockwise as viewed from above in the vertical direction. The rotating body 1730 of the first embodiment is rotatably supported between the holding unit 1770 and the supply unit 1780. The above-described operating state of the transfer device 170 ac is a state in which the rotating body 1730 rotates around the rotation axis C.
 支持部1740は、回転軸Cに沿う螺旋状の部材である。具体的には、支持部1740は、鉛直方向の下方から上方に向けて、鉛直方向の上方からみた場合に時計回りの螺旋を描くように構成される。第1実施形態の支持部1740は、回転体1730の外周面に設置される。具体的には、支持部1740の内周面と回転体1730の外周面とが接合される。したがって、支持部1740は、回転軸Cを中心として回転体1730とともに回転する。支持部1740は、回転体1730の外周面から突起する部分とも換言される。以上の通り、第1実施形態の搬送装置170acは、螺旋により小玉M1を搬送するスクリューリフターである。 The support portion 1740 is a helical member along the rotation axis C. Specifically, the support portion 1740 is configured to draw a clockwise spiral when viewed from above in the vertical direction from the bottom of the vertical direction toward the top. The support portion 1740 of the first embodiment is installed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730. Specifically, the inner circumferential surface of support portion 1740 and the outer circumferential surface of rotating body 1730 are joined. Therefore, the support portion 1740 rotates with the rotating body 1730 around the rotation axis C. The support portion 1740 is also referred to as a portion projecting from the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730. As described above, the transport device 170ac of the first embodiment is a screw lifter that transports the small ball M1 by a spiral.
 なお、支持部1740は、回転体1730とは別体に形成されて当該回転体1730に固定されてもよいし、回転体1730と一体に形成されてもよい。また、回転体1730および支持部1740のうち回転軸Cの方向の一部の区間(例えば支持部1740の1周期分)を構成する単位部材の複数個を回転軸Cの方向に連結することで、回転体1730および支持部1740を構成してもよい。 The support portion 1740 may be formed separately from the rotating body 1730 and may be fixed to the rotating body 1730 or may be integrally formed with the rotating body 1730. Further, by connecting a plurality of unit members constituting a partial section in the direction of the rotation axis C (for example, one cycle of the support portion 1740) of the rotary body 1730 and the support portion 1740 in the direction of the rotation axis C. The rotating body 1730 and the support portion 1740 may be configured.
 図19は、搬送装置170acを部分的に拡大した断面図であり、図20は、回転軸Cに垂直な断面における搬送装置170acの断面図である。図19および図20に例示される通り、小玉M1は、支持部1740の上面(以下「載置面」という)Fに載置された状態で鉛直方向の下方から上方に搬送される。載置面Fは、回転軸Cに対して略垂直(すなわち水平方向に略平行)な平面または曲面である。支持部1740における螺旋の間隔Kは、小玉M1の外径Dを上回る。 FIG. 19 is a partially enlarged cross-sectional view of the transfer device 170 ac, and FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of the transfer device 170 ac in a cross section perpendicular to the rotation axis C. As illustrated in FIG. 19 and FIG. 20, the small ball M1 is conveyed upward from below in the vertical direction in a state of being mounted on the upper surface (hereinafter referred to as “mounting surface”) F of the support portion 1740. The mounting surface F is a flat surface or a curved surface substantially perpendicular to the rotation axis C (that is, substantially parallel to the horizontal direction). The spacing K of the helices in the support 1740 exceeds the outer diameter D of the bead M1.
 図19および図20に例示される通り、載置面Fの幅L1は小玉M1の半径D/2を上回る(L1>D/2)。例えば、小玉M1の半径D/2は8.5mm程度であり、載置面Fの幅L1は12mm程度である。したがって、小玉M1の重心(中心)は載置面F上に位置し得る。なお、載置面Fの幅L1は、支持部1740の内周と外周との距離であり、回転体1730の外周面に対する支持部1740の高さとも換言される。以上のように載置面Fの幅L1が小玉M1の半径D/2を上回る構成によれば、小玉M1が載置面Fから落下する可能性を低減することができる。 As illustrated in FIGS. 19 and 20, the width L1 of the mounting surface F exceeds the radius D / 2 of the small ball M1 (L1> D / 2). For example, the radius D / 2 of the small ball M1 is about 8.5 mm, and the width L1 of the mounting surface F is about 12 mm. Therefore, the center of gravity (center) of the small ball M1 can be located on the mounting surface F. The width L1 of the mounting surface F is the distance between the inner periphery and the outer periphery of the support portion 1740, which is also referred to as the height of the support portion 1740 with respect to the outer peripheral surface of the rotary body 1730. As described above, according to the configuration in which the width L1 of the mounting surface F exceeds the radius D / 2 of the small ball M1, the possibility of the small ball M1 falling from the mounting surface F can be reduced.
 複数のガイド部1760の各々は、支持部1740の外側(支持部1740からみて回転軸Cとは反対側)に配置されて回転軸Cに沿って延在する棒状の部材である。例えば円柱状または角柱状の部材がガイド部1760として好適に利用される。複数のガイド部1760は、支持部1740を挟んで回転体1730の外周面に対向する。各ガイド部1760の上端は保持部1770に固定され、各ガイド部1760の下端は供給部1780に固定される。複数のガイド部1760は、回転体1730とは分離して設置される。したがって、回転体1730が回転しても、複数のガイド部1760は回転しない。第1実施形態では、12本のガイド部1760が設置された構成を例示するが、ガイド部1760の本数は任意である。 Each of the plurality of guide portions 1760 is a rod-like member disposed on the outer side of the support portion 1740 (opposite to the support portion 1740 opposite to the rotation axis C) and extending along the rotation axis C. For example, a cylindrical or prismatic member is suitably used as the guide portion 1760. The plurality of guide portions 1760 face the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730 with the support portion 1740 interposed therebetween. The upper end of each guide portion 1760 is fixed to the holding portion 1770, and the lower end of each guide portion 1760 is fixed to the supply portion 1780. The plurality of guide portions 1760 are installed separately from the rotating body 1730. Therefore, even if the rotating body 1730 rotates, the plurality of guide portions 1760 does not rotate. The first embodiment exemplifies a configuration in which twelve guide portions 1760 are installed, but the number of guide portions 1760 is arbitrary.
 複数のガイド部1760は、回転軸Cを中心とした周方向の全周にわたり相互に間隔Gをあけて配置される。すなわち、支持部1740の周囲には、ガイド部1760の本数に相当する総数の間隙が形成される。相互に隣合う2個のガイド部1760の間隔Gは、小玉M1の外径(直径)Dを上回る。したがって、2個のガイド部1760の間隙を小玉M1は通過可能である。 The plurality of guide portions 1760 are arranged at an interval G from each other all around the circumferential direction around the rotation axis C. That is, around the support portion 1740, a total number of gaps corresponding to the number of the guide portions 1760 is formed. The distance G between the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other exceeds the outer diameter (diameter) D of the small ball M1. Therefore, the small ball M1 can pass through the gap between the two guide portions 1760.
 また、図19および図20に例示される通り、回転体1730の外周面(支持部1740の内周)と各ガイド部1760との間隔L2は、小玉M1の外径Dを下回る(L2<D)。例えば、小玉M1の外径Dは17mm程度であり、間隔L2は14mm程度である。なお、第1実施形態では、相互に隣合う2個のガイド部1760の間隔Gは、小玉M1の外径Dの2個分を下回る(G<2D)。したがって、2個のガイド部1760の間隔Gには1個の小玉M1が存在し得る。 Further, as illustrated in FIGS. 19 and 20, the distance L2 between the outer circumferential surface of the rotary body 1730 (the inner circumference of the support portion 1740) and each guide portion 1760 is smaller than the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 (L2 <D ). For example, the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 is about 17 mm, and the distance L2 is about 14 mm. In the first embodiment, the distance G between the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other is smaller than two of the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 (G <2D). Therefore, one small ball M1 may exist in the gap G between the two guide portions 1760.
 囲み部材1750は、複数のガイド部1760を挟んで支持部1740とは反対側に位置する部材である。第1実施形態の囲み部材1750は、回転体1730と支持部1740と複数のガイド部1760とを包囲する。具体的には、回転軸Cを中心軸とした円筒状の部材が囲み部材1750として利用される。複数のガイド部1760は、回転体1730の外周面と囲み部材1750の内周面との間に空間に設置される。なお、囲み部材1750の内周面に対する複数のガイド部1760の接触の有無は不問である。囲み部材1750は、回転体1730とは分離して設置される。したがって、回転体1730が回転しても、囲み部材1750は回転しない。 The enclosing member 1750 is a member located on the opposite side to the support portion 1740 with the plurality of guide portions 1760 interposed therebetween. The enclosing member 1750 of the first embodiment surrounds the rotating body 1730, the support portion 1740, and the plurality of guide portions 1760. Specifically, a cylindrical member having the rotation axis C as a central axis is used as the surrounding member 1750. The plurality of guide portions 1760 are installed in the space between the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730 and the inner peripheral surface of the enclosing member 1750. In addition, the presence or absence of the contact of the some guide part 1760 with respect to the internal peripheral surface of the surrounding member 1750 does not matter. The enclosing member 1750 is installed separately from the rotating body 1730. Therefore, even if the rotating body 1730 rotates, the enclosing member 1750 does not rotate.
 図19および図20に例示される通り、支持部1740の外周と囲み部材1750の内周との間隔L3は、小玉M1の外径Dを下回る(L3<D)。例えば、小玉M1の外径Dは17mm程度であり、間隔L3は9mm程度である。以上の構成によれば、載置面F上で回転軸Cの半径方向に小玉M1が移動しても、載置面Fからの落下前に当該小玉M1は囲み部材1750の内周面に接触する。したがって、囲み部材1750によって包囲された部分では、小玉M1が支持部1740から落下することを防止できる。 As illustrated in FIGS. 19 and 20, the distance L3 between the outer periphery of the support portion 1740 and the inner periphery of the enclosing member 1750 is smaller than the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 (L3 <D). For example, the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 is about 17 mm, and the distance L3 is about 9 mm. According to the above configuration, even if the small ball M1 moves in the radial direction of the rotation axis C on the mounting surface F, the small ball M1 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the enclosing member 1750 before falling from the mounting surface F Do. Therefore, in the portion surrounded by the surrounding member 1750, the small ball M1 can be prevented from falling from the support portion 1740.
 回転体1730の外周面に小玉M1が接触して載置面F上に載置された図19の状態において、小玉M1と囲み部材1750の内周面との間隔(以下「周間隔」という)は、4mm(L1+L3-D)程度である。周間隔を適切に確保することで、取込口1710から小玉M1を取込むときに囲み部材1750の下端面に小玉M1が衝突する可能性を低減できる。周間隔は、1mm以上かつ小玉M1の半径D/2以下の範囲内であることが望ましく、さらに好適な態様では、2mm以上かつ小玉M1の半径D/2の半分(D/4)以下の範囲内の適切な寸法に設定される。周間隔が大きい構成では、載置面F上で囲み部材1750の内周面に接触しながら搬送される小玉M1が増加する。囲み部材1750の内周面に小玉M1が接触しても当該小玉M1を搬送することは可能であるが、小玉M1の接触により囲み部材1750の内周面に経年的に擦り傷が発生する可能性が高まる。周間隔が適切に確保された構成によれば、囲み部材1750の内周面に対する小玉M1の接触が抑制されるから、当該接触に起因した内周面の擦り傷を防止できるという利点がある。 In the state of FIG. 19 in which the small balls M1 are in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730 and placed on the mounting surface F, the distance between the small balls M1 and the inner peripheral surface of the enclosing member 1750 (hereinafter referred to as “circumferential distance”) Is about 4 mm (L1 + L3-D). By appropriately securing the circumferential distance, the possibility that the small ball M1 collides with the lower end surface of the enclosing member 1750 can be reduced when the small ball M1 is taken in from the inlet 1710. The circumferential distance is preferably in the range of 1 mm or more and the radius D / 2 or less of the small ball M1, and in a more preferable embodiment, the range of 2 mm or more and half (D / 4) or less of the radius D / 2 of the small ball M1. Set to the appropriate dimensions within. In the configuration in which the circumferential distance is large, the number of small balls M1 transported while being in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the surrounding member 1750 on the mounting surface F is increased. Even if the small ball M1 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the enclosing member 1750, it is possible to transport the small ball M1, but the contact of the small ball M1 may cause abrasion on the inner peripheral surface of the surrounding member 1750 over time. Increase. According to the configuration in which the circumferential distance is appropriately secured, the contact of the small ball M1 with the inner circumferential surface of the enclosing member 1750 is suppressed, and thus there is an advantage that the scratch of the inner circumferential surface due to the contact can be prevented.
 なお、囲み部材1750の形状は、内周面を有する円筒状に限定されない。例えば、回転軸Cからみて複数のガイド部1760とは反対側に設置された複数の棒状部材により囲み部材1750を構成してもよい。各棒状部材は、回転軸Cに沿って延在する部材であり、回転軸Cからみて、相互に隣合う2個のガイド部1760の間に位置する。複数の棒状部材により仮想的な内周面が形成され、当該内周面に小玉M1が接触することで当該小玉M1の落下が防止される。 The shape of the enclosing member 1750 is not limited to a cylindrical shape having an inner circumferential surface. For example, the enclosing member 1750 may be configured by a plurality of rod-like members disposed on the opposite side of the plurality of guide portions 1760 as viewed from the rotation axis C. Each rod-shaped member is a member extending along the rotation axis C, and is located between the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other as viewed from the rotation axis C. A virtual inner peripheral surface is formed by the plurality of rod-shaped members, and the small ball M1 is prevented from falling by contacting the small ball M1 with the inner peripheral surface.
 囲み部材1750のうち周方向または鉛直方向の一部または全部は、例えば光透過性の材料で形成される。例えば囲み部材1750は透明な樹脂材料で形成される。以上の例示のように囲み部材1750を光透過性の材料で形成した構成、または、囲み部材1750を複数の棒状部材で形成した構成によれば、搬送装置170acが多数の小玉M1を搬送する様子を、プレイヤまたは周囲の人に視認させることが可能である。したがって、小玉M1による動的な演出の効果も期待できる。視覚的な面白味をプレイヤに付与することもできる。なお、周間隔が適切に確保された構成によれば、前述の通り、囲み部材1750の内周面の擦り傷が防止される。したがって、囲み部材1750が光透過性の材料で形成された構成においては、多数の小玉M1が搬送される様子を外部から視認できるという前述の効果が経年的に低下することを抑制できる。ただし、囲み部材1750の光透過性は必須ではない。 Part or all of the circumferential direction or the vertical direction of the enclosing member 1750 is formed of, for example, a light transmissive material. For example, the enclosing member 1750 is formed of a transparent resin material. As described above, according to the configuration in which the enclosing member 1750 is formed of a light transmitting material, or the configuration in which the enclosing member 1750 is formed by a plurality of rod-like members, the transport device 170ac transports a large number of small beads M1. It is possible to make the player or the surrounding person visually recognize. Therefore, the effect of the dynamic presentation by the small ball M1 can also be expected. Visual interest can also be given to the player. In addition, according to the structure by which circumferential spacing was ensured appropriately, the abrasion of the inner peripheral surface of the surrounding member 1750 is prevented as mentioned above. Therefore, in the configuration in which the enclosing member 1750 is formed of a light transmitting material, it is possible to suppress the above-mentioned effect of being able to visually recognize from the outside how the many small beads M1 are transported from being deteriorated with time. However, the light transmission of the enclosing member 1750 is not essential.
 囲み部材1750の全長はガイド部1760の全長を下回る。図16および図17に例示される通り、各ガイド部1760のうち鉛直方向の下方に位置する部分(以下「第1端部」という)E1は、囲み部材1750の下端面から鉛直方向の下方に露出する。第1端部E1の全長は、小玉M1の外径Dを上回る。他方、各ガイド部1760のうち鉛直方向の上方に位置する部分(以下「第2端部」という)E2は、囲み部材1750の上端面から鉛直方向の上方に露出する。第2端部E2の全長は、小玉M1の外径Dを上回る。各ガイド部1760のうち第1端部E1と第2端部E2との間の部分が囲み部材1750の内周面に対向する。 The total length of the enclosing member 1750 is less than the total length of the guide portion 1760. As illustrated in FIGS. 16 and 17, a portion (hereinafter referred to as “first end”) E1 of each guide portion 1760 located in the lower direction in the vertical direction is lower in the vertical direction from the lower end surface of the enclosing member 1750. Exposed. The total length of the first end E1 exceeds the outer diameter D of the small ball M1. On the other hand, a portion (hereinafter referred to as a “second end”) E2 of the respective guide portions 1760 located vertically upward is exposed vertically upward from the upper end surface of the enclosing member 1750. The total length of the second end E2 exceeds the outer diameter D of the small ball M1. A portion of each guide portion 1760 between the first end E1 and the second end E2 faces the inner circumferential surface of the enclosing member 1750.
 回転軸Cの周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部1760における第1端部E1の間隙は、小玉M1を搬送装置170acに取込むための取込口1710として機能する。第1実施形態の取込口1710は、囲み部材1750の下端面と、供給部1780の表面である供給面1781と、相互に隣合う2個の第1端部E1とで包囲された空間である。搬送装置170acに供給される小玉M1は、取込口1710を通過して支持部1740の載置面Fに載置される。 The gap between the first end E1 of the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C functions as an inlet 1710 for taking the small ball M1 into the transfer device 170ac. The inlet 1710 according to the first embodiment is a space surrounded by the lower end surface of the enclosing member 1750, the supply surface 1781 which is the surface of the supply unit 1780, and two first ends E1 adjacent to each other. is there. The small beads M <b> 1 supplied to the transfer device 170 ac are placed on the placement surface F of the support portion 1740 through the intake port 1710.
 前述の通り、回転軸Cの周方向には複数のガイド部1760が相互に間隔Gをあけて配列される。したがって、ガイド部1760の本数に相当する個数(例えば12個)の取込口1710が、搬送装置170acの下端部に、回転軸Cの周方向に沿って形成される。すなわち、搬送装置170acの下端部の周囲に供給された複数の小玉M1は、支持部1740の回転に連動して複数の取込口1710の各々から順次に取込まれる。以上に説明した通り、第1実施形態によれば、各ガイド部1760の第1端部E1を囲み部材1750から露出させる非常に簡便な構成により、搬送装置170acに小玉M1を取込むことが可能である。 As described above, the plurality of guide portions 1760 are arranged at intervals G in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C. Therefore, a number (for example, 12) of intake ports 1710 corresponding to the number of guide portions 1760 are formed along the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C at the lower end portion of the transfer device 170ac. That is, the plurality of small beads M1 supplied around the lower end portion of the transfer device 170 ac are sequentially taken in from each of the plurality of intake ports 1710 in conjunction with the rotation of the support portion 1740. As described above, according to the first embodiment, the small balls M1 can be taken into the transfer device 170ac by a very simple configuration in which the first end E1 of each guide portion 1760 is exposed from the surrounding member 1750. It is.
 他方、回転軸Cの周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部1760における第2端部E2の間隙は、小玉M1を搬送装置170acから排出するための排出口1720として機能する。第1実施形態の排出口1720は、囲み部材1750の上端面と、保持部1770の表面(後述の傾斜面1771)と、相互に隣合う2個の第2端部E2とで包囲された空間である。搬送装置170acにより搬送された小玉M1は、排出口1720を通過して搬送装置170acから外部に排出される。 On the other hand, the gap between the second ends E2 of the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C functions as a discharge port 1720 for discharging the small ball M1 from the transfer device 170ac. The discharge port 1720 according to the first embodiment is a space surrounded by the upper end surface of the enclosing member 1750, the surface (the inclined surface 1771 described later) of the holding portion 1770, and the two second ends E2 adjacent to each other. It is. The small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac pass through the discharge port 1720 and are discharged from the transport device 170ac to the outside.
 前述の通り、回転軸Cの周方向には複数のガイド部1760が相互に間隔Gをあけて配列される。したがって、ガイド部1760の本数に相当する個数(例えば12個)の排出口1720が、搬送装置170acの上端部に、回転軸Cの周方向に沿って形成される。したがって、搬送装置170acにより搬送された複数の小玉M1は、複数の排出口1720から放射状に排出される。以上に説明した通り、第1実施形態によれば、各ガイド部1760の第2端部E2を囲み部材1750から露出させる非常に簡便な構成により、搬送装置170acから小玉M1を排出することが可能である。 As described above, the plurality of guide portions 1760 are arranged at intervals G in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C. Therefore, the number (eg, twelve) of discharge ports 1720 corresponding to the number of the guide portions 1760 is formed along the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C at the upper end portion of the transfer device 170ac. Therefore, the plurality of small beads M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are radially discharged from the plurality of discharge ports 1720. As described above, according to the first embodiment, the small balls M1 can be discharged from the transfer device 170ac by a very simple configuration in which the second end E2 of each guide portion 1760 is exposed from the surrounding member 1750. It is.
 以上の構成において、各取込口1710を通過した小玉M1が、回転体1730の外周面に接触し、かつ載置面F上に載置された状態で、螺旋状の支持部1740が回転する。載置面F上の小玉M1の周方向の移動は、当該小玉M1がガイド部1760に接触することで制限される。すなわち、特定の2本のガイド部1760の間隙に収容された小玉M1は、回転軸Cの周方向に隣合う他の間隙には移動できない。したがって、小玉M1は、回転体1730の外周面と載置面Fと1本のガイド部1760との3箇所に接触した状態で、当該ガイド部1760に沿って鉛直方向の下方から上方に搬送される。すなわち、小玉M1は、回転体1730の外周面に対する接触点と載置面Fに対する接触点とガイド部1760に対する接触点との3点において支持される。以上の状態で支持部1740に支持された小玉M1は、1本のガイド部1760に押付けられながら鉛直方向の上方に搬送される。 In the above-described configuration, the helical support portion 1740 is rotated in a state in which the small beads M1 having passed through the respective intake ports 1710 are in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730 and mounted on the mounting surface F. . The circumferential movement of the small ball M1 on the mounting surface F is restricted by the small ball M1 contacting the guide portion 1760. That is, the small ball M1 accommodated in the gap between the two specific guide portions 1760 can not move to another gap adjacent in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C. Therefore, the small ball M1 is conveyed along the guide portion 1760 from the lower side in the vertical direction in a state in which the small ball M1 is in contact with three places of the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730, the mounting surface F and one guide portion 1760. Ru. That is, the small ball M1 is supported at three points of the contact point to the outer peripheral surface of the rotary body 1730, the contact point to the mounting surface F, and the contact point to the guide portion 1760. The small ball M1 supported by the support portion 1740 in the above-described state is conveyed upward in the vertical direction while being pressed by one guide portion 1760.
 なお、回転軸Cから離間する方向における小玉M1の移動は、当該小玉M1が囲み部材1750の内周面に接触することで制限される。したがって、小玉M1は、支持部1740の載置面Fとガイド部1760の表面と囲み部材1750の内周面との3箇所に接触しながら搬送される場合もある。すなわち、第1実施形態によれば、支持部1740から小玉M1が落下する可能性を低減して小玉M1を確実に搬送することが可能である。 The movement of the small ball M1 in the direction away from the rotation axis C is restricted by the small ball M1 contacting the inner circumferential surface of the enclosing member 1750. Therefore, the small beads M1 may be transported while being in contact with the mounting surface F of the support portion 1740, the surface of the guide portion 1760, and the inner peripheral surface of the enclosing member 1750. That is, according to the first embodiment, the small balls M1 can be reliably transported while reducing the possibility of the small balls M1 falling from the support portion 1740.
 以上の説明から理解される通り、第1実施形態の搬送装置170acにおいては、小玉M1を鉛直方向の下方から上方に移動させる搬送経路が、複数のガイド部1760の各々について形成される。すなわち、取込口1710から排出口1720まで小玉M1を搬送する複数(12本)の搬送経路が形成される。搬送経路は、回転体1730の外周面と、囲み部材1750の内周面と、周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部1760との間において、回転軸Cの方向に延在する長尺状の空間である。以上の構成によれば、供給部1780に供給された多数の小玉M1を、複数の搬送経路により並行して効率的に搬送することが可能である。 As understood from the above description, in the transfer device 170ac of the first embodiment, a transfer path for moving the small ball M1 from the lower side to the upper side in the vertical direction is formed for each of the plurality of guide portions 1760. That is, a plurality of (12) conveyance paths for conveying the small balls M1 from the inlet 1710 to the outlet 1720 are formed. The conveyance path is an elongated shape extending in the direction of the rotation axis C between the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730, the inner peripheral surface of the enclosing member 1750, and two guide portions 1760 adjacent in the circumferential direction. It is a space. According to the above configuration, it is possible to efficiently transport the many small beads M1 supplied to the supply unit 1780 in parallel by the plurality of transport paths.
 図21は、搬送装置170acのうち取込口1710の近傍を拡大した斜視図である。また、図22は、搬送装置170acの取込口1710と第2経路340acとの関係を例示する模式図である。 FIG. 21 is an enlarged perspective view of the vicinity of the inlet 1710 in the transfer device 170 ac. FIG. 22 is a schematic view illustrating the relationship between the inlet 1710 of the transfer device 170ac and the second path 340ac.
 図21および図22に例示される通り、第2経路340acを移動した小玉M1は供給部1780に供給される。供給部1780は、搬送装置170acの下端部を構成する部材である。供給部1780の上面(以下「供給面」という)1781は、第2経路340acから供給される小玉M1を取込口1710に向けて転動させる傾斜面である。供給面1781は、各取込口1710に近い位置ほど低い平面または曲面である。以上の通り、第1実施形態では、取込口1710に向けて小玉M1を転動させる供給面1781が供給部1780に形成されるから、多数の小玉M1を効率的に複数の搬送経路に取込むことが可能である。 As illustrated in FIG. 21 and FIG. 22, the small ball M1 having moved through the second path 340ac is supplied to the supply unit 1780. The supply unit 1780 is a member that constitutes the lower end portion of the transfer device 170ac. The upper surface (hereinafter referred to as “supply surface”) 1781 of the supply unit 1780 is an inclined surface for rolling the small beads M1 supplied from the second path 340 ac toward the inlet 1710. The supply surface 1781 is a flat surface or a curved surface, the lower the position is closer to each inlet 1710. As described above, in the first embodiment, the supply surface 1781 for rolling the small ball M1 toward the intake port 1710 is formed in the supply unit 1780. Therefore, a large number of small balls M1 are efficiently taken into a plurality of transport paths. It is possible to
 図23および図24は、任意の1個の取込口1710と支持部1740の外周縁との関係の説明図である。図23および図24に例示される通り、取込口1710に対する支持部1740の外周縁の位置関係は、当該支持部1740の回転に連動して経時的に変化する。 FIGS. 23 and 24 are explanatory views of the relationship between any one inlet 1710 and the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740. FIG. As illustrated in FIGS. 23 and 24, the positional relationship between the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 with respect to the inlet 1710 changes with time in conjunction with the rotation of the support portion 1740.
 図23に例示される通り、支持部1740の外周縁が取込口1710の底部に近い状態では、小玉M1が取込口1710を通過して搬送経路に取込まれる。他方、図24に例示される通り、支持部1740の外周縁が取込口1710の底部に対して高い位置にある状態では、取込口1710に向かう小玉M1は当該外周縁に接触する。すなわち、取込口1710に対する小玉M1の進入が支持部1740により阻止される。支持部1740が更に回転することで、支持部1740の外周縁が取込口1710の底部よりも低い位置に変化すると(図23)、取込口1710の外側で待機していた小玉M1が取込口1710に進入して搬送経路に取込まれる。 As illustrated in FIG. 23, in a state where the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 is close to the bottom of the inlet 1710, the small beads M1 pass through the inlet 1710 and are taken into the transport path. On the other hand, as illustrated in FIG. 24, in the state where the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 is at a high position with respect to the bottom of the inlet 1710, the small balls M1 directed to the inlet 1710 contact the outer peripheral edge. That is, the support portion 1740 prevents the small ball M1 from entering the intake port 1710. When the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 changes to a position lower than the bottom portion of the intake port 1710 by further rotation of the support portion 1740 (FIG. 23), the small ball M1 waiting at the outside of the intake port 1710 is removed. It enters the entrance 1710 and is taken into the conveyance path.
 以上に説明した通り、供給部1780の供給面1781上で取込口1710に到達した小玉M1は、当該到達の直後に取込口1710に進入するわけではなく、支持部1740の外周縁が取込口1710の底部に近い位置に移動した段階で取込口1710に進入する。すなわち、小玉M1は取込口1710の外側で一時的に待機する。以上の説明から理解される通り、第1実施形態の供給部1780は、搬送装置170acに向かう複数の小玉M1を一時的に貯留する貯留部として機能する。 As described above, the small ball M1 that has reached the inlet 1710 on the supply surface 1781 of the supply unit 1780 does not necessarily enter the inlet 1710 immediately after the arrival, and the outer peripheral edge of the support 1740 is removed. When it moves to a position close to the bottom of the inlet 1710, it enters the inlet 1710. That is, the small ball M1 temporarily stands by at the outside of the intake port 1710. As understood from the above description, the supply unit 1780 of the first embodiment functions as a storage unit that temporarily stores the plurality of small beads M1 directed to the transfer device 170ac.
 なお、支持部1740は継続的に回転するから、取込口1710に進入しつつある小玉M1が支持部1740の外周縁との衝突により弾かれる可能性がある。すなわち、支持部1740の外周縁が取込口1710の底部に近い状態となっても、小玉M1が取込口1710に取込まれない場合が想定される。前述の通り、第1実施形態では、搬送装置170acに向かう複数の小玉M1が供給部1780に一時的に貯留される。以上の構成によれば、取込口1710に進入しつつある小玉M1は、供給部1780に貯留された小玉M1により取込口1710側に押圧される。したがって、支持部1740の外周縁により小玉M1が弾かれる可能性が低減される。すなわち、第1実施形態によれば、支持部1740の外周縁により小玉M1が弾かれることを抑制するための複雑な機構が不要であるから、取込口1710の構造を簡素化できるという利点がある。 In addition, since the support part 1740 rotates continuously, there is a possibility that the small ball M1 entering the intake port 1710 may be repelled by a collision with the outer peripheral edge of the support part 1740. That is, even when the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 is close to the bottom of the inlet 1710, the small ball M1 may not be taken into the inlet 1710. As described above, in the first embodiment, the plurality of small beads M1 directed to the transfer device 170ac are temporarily stored in the supply unit 1780. According to the above configuration, the small ball M1 entering the inlet 1710 is pressed toward the inlet 1710 by the small ball M1 stored in the supply unit 1780. Therefore, the possibility of the small ball M1 being flipped by the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 is reduced. That is, according to the first embodiment, since the complicated mechanism for suppressing the small ball M1 from being repelled by the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 is unnecessary, the structure of the intake port 1710 can be simplified. is there.
 図22から理解される通り、搬送装置170acの複数の取込口1710の各々には、水平方向に近い方向(横方向)から小玉M1が順次に供給される。したがって、多数の小玉M1が供給部1780に供給されても、複数の小玉M1が鉛直方向に積み重なる可能性が低減される。なお、多数の小玉M1が積み重なる構成では、取込口1710までの経路上で複数の小玉M1が接触した状態で相互間の力が均衡し、結果的に複数の小玉M1が静止する現象(以下「ブリッジ現象」という)が発生し得る。ブリッジ現象が発生すると、取込口1710に対する小玉M1の取込みが阻害される。第1実施形態によれば、複数の小玉M1が鉛直方向に積み重なる可能性が低減されるから、ブリッジ現象の発生を抑制することが可能である。すなわち、多数の小玉M1を効率的に複数の搬送経路に取込むことが可能である。第1実施形態では特に、回転軸Cの周方向に複数の取込口1710が形成されるから、一部の取込口1710の近傍でブリッジ現象が発生したとしても、他の取込口1710から小玉M1は取込まれる。したがって、ブリッジ現象に起因した小玉M1の搬送の不具合を防止することが可能である。 As understood from FIG. 22, the small beads M1 are sequentially supplied to each of the plurality of intake ports 1710 of the transport device 170ac from a direction (horizontal direction) close to the horizontal direction. Therefore, even if a large number of small beads M1 are supplied to the supply unit 1780, the possibility of stacking the plurality of small beads M1 in the vertical direction is reduced. Note that, in the configuration in which a large number of small beads M1 are stacked, the force among them is balanced in a state in which a plurality of small beads M1 are in contact on the path to the intake port 1710, and as a result a plurality of small beads M1 stand still The “bridge phenomenon” may occur. When the bridge phenomenon occurs, the uptake of the small ball M1 to the inlet 1710 is inhibited. According to the first embodiment, the possibility of the plurality of small balls M1 being stacked in the vertical direction is reduced, so it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the bridge phenomenon. That is, it is possible to efficiently take in a large number of small beads M1 into a plurality of transport paths. In the first embodiment, in particular, since a plurality of inlets 1710 are formed in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C, even if a bridge phenomenon occurs in the vicinity of a part of the inlets 1710, another inlet 1710 is formed. The small ball M1 is taken from. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the trouble of conveyance of the small ball M1 resulting from the bridge phenomenon.
 供給部1780に供給された複数の小玉M1が積み重なる可能性を低減するためには、供給面1781の傾斜の角度を抑制した構成が好適である。具体的には、図22に例示される通り、水平面に対する供給面1781の最大角度θは、例えば20°以下(さらに好適には10°以下)に設定される。以上の構成によれば、複数の小玉M1が供給面1781上で積み重なる可能性が低減される。したがって、各取込口1710の近傍におけるブリッジ現象の発生(すなわち小玉M1の詰まり)を効果的に抑制することが可能である。 In order to reduce the possibility of stacking the plurality of small beads M1 supplied to the supply unit 1780, a configuration in which the inclination angle of the supply surface 1781 is suppressed is preferable. Specifically, as illustrated in FIG. 22, the maximum angle θ of the supply surface 1781 with respect to the horizontal surface is set to, for example, 20 ° or less (more preferably, 10 ° or less). According to the above configuration, the possibility of stacking the plurality of small beads M1 on the supply surface 1781 is reduced. Therefore, it is possible to effectively suppress the occurrence of the bridge phenomenon (that is, the clogging of the small ball M1) in the vicinity of each intake port 1710.
 図21および図22に例示される通り、第1実施形態の供給面1781は、回転軸Cの周囲の曲面である。具体的には、回転軸C上に中心が位置する球体の表面(円弧面)が供給面1781として好適である。以上の構成によれば、回転軸Cを中心とした全方向から複数の小玉M1が取込口1710に供給される。したがって、多数の小玉M1を効率的に各搬送経路に供給できるという効果は格別に顕著である。 As illustrated in FIGS. 21 and 22, the supply surface 1781 of the first embodiment is a curved surface around the rotation axis C. Specifically, the surface (arc surface) of a sphere whose center is located on the rotation axis C is suitable as the supply surface 1781. According to the above configuration, the plurality of small beads M1 are supplied to the intake port 1710 from all directions around the rotation axis C. Therefore, the effect of being able to supply a large number of small beads M1 efficiently to each transport path is particularly remarkable.
 図25は、搬送装置170acのうち排出口1720の近傍を拡大した斜視図である。図25に例示される通り、第1実施形態の保持部1770は、回転軸Cに対して傾斜した傾斜面1771を含む円錐台状の部材である。回転軸Cの方向に搬送された小玉M1は、傾斜面1771に接触することで、回転軸Cに交差する方向に進行の方向が変化する。傾斜面1771に対する接触で方向が変化した小玉M1は、排出口1720を通過して搬送経路から排出される。すなわち、図13を参照して前述した通り、搬送装置170acにより搬送された複数の小玉M1が複数の排出口1720から放射状に排出される。以上の説明から理解される通り、保持部1770(特に傾斜面1771)は、搬送経路により搬送された小玉M1を回転軸Cから離間する方向に移動させる排出誘導部として機能する。したがって、小玉M1が必要以上に搬送経路に停留する可能性を低減することが可能である。 FIG. 25 is an enlarged perspective view of the vicinity of the discharge port 1720 in the transfer device 170 ac. As illustrated in FIG. 25, the holding portion 1770 of the first embodiment is a truncated conical member including an inclined surface 1771 inclined with respect to the rotation axis C. The small balls M <b> 1 transported in the direction of the rotation axis C contact the inclined surface 1771 to change the traveling direction in the direction intersecting the rotation axis C. The small ball M1 whose direction has been changed by the contact with the inclined surface 1771 passes through the discharge port 1720 and is discharged from the conveyance path. That is, as described above with reference to FIG. 13, the plurality of small balls M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are radially discharged from the plurality of discharge ports 1720. As understood from the above description, the holding portion 1770 (in particular, the inclined surface 1771) functions as a discharge guiding portion for moving the small balls M1 transported by the transport path away from the rotation axis C. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility of the small ball M1 staying in the transport path more than necessary.
 図26は、鉛直方向の上方からみた供給部1780の近傍の平面図である。また、図27は、図26におけるB-B線の断面図である。図26に例示される通り、第2経路340acに沿うX方向とX方向に直交するY方向とを想定する。X方向において任意の地点からみて第2経路340acの上流側をX1側と表記し、第2経路340acの下流側をX2側と表記する。搬送装置170acは第2経路340acからみてX方向のX2側に位置する。また、Y方向の一方側をY1側と表記し、他方側をY2側と表記する。搬送装置170acからみてY1側にステーション部100aが位置し、搬送装置170acからみてY2側にステーション部100cが位置する。 FIG. 26 is a plan view of the vicinity of the supply unit 1780 as viewed from above in the vertical direction. FIG. 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB in FIG. As illustrated in FIG. 26, an X direction along the second path 340ac and a Y direction orthogonal to the X direction are assumed. The upstream side of the second path 340ac is referred to as the X1 side, and the downstream side of the second path 340ac is referred to as the X2 side, as viewed from an arbitrary point in the X direction. The transfer device 170 ac is located on the X2 side in the X direction with respect to the second path 340 ac. Further, one side in the Y direction is described as the Y1 side, and the other side is described as the Y2 side. The station unit 100a is located on the Y1 side as viewed from the transport device 170ac, and the station portion 100c is located on the Y2 side as viewed from the transport device 170ac.
 図26に例示される通り、供給部1780の近傍には、第1誘導部51と第2誘導部52と第3誘導部53とが設置される。図26においては、第1誘導部51と第2誘導部52と第3誘導部53とに便宜的に網掛が付加されている。 As illustrated in FIG. 26, in the vicinity of the supply unit 1780, the first guiding unit 51, the second guiding unit 52, and the third guiding unit 53 are installed. In FIG. 26, hatching is added to the first guiding portion 51, the second guiding portion 52, and the third guiding portion 53 for convenience.
[第1誘導部51]
 図26に例示される通り、供給部1780の供給面1781には複数の第1誘導部51が形成される。各第1誘導部51は、小玉M1を複数の取込口1710に誘導するための構造体である。以上の構成によれば、複数の小玉M1を取込口1710に効率的に供給することが可能である。
[First guiding unit 51]
As illustrated in FIG. 26, a plurality of first guide portions 51 are formed on the supply surface 1781 of the supply unit 1780. Each of the first guiding portions 51 is a structure for guiding the small beads M1 to the plurality of intake ports 1710. According to the above configuration, it is possible to efficiently supply the plurality of small beads M1 to the intake port 1710.
 第1実施形態の各第1誘導部51は、供給面1781から突出する突起である。図27に例示される通り、各第1誘導部51の高さH1は、小玉M1の外径Dを下回る。相互に隣合う2個の第1誘導部51は、小玉M1を取込口1710に誘導するための誘導経路511として機能する。なお、供給部1780とは別体の第1誘導部51を供給面1781に固定してもよいし、第1誘導部51を供給部1780と一体に形成してもよい。 Each first guiding portion 51 of the first embodiment is a protrusion that protrudes from the supply surface 1781. As illustrated in FIG. 27, the height H1 of each first guiding portion 51 is smaller than the outer diameter D of the small ball M1. The two first guide portions 51 adjacent to each other function as a guide path 511 for guiding the small ball M1 to the intake port 1710. The first induction unit 51 separate from the supply unit 1780 may be fixed to the supply surface 1781, or the first induction unit 51 may be integrally formed with the supply unit 1780.
 複数の第1誘導部51で形成される誘導経路511の幅は、小玉M1の外径Dを上回り、当該外径Dの2倍を下回る。したがって、複数の小玉M1は、誘導経路511に沿って取込口1710まで1列に整列する。以上の説明から理解される通り、第1実施形態の第1誘導部51は、複数の小玉M1が取込口1710に向けて整列するように小玉M1を誘導する。したがって、複数の小玉M1の集中に起因してブリッジ現象が発生する可能性を低減することが可能である。 The width of the guiding path 511 formed by the plurality of first guiding portions 51 is larger than the outer diameter D of the small ball M1 and smaller than twice the outer diameter D. Accordingly, the plurality of small beads M1 align in a row to the inlet 1710 along the guiding path 511. As understood from the above description, the first guiding portion 51 of the first embodiment guides the small beads M1 so that the plurality of small beads M1 are aligned toward the intake port 1710. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility of the occurrence of the bridge phenomenon due to the concentration of the plurality of small beads M1.
 第1実施形態の複数の第1誘導部51は、搬送装置170acからみてX2側(すなわち第2経路340acの下流側)に設置される。すなわち、複数の第1誘導部51は、第2経路340acから搬送装置170acのX2側に到達した小玉M1を、複数の取込口1710のうちX2側の一部の取込口1710に向けて整列させる。 The plurality of first guiding portions 51 of the first embodiment are installed on the X2 side (that is, the downstream side of the second path 340ac) when viewed from the transfer device 170ac. That is, the plurality of first induction units 51 direct the small ball M1 that has reached the X2 side of the transfer device 170ac from the second path 340ac to a portion 1720 of the plurality of intake ports 1710 on the X2 side. Align.
[第2誘導部52]
 図26に例示される通り、第2経路340acには第2誘導部52が設置される。第2誘導部52は、第2経路340acから供給部1780に向けて進行する小玉M1を搬送装置170acの側方に誘導する構造体である。搬送装置170acの側方とは、搬送装置170acからみてY1側またはY2側である。以上の構成によれば、搬送装置170acの複数の取込口1710のうち側方から後方(すなわち第2経路340acとは反対側)に位置する取込口1710に、複数の小玉M1を優先的に供給することが可能である。以上の説明から理解される通り、第2誘導部52は、第2経路340acから供給部1780に供給される小玉M1の移動を規制する規制部として機能する。
[Second guiding unit 52]
As illustrated in FIG. 26, a second guiding unit 52 is installed in the second path 340ac. The second guiding unit 52 is a structure that guides the small beads M1 advancing from the second path 340ac toward the supply unit 1780 to the side of the transfer device 170ac. The side of the transfer device 170ac is the Y1 side or the Y2 side as viewed from the transfer device 170ac. According to the above configuration, the plurality of small balls M1 are given priority to the intake port 1710 located rearward from the side (that is, the opposite side to the second path 340ac) among the plurality of intake ports 1710 of the transport device 170ac. It is possible to supply As understood from the above description, the second guiding unit 52 functions as a restricting unit that restricts the movement of the small ball M1 supplied from the second path 340ac to the supply unit 1780.
 第2誘導部52は、搬送装置170acからみてX1側(すなわち第2経路340ac側)に設置される。すなわち、第2誘導部52は、搬送装置170acを挟んで第1誘導部51とは反対側に設置される。また、第2誘導部52は、第2経路340acにおける幅方向の略中央に位置する。なお、第2経路340acとは別体の第2誘導部52を第2経路340acに固定してもよいし、第2誘導部52を第2経路340acと一体に形成してもよい。また、第2誘導部52を供給部1780に設置してもよい。 The second guiding unit 52 is installed on the X1 side (that is, the second path 340ac side) with respect to the transfer device 170ac. That is, the second guiding unit 52 is installed on the opposite side of the first guiding unit 51 with the transfer device 170 ac interposed therebetween. In addition, the second guiding portion 52 is located substantially at the center in the width direction of the second path 340ac. The second guiding portion 52 separate from the second path 340ac may be fixed to the second path 340ac, or the second guiding portion 52 may be integrally formed with the second path 340ac. In addition, the second induction unit 52 may be installed in the supply unit 1780.
 図26に例示される通り、第1実施形態の第2誘導部52は、X方向に対して傾斜する傾斜面521および522を含む。傾斜面521および522は平面または曲面である。傾斜面521は、第2誘導部52におけるY1側の側面であり、傾斜面522は、第2誘導部52におけるY2側の側面である。傾斜面521および522の高さは、小玉M1の外径Dを上回る。したがって、小玉M1は、第2誘導部52を乗越えることはできない。 As illustrated in FIG. 26, the second guiding portion 52 of the first embodiment includes inclined surfaces 521 and 522 inclined with respect to the X direction. The inclined surfaces 521 and 522 are flat or curved. The inclined surface 521 is a side surface on the Y1 side in the second guiding portion 52, and the inclined surface 522 is a side surface on the Y2 side in the second guiding portion 52. The heights of the inclined surfaces 521 and 522 exceed the outer diameter D of the small ball M1. Therefore, the small ball M1 can not ride over the second guiding portion 52.
 第2経路340acを移動して傾斜面521に接触した小玉M1は、搬送装置170acからみてY1側に誘導される。傾斜面522に接触した小玉M1は、搬送装置170acからみてY2側に誘導される。すなわち、第2誘導部52は、第2経路340acを移動した複数の小玉M1を、搬送装置170acのY1側とY2側とに分配する。すなわち、複数の小玉M1は、搬送装置170acの複数の取込口1710のうち第2経路340ac側(X1側)の取込口1710に直接には向かわない。以上の説明から理解される通り、第2誘導部52は、供給部1780に向けて進行する小玉M1を、搬送装置170acの複数の取込口1710のうち第2経路340ac側(X1側)の取込口1710に向かうことなく、第2経路340acとは反対側(X2側)の取込口1710に向かうように誘導する。 The small ball M1 moving on the second path 340ac and in contact with the inclined surface 521 is guided to the Y1 side as viewed from the transfer device 170ac. The small ball M1 in contact with the inclined surface 522 is guided to the Y2 side as viewed from the transfer device 170ac. That is, the second guiding unit 52 distributes the plurality of small beads M1 moved in the second path 340ac to the Y1 side and the Y2 side of the transfer device 170ac. That is, the plurality of small beads M1 do not directly go to the inlet 1710 on the second path 340ac side (X1 side) among the plurality of inlets 1710 of the transfer device 170ac. As understood from the above description, the second guiding unit 52 is configured to move the small ball M1 advancing toward the supply unit 1780 to the second path 340ac side (X1 side) of the plurality of intake ports 1710 of the transfer device 170ac. It guides toward the inlet 1710 on the opposite side (X2 side) of the second path 340ac without going to the inlet 1710.
 第2誘導部52を設置しない構成では、搬送装置170acの複数の取込口1710のうち第2経路340ac側の取込口1710に多数の小玉M1が供給され易い。第1実施形態では、複数の取込口1710のうちX1側の取込口1710に直接に向かわずにX2側の取込口1710に向かうように第2誘導部52が複数の小玉M1を誘導する。したがって、多数の小玉M1がX1側の取込口1710に集中する可能性を低減することが可能である。 In the configuration in which the second guiding unit 52 is not installed, a large number of small beads M1 are easily supplied to the inlet 1710 on the second path 340ac side among the plurality of inlets 1710 of the transport device 170ac. In the first embodiment, the second guiding portion 52 guides the plurality of small balls M1 so as to be directed to the X2 side intake port 1710 without directly going to the X1 side intake port 1710 among the plurality of intake ports 1710. Do. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that a large number of small beads M1 concentrate on the intake port 1710 on the X1 side.
[第3誘導部53]
 図26に例示される通り、第2経路340acには第3誘導部53が設置される。第3誘導部53は、第2経路340acを移動する小玉M1を、搬送装置170acからみて第2経路340acとは反対側(すなわちX2側)に誘導する構造体である。以上の構成によれば、搬送装置170acの複数の取込口1710のうち側方から後方(すなわち第2経路340acとは反対側)に位置する取込口1710に、複数の小玉M1を優先的に供給することが可能である。以上の説明から理解される通り、第3誘導部53は、第2経路340acから供給部1780に供給される小玉M1の移動を規制する規制部として機能する。
[Third guiding unit 53]
As illustrated in FIG. 26, the third guiding unit 53 is installed in the second path 340ac. The third guiding portion 53 is a structure that guides the small beads M1 moving in the second path 340ac to the opposite side (that is, the X2 side) to the second path 340ac as viewed from the transfer device 170ac. According to the above configuration, the plurality of small balls M1 are given priority to the intake port 1710 located rearward from the side (that is, the opposite side to the second path 340ac) among the plurality of intake ports 1710 of the transport device 170ac. It is possible to supply As understood from the above description, the third guiding unit 53 functions as a restricting unit that restricts the movement of the small ball M1 supplied from the second path 340ac to the supply unit 1780.
 第1実施形態の第3誘導部53は、第2経路340acの傾斜面から突出する突起である。図27に例示される通り、第3誘導部53の高さH2は、第1誘導部51の高さH1および第2誘導部52の高さを下回る。また、第3誘導部53の高さH2は、小玉M1の外径Dを下回る。したがって、小玉M1は第3誘導部53を乗越え可能である。具体的には、1個の小玉M1が単体で第2経路340acを移動する状態では、当該小玉M1は第3誘導部53を乗越えられない。しかし、多数の小玉M1が第2経路340ac上に存在する状態では、小玉M1が他の小玉M1により押圧されることで第3誘導部53を乗越え可能である。なお、第2経路340acとは別体の第3誘導部53を第2経路340acに固定してもよいし、第3誘導部53を第2経路340acと一体に形成してもよい。また、第3誘導部53を供給部1780に設置してもよい。 The third guiding portion 53 of the first embodiment is a protrusion that protrudes from the inclined surface of the second path 340 ac. As illustrated in FIG. 27, the height H2 of the third guiding portion 53 is less than the height H1 of the first guiding portion 51 and the height of the second guiding portion 52. Further, the height H2 of the third guiding portion 53 is less than the outer diameter D of the small ball M1. Therefore, the small ball M1 can ride over the third guiding portion 53. Specifically, in the state where one small ball M1 travels alone on the second path 340ac, the small ball M1 can not get over the third guiding portion 53. However, in the state where a large number of small beads M1 exist on the second path 340ac, the small beads M1 can pass over the third guiding portion 53 by being pressed by the other small beads M1. The third guiding portion 53 separate from the second path 340ac may be fixed to the second path 340ac, or the third guiding portion 53 may be integrally formed with the second path 340ac. In addition, the third guiding unit 53 may be installed in the supply unit 1780.
 図26に例示される通り、第1実施形態の第3誘導部53は、傾斜部531および532と直線部533および534とを含んで構成される。第3誘導部53を構成する各要素は、平面視で直線状に延在する突起である。傾斜部531および532は、X方向に対して傾斜する方向に延在する部分であり、搬送装置170acからみてX1側の地点で相互に交差する。直線部533および534は、X方向に延在する直線状の部分である。直線部533は、傾斜部531のうち傾斜部532とは反対側(X2側)の端部に連続する。直線部534は、傾斜部532のうち傾斜部531とは反対側(X2側)の端部に連続する。 As illustrated in FIG. 26, the third guiding portion 53 of the first embodiment is configured to include inclined portions 531 and 532 and straight portions 533 and 534. Each element which comprises the 3rd guidance part 53 is a projection prolonged linearly in plane view. The inclined portions 531 and 532 are portions extending in a direction inclined with respect to the X direction, and intersect each other at a point on the X1 side with respect to the transport device 170ac. The straight portions 533 and 534 are straight portions extending in the X direction. The straight portion 533 is continuous with the end of the inclined portion 531 opposite to the inclined portion 532 (X2 side). The straight portion 534 is continuous with the end of the inclined portion 532 opposite to the inclined portion 531 (X2 side).
 第2経路340ac上で傾斜部531に接触した小玉M1は、当該傾斜部531に沿ってY1側に誘導されるとともに後段の直線部533に沿ってX方向に移動する。同様に、傾斜部532に接触した小玉M1は、当該傾斜部532に沿ってY側に誘導されるとともに後段の直線部534に沿ってX方向に移動する。すなわち、第3誘導部53は、図26に実線の矢印で図示される通り、搬送装置170acおよび第2誘導部52を迂回するように複数の小玉M1を2系統に分岐させて搬送装置170acのX2側に誘導する。第3誘導部53により誘導された複数の小玉M1は、複数の第1誘導部51により整列されたうえで、搬送装置170acのX2側の各取込口1710に供給される。すなわち、複数の取込口1710のうちX2側の取込口1710に対して複数の小玉M1が優先的に供給される。 The small ball M1 in contact with the inclined portion 531 on the second path 340ac is guided to the Y1 side along the inclined portion 531 and moves in the X direction along the subsequent linear portion 533. Similarly, the small ball M1 in contact with the inclined portion 532 is guided to the Y side along the inclined portion 532 and moves in the X direction along the subsequent linear portion 534. That is, the third guiding portion 53 branches the plurality of small beads M1 into two systems so as to bypass the transfer device 170ac and the second guide portion 52 as illustrated by solid arrows in FIG. Guide to the X2 side. The plurality of small beads M1 induced by the third induction portion 53 are aligned by the plurality of first induction portions 51, and then supplied to the respective intake ports 1710 on the X2 side of the conveyance device 170ac. That is, the plurality of small balls M1 are preferentially supplied to the X-side inlet 1710 among the plurality of inlets 1710.
 以上の説明の通り、複数の小玉M1は、基本的には、第3誘導部53により搬送装置170acのX2側に誘導される。しかし、第2経路340ac上に多数の小玉M1が存在する状態では、図26に破線の矢印で図示される通り、他の小玉M1により押圧されることで第3誘導部53を乗越える小玉M1が発生し得る。第3誘導部53を乗越えた小玉M1は、複数の取込口1710のうちX1側(第2経路340ac側)の各取込口1710に供給される。 As described above, the plurality of small beads M1 are basically guided by the third guiding portion 53 to the X2 side of the transfer device 170ac. However, in a state in which many small beads M1 exist on the second path 340ac, small balls M1 that ride over the third guiding portion 53 by being pressed by the other small beads M1, as illustrated by the broken arrows in FIG. Can occur. The small ball M1 having passed over the third guiding portion 53 is supplied to each intake port 1710 on the X1 side (second path 340ac side) among the plurality of intake ports 1710.
 複数の取込口1710のうちX2側の取込口1710に優先的に小玉M1を供給する構成では、搬送装置170acのX2側に過度に多数の小玉M1が集中する可能性がある。特定の取込口1710に多数の小玉M1が集中すると、ブリッジ現象が発生し易いという問題がある。第1実施形態では、搬送装置170acのX2側に多数の小玉M1が集中した状態では、他の小玉M1に押圧されることで第3誘導部53を乗越えた小玉M1が、第2経路340ac側(X1側)の取込口1710に供給される。したがって、多数の小玉M1の過度な集中を抑制することが可能である。 In the configuration in which small beads M1 are preferentially supplied to the X-side inlet 1710 among the plurality of inlets 1710, a large number of small beads M1 may be concentrated excessively on the X2 side of the transfer device 170ac. When a large number of small beads M1 are concentrated on a specific intake port 1710, there is a problem that a bridge phenomenon easily occurs. In the first embodiment, in a state in which a large number of small beads M1 are concentrated on the X2 side of the transfer device 170ac, the small beads M1 that get over the third guiding portion 53 by being pressed by other small beads M1 are on the second path 340ac side. It is supplied to the inlet 1710 on the (X1 side). Therefore, it is possible to suppress excessive concentration of many small balls M1.
[遊技体収容空間46]
 図28は、遊技体収容空間46に着目したゲーム装置10の断面図である。図2におけるC-C線の断面が図28に図示されている。遊技体収容空間46は、前述の通り、JP払出部150から4個のゲームフィールド110(110a,110b,110cおよび110d)の何れかに排出される小玉M1を収容する空間である。
[Player Containing Space 46]
FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view of the game apparatus 10 focusing on the gaming machine accommodation space 46. As shown in FIG. A cross section taken along line CC in FIG. 2 is illustrated in FIG. As described above, the gaming machine housing space 46 is a space for housing the small balls M1 discharged from the JP payout unit 150 to any of the four game fields 110 (110a, 110b, 110c and 110d).
 図28に例示される通り、第1実施形態のゲーム装置10は、直方体状の中空の筐体部41を具備する。筐体部41は、上面部411と側面部412とを含む。上面部411は筐体部41の上面(すなわち天井面)を構成し、側面部412は筐体部41の各側面を構成する。上面部411および側面部412は、光透過性の材料で形成された板状部材である。側面部412は、ゲーム装置10のゲームをプレイするプレイヤと各ゲームフィールド110との間に位置する。すなわち、側面部412は、プレイヤの正面に位置する部分を含む。 As illustrated in FIG. 28, the game device 10 according to the first embodiment includes a rectangular parallelepiped hollow housing unit 41. The housing 41 includes an upper surface 411 and a side surface 412. The upper surface portion 411 constitutes an upper surface (that is, a ceiling surface) of the housing portion 41, and the side surface portion 412 constitutes each side surface of the housing portion 41. The upper surface portion 411 and the side surface portion 412 are plate-like members formed of a light transmitting material. Side portion 412 is located between the player playing the game of game device 10 and each game field 110. That is, the side surface portion 412 includes a portion located in front of the player.
 筐体部41の内部には載置部44が設置される。筐体部41の内部空間は、載置部44によりゲーム収容空間45と遊技体収容空間46とに区分される。ゲーム収容空間45は、載置部44の下方の空間である。ゲーム収容空間45には、4個のゲームフィールド110(110a,110b,110cおよび110d)と、搬送装置170acおよび170bdと、第3抽選部140abおよび140cdと、JP払出部150とが収容される。 The mounting unit 44 is installed inside the housing unit 41. The internal space of the housing unit 41 is divided by the mounting unit 44 into a game storage space 45 and a game player storage space 46. The game accommodation space 45 is a space below the placement unit 44. The game accommodation space 45 accommodates four game fields 110 (110a, 110b, 110c and 110d), transport devices 170ac and 170bd, third lottery units 140ab and 140cd, and a JP payout unit 150.
 遊技体収容空間46は、載置部44の上方の空間である。遊技体収容空間46は、載置部44と上面部411との間の空間とも換言される。遊技体収容空間46は、4個のゲームフィールド110の上方に位置する空間である。図28に例示される通り、上面部411の内面(載置部44との対向面)には光源413が設置される。光源413は、鉛直方向の上方からみて4個のゲームフィールド110にわたる平面状の照明装置である。すなわち、載置部44を挟んで4個のゲームフィールド110とは反対側に光源413が設置される。光源413は、載置部44に向けて光を照射する。光源413は、発光体が平面状に形成された構成、または、例えば複数の点光源または線光源が平面状に配列された構成である。 The gaming machine housing space 46 is a space above the placement unit 44. The gaming machine accommodation space 46 is also referred to as a space between the placement unit 44 and the upper surface 411. The gaming machine accommodation space 46 is a space located above the four game fields 110. As illustrated in FIG. 28, the light source 413 is provided on the inner surface (the surface facing the placement unit 44) of the upper surface 411. The light source 413 is a planar illumination device that covers four game fields 110 as viewed from above in the vertical direction. That is, the light source 413 is installed on the opposite side to the four game fields 110 across the placement unit 44. The light source 413 emits light toward the placement unit 44. The light source 413 has a configuration in which light emitters are formed in a plane, or a configuration in which, for example, a plurality of point light sources or line light sources are arranged in a plane.
 図29は、遊技体収容空間46の内部を上方からみた平面図である。図28におけるD-D線の断面が図29には図示されている。図29に例示される通り、遊技体収容空間46の四隅には4個の投入部461(461a,461b,461cおよび461d)がそれぞれ設置される。投入部461aは、搬送装置180aにより鉛直方向に搬送されて経路切替部280aから供給される小玉M1を遊技体収容空間46に投入する。投入部461b,461cおよび461dも同様に小玉M1を遊技体収容空間46に投入する。 FIG. 29 is a plan view of the inside of the gaming machine housing space 46 as viewed from above. The cross section taken along line DD in FIG. 28 is shown in FIG. As illustrated in FIG. 29, four insertion portions 461 (461a, 461b, 461c and 461d) are respectively installed at the four corners of the gaming machine housing space 46. The insertion unit 461a inserts the small ball M1 which is transported in the vertical direction by the transport device 180a and supplied from the path switching unit 280a into the gaming body accommodation space 46. Similarly, the insertion portions 461 b, 461 c and 461 d insert the small ball M 1 into the gaming machine housing space 46.
 遊技体収容空間46に投入された複数の小玉M1は載置部44に載置される。載置部44は、鉛直方向の上方からみて4個のゲームフィールド110にわたる構造体である。以上に説明した通り、第1実施形態では、4個のゲームフィールド110の上方に載置部44が位置するから、筐体部41の内部空間を有効に利用できるという利点がある。 The plurality of small balls M1 inserted into the gaming machine housing space 46 are placed on the placement unit 44. The placement unit 44 is a structure extending over the four game fields 110 as viewed from above in the vertical direction. As described above, in the first embodiment, since the placement unit 44 is located above the four game fields 110, there is an advantage that the internal space of the housing unit 41 can be effectively used.
 図28および図29に例示される通り、第1実施形態の載置部44は、第1板状部材441と第2板状部材442とを含んで構成される。第1板状部材441および第2板状部材442は、例えば光透過性の材料で形成される。 As illustrated in FIGS. 28 and 29, the placement unit 44 according to the first embodiment includes the first plate-like member 441 and the second plate-like member 442. The first plate-like member 441 and the second plate-like member 442 are formed of, for example, a light transmitting material.
 第1板状部材441は、複数の小玉M1が載置される第1面Q1を含む平板材である。第1面Q1は、相対する縁辺S11と縁辺S12とを含む矩形状の表面である。第1板状部材441は、突起部445を含む。突起部445は、縁辺S12に沿って第1面Q1から突出する直線状の部分である。図29に例示される通り、突起部445には、第1面Q1上の小玉M1が通過可能な排出部446が形成される。具体的には、突起部445は、ゲームフィールド110bの上方に位置する直線状の部分445bと、ゲームフィールド110dの上方に位置する直線状の部分445dとで構成される。部分445bと部分445dとの間隔が排出部446である。部分445bおよび部分445dの各々は、排出部446に近い位置ほどX方向の正側(第2板状部材442とは反対側)に位置するようにY方向に対して傾斜する。 The first plate member 441 is a flat plate material including a first surface Q1 on which a plurality of small beads M1 are placed. The first surface Q1 is a rectangular surface including opposing edge S11 and edge S12. The first plate member 441 includes a protrusion 445. The protrusion 445 is a linear portion that protrudes from the first surface Q1 along the edge S12. As illustrated in FIG. 29, the protrusion 445 is formed with a discharge portion 446 through which the small ball M1 on the first surface Q1 can pass. Specifically, the projection 445 is composed of a linear portion 445 b located above the game field 110 b and a linear portion 445 d located above the game field 110 d. The distance between the portion 445 b and the portion 445 d is the discharge portion 446. Each of the portion 445 b and the portion 445 d is inclined with respect to the Y direction so as to be closer to the discharge portion 446 on the positive side in the X direction (opposite to the second plate member 442).
 第2板状部材442は、複数の小玉M1が載置される第2面Q2を含む平板材である。第2面Q2は、相対する縁辺S21と縁辺S22とを含む矩形状の表面である。第2板状部材442は、第2面Q2が水平面に対して傾斜した状態で設置される。具体的には、縁辺S21が縁辺S22よりも低い位置となるように第2板状部材442が設置される。水平面に対する第2面Q2の傾斜の角度θ2は、例えば10°以下に設定される。角度θ2は、さらに好適には5°程度である。第2面Q2の角度θ2は固定である。図29から理解される通り、投入部461aおよび461cは、第2板状部材442の高位側(すなわち縁辺S22側)から小玉M1を投入する。 The second plate-like member 442 is a flat plate material including a second surface Q2 on which the plurality of small beads M1 are placed. The second surface Q2 is a rectangular surface including the opposing edge S21 and the edge S22. The second plate member 442 is installed with the second surface Q2 inclined with respect to the horizontal plane. Specifically, the second plate member 442 is installed such that the edge S21 is at a lower position than the edge S22. The angle θ2 of the inclination of the second surface Q2 with respect to the horizontal plane is set to, for example, 10 ° or less. More preferably, the angle θ2 is about 5 °. The angle θ2 of the second surface Q2 is fixed. As understood from FIG. 29, the insertion portions 461a and 461c inject the small beads M1 from the high position side (that is, the edge S22 side) of the second plate-like member 442.
 第1板状部材441は、水平方向に延在する回転軸Oに軸支される。回転軸Oは、第2板状部材442の低位側の縁辺S21に沿う直線状の軸体である。第1板状部材441の縁辺S11の近傍が回転軸Oに支持される。すなわち、第1板状部材441の縁辺S11と第2板状部材442の縁辺S21とは相互に近接する。以上の構成において、第1板状部材441は、回転軸Oを中心として回転可能である。 The first plate member 441 is pivotally supported by a horizontally extending rotation axis O. The rotation axis O is a linear shaft along the lower edge S21 of the second plate member 442. The vicinity of the edge S11 of the first plate member 441 is supported by the rotation axis O. That is, the edge S11 of the first plate member 441 and the edge S21 of the second plate member 442 approach each other. In the above configuration, the first plate member 441 is rotatable around the rotation axis O.
 具体的には、第1板状部材441は、水平面に対する第1面Q1の角度θ1が相違する第1状態と第2状態との何れかに制御される。第1実施形態の第1板状部材441は、モータ等を含む駆動機構449により第1状態と第2状態との何れかに制御される。駆動機構449は、通常状態では第1板状部材441を第1状態に維持し、JP払出部150による小玉M1の払出が第3抽選により決定された場合に、第1板状部材441を第1状態から第2状態に変化させる。JP払出部150による払出が終了すると、駆動機構449は、第1板状部材441を第2状態から第1状態に変化させる。 Specifically, the first plate member 441 is controlled to either the first state or the second state in which the angle θ1 of the first surface Q1 with respect to the horizontal plane is different. The first plate member 441 of the first embodiment is controlled to either the first state or the second state by a drive mechanism 449 including a motor or the like. In the normal state, the drive mechanism 449 maintains the first plate member 441 in the first state, and when the payout of the small ball M1 by the JP payout unit 150 is determined by the third lottery, the first plate member 441 is Change from 1 state to 2nd state. When the dispensing by the JP dispensing unit 150 is completed, the drive mechanism 449 changes the first plate member 441 from the second state to the first state.
 第1状態は、図28に実線で図示される通り、第1面Q1が水平面に対して傾斜した状態である。具体的には、第1状態では、縁辺S11が縁辺S12よりも低い位置となるように第1板状部材441が傾斜する。第1状態における水平面に対する第1面Q1の傾斜の角度θ1は、例えば10°以下に設定される。角度θ1は、さらに好適には5°程度である。投入部461bおよび461dは、第1状態にある第1板状部材441の高位側(すなわち縁辺S12側)から小玉M1を投入する。 In the first state, as illustrated by a solid line in FIG. 28, the first surface Q1 is inclined with respect to the horizontal plane. Specifically, in the first state, the first plate member 441 is inclined such that the edge S11 is at a position lower than the edge S12. The angle θ1 of the inclination of the first surface Q1 with respect to the horizontal plane in the first state is set to, for example, 10 ° or less. More preferably, the angle θ1 is about 5 °. The insertion parts 461b and 461d inject the small ball M1 from the high position side (that is, the edge S12 side) of the first plate member 441 in the first state.
 投入部461bまたは461dから第1状態の第1面Q1上に投入された小玉M1は、当該第1面Q1に沿って単層で配列する。具体的には、第1面Q1上に投入された小玉M1は、第1面Q1上の既存の小玉M1に対して当該第1面Q1に平行な方向から接触する。したがって、複数の小玉M1は、第1面Q1の垂直方向または鉛直方向に積み重なることなく当該第1面Q1に沿って稠密に配列する。すなわち、第1面Q1の低位側の縁辺S11から高位側の縁辺S12に向けて複数の小玉M1が単層に整列する。同様に、投入部461aまたは461cから第2面Q2上に投入された小玉M1は、当該第2面Q2に沿って単層で配列する。すなわち、第2面Q2の低位側の縁辺S21から高位側の縁辺S22に向けて複数の小玉M1が単層に整列する。すなわち、低位側の回転軸Oの近傍から高位側の縁辺S12または縁辺S22に向けて複数の小玉M1が徐々に整列する。 The small balls M1 injected onto the first surface Q1 in the first state from the insertion portion 461b or 461d are arranged in a single layer along the first surface Q1. Specifically, the small ball M1 inserted onto the first surface Q1 contacts the existing small ball M1 on the first surface Q1 from the direction parallel to the first surface Q1. Therefore, the plurality of small beads M1 are densely arranged along the first surface Q1 without being stacked in the vertical direction or the vertical direction of the first surface Q1. That is, the plurality of small beads M1 are aligned in a single layer from the lower edge S11 of the first surface Q1 toward the high edge S12. Similarly, the small beads M1 injected onto the second surface Q2 from the insertion portion 461a or 461c are arranged in a single layer along the second surface Q2. That is, the plurality of small beads M1 are aligned in a single layer from the lower edge S21 of the second surface Q2 to the high edge S22. That is, the plurality of small balls M1 are gradually aligned from the vicinity of the lower rotation axis O toward the higher edge S12 or S22.
 4個の投入部461(461a,461b,461cおよび461d)は、4個のステーション部100(100a,100b,100c,100d)にそれぞれ対応する。各投入部461は、当該投入部461に対応したステーション部100でのゲームのプレイの状況に応じて小玉M1を投入する。具体的には、ゲームフィールド110aに対する小玉M1の投入数に応じた個数の小玉M1、または、ゲームフィールド110aにおける物理抽選の結果に応じた個数の小玉M1が、投入部461aから遊技体収容空間46に投入される。例えば、プレイヤがゲームフィールド110aに投入した小玉M1の個数が多いほど、または、物理抽選の結果によりゲームフィールド110aに投入される小玉M1の個数が多いほど、投入部461aから遊技体収容空間46に投入される小玉M1の個数は増加する。 The four input units 461 (461a, 461b, 461c, and 461d) correspond to the four station units 100 (100a, 100b, 100c, and 100d), respectively. Each insertion unit 461 injects the small ball M1 according to the state of the game play on the station unit 100 corresponding to the insertion unit 461. Specifically, the small balls M1 of the number according to the number of small balls M1 inserted into the game field 110a or the small balls M1 of the number according to the result of the physical lottery in the game field 110a Input to For example, as the number of small balls M1 inserted into the game field 110a by the player increases, or as the number of small balls M1 inserted into the game field 110a according to the result of the physical lottery increases, The number of small beads M1 introduced increases.
 載置部44に載置された複数の小玉M1は、4個の投入部461のうち小玉M1の投入数が多い投入部461に近い領域に偏って分布する。例えば、投入部461aによる小玉M1の投入数が、他の投入部461(461b,461cおよび461d)による小玉M1の投入数を上回る場合、図30に例示される通り、第1面Q1および第2面Q2のうち投入部461aに近い領域(ゲームフィールド110aの上方の領域)に小玉M1が偏在する。すなわち、遊技体収容空間46に多数の小玉M1が投入されるようにゲームがプレイされたゲームフィールド110の上方に多数の小玉M1が偏在する。熱心にゲームをプレイしたプレイヤのゲームフィールド110の上方に多数の小玉M1が偏在すると換言してもよい。以上の構成によれば、遊技体収容空間46に対する小玉M1の蓄積に何れのプレイヤが貢献したのかを、遊技体収容空間46における複数の小玉M1の分布により視覚的に推定することが可能である。例えば、遊技体収容空間46内の複数の小玉M1が図30のように分布する状況では、ゲームフィールド110aを使用するプレイヤが、遊技体収容空間46における小玉M1の蓄積に貢献していると把握できる。 The plurality of small beads M1 placed on the placement unit 44 are biased and distributed in a region close to the placing portion 461 having a large number of small beads M1 loaded among the four placing portions 461. For example, when the number of small balls M1 inserted by the insertion portion 461a exceeds the number of small balls M1 inserted by the other insertion portions 461 (461b, 461c and 461d), as illustrated in FIG. The small balls M1 are unevenly distributed in the area near the insertion portion 461a (area above the game field 110a) in the plane Q2. That is, the large number of small balls M1 are unevenly distributed above the game field 110 where the game is played so that the large number of small balls M1 are inserted into the gaming body accommodation space 46. In other words, the large number of small balls M1 may be unevenly distributed above the game field 110 of the player who has played the game eagerly. According to the above configuration, it is possible to visually estimate which player contributed to the accumulation of the small balls M1 in the gaming machine accommodation space 46 by the distribution of the plurality of small balls M1 in the gaming machine accommodation space 46 . For example, in the situation where a plurality of small balls M1 in the gaming machine housing space 46 are distributed as shown in FIG. 30, it is grasped that the player using the game field 110a contributes to the accumulation of the small balls M1 in the gaming machine housing space 46. it can.
 図28には、第2状態にある第1板状部材441が破線で図示されている。図28に例示される通り、第2状態は、第1面Q1の角度θ1を第1状態から変化させた状態である。具体的には、第2状態では、縁辺S11が縁辺S12よりも高い位置となるように第1板状部材441が傾斜する。すなわち、第1状態と第2状態とでは、第1面Q1の縁辺S11と縁辺S12との高低が反転する関係にある。 In FIG. 28, the first plate member 441 in the second state is illustrated by a broken line. As illustrated in FIG. 28, the second state is a state in which the angle θ1 of the first surface Q1 is changed from the first state. Specifically, in the second state, the first plate-like member 441 is inclined so that the edge S11 is at a position higher than the edge S12. That is, in the first state and the second state, the heights of the edge S11 and the edge S12 of the first surface Q1 are reversed.
 第2状態では、第1面Q1と第2面Q2との仰角が180°に近付く。具体的には、図28に例示される通り、第2状態では、第1面Q1と第2面Q2とが、水平面に対して傾斜した同一面内に位置する。したがって、第1面Q1および第2面Q2に載置された複数の小玉M1は、第1面Q1の低位側の縁辺S12に向けて一斉に転動する。そして、複数の小玉M1は、突起部445(部分445bおよび445d)に沿って排出部446に誘導され、排出部446を通過して落下する。すなわち、遊技体収容空間46に収容された多数の小玉M1が排出部446からゲーム収容空間45に排出される。以上に説明した通り、第1実施形態によれば、載置部44に載置された多数の小玉M1が一斉に排出部446に向けて転動する動的な演出が実現される。 In the second state, the elevation angle between the first surface Q1 and the second surface Q2 approaches 180 °. Specifically, as illustrated in FIG. 28, in the second state, the first surface Q1 and the second surface Q2 are located in the same plane inclined with respect to the horizontal plane. Therefore, the plurality of small balls M1 placed on the first surface Q1 and the second surface Q2 roll simultaneously toward the lower edge S12 of the first surface Q1. Then, the plurality of small beads M1 are guided to the discharge portion 446 along the protrusions 445 (the portions 445 b and 445 d), and pass through the discharge portion 446 and fall. That is, the large number of small balls M1 accommodated in the gaming body accommodation space 46 are ejected from the ejection unit 446 into the game accommodation space 45. As described above, according to the first embodiment, a dynamic effect is realized in which a large number of small beads M1 placed on the placement unit 44 roll simultaneously toward the discharge unit 446.
 なお、以上の説明では、突起部445により小玉M1を排出部446に誘導したが、排出部446に小玉M1を誘導するための構成は以上の例示に限定されない。例えば、第1面Q1のうちゲームフィールド110bに対応する部分とゲームフィールド110dに対応する部分とを、両者間の境界が低い位置となるように水平面に対して傾斜させた構成(すなわちY-Z平面における第1面Q1の断面がV字状となる構成)により、複数の小玉M1を排出部446に誘導してもよい。第2板状部材442についても同様に、第2面Q2のうちゲームフィールド110aに対応する部分とゲームフィールド110cに対応する部分とを相互に交差させてもよい。 In the above description, the small beads M1 are guided to the discharge portion 446 by the projection 445, but the configuration for guiding the small beads M1 to the discharge portion 446 is not limited to the above example. For example, a configuration in which a portion corresponding to the game field 110b in the first surface Q1 and a portion corresponding to the game field 110d are inclined with respect to the horizontal plane so that the boundary between them is at a low position (that is, YZ) The plurality of small beads M1 may be guided to the discharge portion 446 by a configuration in which the cross section of the first surface Q1 in a plane is V-shaped. Similarly, in the second plate member 442, a portion corresponding to the game field 110a in the second surface Q2 and a portion corresponding to the game field 110c may cross each other.
 図28および図29に例示される通り、筐体部41の内部空間には排出経路47が設置される。排出経路47は、ゲーム収容空間45内において第1板状部材441の排出部446に対応した位置に設置される。排出部446から落下した小玉M1は排出経路47に供給される。図28に例示される通り、排出経路47は、JP払出部150に向けて下降する傾斜面を含む。したがって、遊技体収容空間46の排出部446から排出経路47に供給された複数の小玉M1は、排出経路47の傾斜面上を転動してJP払出部150に進入する。JP払出部150は、前述の通り、第3抽選により払出が決定されたゲームフィールド110に、排出経路47から供給される多数の小玉M1を供給する。 As illustrated in FIGS. 28 and 29, a discharge path 47 is installed in the internal space of the housing 41. The discharge path 47 is installed at a position corresponding to the discharge portion 446 of the first plate member 441 in the game storage space 45. The small beads M1 dropped from the discharge unit 446 are supplied to the discharge path 47. As illustrated in FIG. 28, the discharge path 47 includes an inclined surface that descends toward the JP payout unit 150. Therefore, the plurality of small balls M1 supplied from the discharge part 446 of the gaming machine housing space 46 to the discharge path 47 roll on the inclined surface of the discharge path 47 and enter the JP payout part 150. As described above, the JP payout unit 150 supplies the many small balls M1 supplied from the discharge path 47 to the game field 110 whose payout has been determined by the third lottery.
 前述の通り、第1板状部材441および第2板状部材442は光透過性の材料で形成される。したがって、各プレイヤは、第1面Q1および第2面Q2に載置された多数の小玉M1を、各ゲームフィールド110側から載置部44を介して視認することが可能である。第1実施形態では特に、複数の小玉M1が第1面Q1および第2面Q2に沿って単層で配列するから、多数の小玉M1が載置部44に載置されていることをプレイヤに効果的に視認させることが可能である。 As described above, the first plate-like member 441 and the second plate-like member 442 are formed of a light transmitting material. Therefore, each player can visually recognize a large number of small balls M1 placed on the first surface Q1 and the second surface Q2 from the game field 110 side through the placement unit 44. In the first embodiment, in particular, since the plurality of small beads M1 are arranged in a single layer along the first surface Q1 and the second surface Q2, the fact that a large number of small particles M1 are placed on the placement portion 44 is given to the player It is possible to make it visible effectively.
 前述の通り、小玉M1および載置部44は光透過性の材料で形成される。したがって、光源413による照射光が小玉M1と載置部44とを透過してゲームフィールド110側に出射する。以上の構成によれば、載置部44上の複数の小玉M1により適度に散乱して載置部44を透過した光がプレイヤにより視認される。したがって、視覚的な演出の効果を増大させることが可能である。 As described above, the small beads M1 and the mounting portion 44 are formed of a light transmitting material. Therefore, the irradiation light from the light source 413 passes through the small ball M1 and the placement unit 44 and is emitted to the game field 110 side. According to the above configuration, the player appropriately recognizes the light which is appropriately scattered by the plurality of small beads M1 on the placement unit 44 and transmitted through the placement unit 44. Therefore, it is possible to increase the effect of visual rendition.
 図31は、遊技体収容空間46とプレイヤとの位置関係を説明するための模式図である。図31に図示された仮想視点Vは、ゲームフィールド110により提供されるゲームをプレイする仮想的なプレイヤの目の位置(アイポイント)を意味する。図31に例示される通り、第1実施形態では、第1面Q1よりも下方の空間に仮想視点Vが位置するように載置部44が設置される。以上の構成によれば、図31に破線の矢印で図示される通り、第1面Q1上の複数の小玉M1の大多数をプレイヤが載置部44を介して視認できる。したがって、多数の小玉M1が載置部44に載置されていることをプレイヤに効果的に視認させることが可能である。なお、第1面Q1および第2面Q2の双方の下方の空間に仮想視点Vが位置するように載置部44を設置してもよい。 FIG. 31 is a schematic diagram for explaining the positional relationship between the gaming machine housing space 46 and the player. The virtual viewpoint V illustrated in FIG. 31 means the position (eye point) of the eye of a virtual player who plays the game provided by the game field 110. As illustrated in FIG. 31, in the first embodiment, the placement unit 44 is installed such that the virtual viewpoint V is located in the space below the first surface Q1. According to the above configuration, the player can visually recognize the majority of the plurality of small balls M1 on the first surface Q1 through the placement unit 44, as illustrated by a broken arrow in FIG. Therefore, it is possible to effectively make the player visually recognize that a large number of small balls M1 are placed on the placement unit 44. The placement unit 44 may be installed so that the virtual viewpoint V is located in the space below both the first surface Q1 and the second surface Q2.
 第1面Q1よりも下方の空間とは、第1面Q1に載置された小玉M1と第1面Q1との接点を通過する接平面に着目したときに、第1面Q1に載置された全部の小玉M1の接平面からみて鉛直方向の下方に位置する空間を意味する。第1面Q1が平面である構成では、当該第1面Q1を含む平面からみて下側の空間βが、第1面Q1よりも下方の空間に相当する。 The space below the first surface Q1 is placed on the first surface Q1 when focusing on the tangential plane passing through the contact point between the small ball M1 placed on the first surface Q1 and the first surface Q1. It means a space located below the vertical direction when viewed from the tangent plane of all the small beads M1. In the configuration in which the first surface Q1 is a flat surface, the space β below the first surface Q1 corresponds to the space below the first surface Q1.
 なお、第1面Q1が曲面(例えば球面または円弧面)である構成では、図32に例示される通り、第1面Q1に載置された小玉M1毎に接平面αの角度が相違する。図32の構成では、第1面Q1上の全部の小玉M1の接平面αからみて下方に位置する空間βが、第1面Q1よりも下方の空間に該当する。 In the configuration in which the first surface Q1 is a curved surface (for example, a spherical surface or a circular arc surface), as illustrated in FIG. 32, the angle of the tangent plane α is different for each small ball M1 mounted on the first surface Q1. In the configuration of FIG. 32, a space β located below the tangent plane α of all the small beads M1 on the first surface Q1 corresponds to a space below the first surface Q1.
 また、プレイヤの相異なる位置に対応する複数の仮想視点Vが、第1面Q1よりも下方の空間(さらには第2面Q2よりも下方の空間)に位置するように、載置部44を設置してもよい。複数の仮想視点Vは、相異なるステーション部100によりゲームをプレイする複数のプレイヤの仮想的な視点である。以上の構成によれば、ゲーム装置10のプレイヤが所在し得る複数の位置から、多数の小玉M1が載置部44に載置されていることを視認することが可能である。 In addition, the placement unit 44 is arranged such that the plurality of virtual viewpoints V corresponding to different positions of the player are located in the space below the first surface Q1 (and further below the second surface Q2). You may install it. The plurality of virtual viewpoints V are virtual viewpoints of a plurality of players playing a game on different station units 100. According to the above configuration, it is possible to visually recognize that a large number of small balls M1 are placed on the placement unit 44 from a plurality of positions where the player of the game apparatus 10 can be located.
[第2実施形態]
 本発明の第2実施形態について説明する。なお、以下の各例示において機能が第1実施形態と同様である要素については、第1実施形態の説明で使用した符号を流用して各々の詳細な説明を適宜に省略する。
Second Embodiment
A second embodiment of the present invention will be described. In addition, about the element which a function is the same as that of 1st Embodiment in each following example, the code | symbol used by description of 1st Embodiment is diverted and detailed description of each is abbreviate | omitted suitably.
 図33は、第2実施形態における第1個別経路315acの平面図である。図33に例示される通り、第2実施形態の第1個別経路315acには、供給路231aに隣接する開口部239aと、供給路231cに隣接する開口部239cとが形成される。開口部239aおよび239cは、第2個別経路320acの上方に形成された開口である。 FIG. 33 is a plan view of the first individual path 315ac in the second embodiment. As illustrated in FIG. 33, an opening 239a adjacent to the supply passage 231a and an opening 239c adjacent to the supply passage 231c are formed in the first individual passage 315ac of the second embodiment. The openings 239a and 239c are openings formed above the second individual path 320ac.
 第1実施形態と同様に、供給路231aに進入した小玉M1は第1ホッパー230aに供給される。第1ホッパー230aが満杯である場合、第1ホッパー230aに到達できない小玉M1が供給路231a上に滞留する。以上の状態において搬送装置170acから供給路231aに向けて排出された小玉M1は、図33に例示される通り、供給路231a上に滞留する既存の小玉M1に衝突することで方向が変化し、開口部239aから第2個別経路320acに落下する。 As in the first embodiment, the small beads M1 entering the supply path 231a are supplied to the first hopper 230a. When the first hopper 230a is full, small beads M1 that can not reach the first hopper 230a stay on the supply path 231a. In the above state, the small balls M1 discharged from the transport device 170ac toward the supply path 231a change direction by colliding with the existing small balls M1 staying on the supply path 231a, as illustrated in FIG. It falls from the opening 239a to the second individual path 320ac.
 第1ホッパー230aに過度に多数の小玉M1が供給されると、第1ホッパー230aの貯留容器231内でブリッジ現象が発生する可能性がある。第2実施形態では、供給路231aに小玉M1が滞留した状態で当該供給路231aに向かう小玉M1が開口部239aから第2個別経路320acに落下するから、第1ホッパー230aにおけるブリッジ現象の発生を抑制することが可能である。なお、以上の説明では第1ホッパー230aに着目したが、第1ホッパー230cについても同様の効果が実現される。 When a large number of small beads M1 are supplied to the first hopper 230a, a bridge phenomenon may occur in the storage container 231 of the first hopper 230a. In the second embodiment, in a state where the small balls M1 stay in the supply path 231a, the small balls M1 directed to the supply path 231a drop from the opening 239a to the second individual path 320ac, so the occurrence of the bridge phenomenon in the first hopper 230a It is possible to suppress. Although the above description focuses on the first hopper 230a, the same effect can be realized for the first hopper 230c.
[第3実施形態]
 図34は、第3実施形態の搬送装置170acを部分的に拡大した断面図である。図34に例示される通り、第3実施形態の搬送装置170acにおいては、支持部1740の載置面Fが、回転軸Cに垂直な方向(すなわち水平方向)に対して角度γで上方に傾斜する。すなわち、載置面Fは、回転軸Cから遠い位置ほど高い傾斜面である。以上の構成によれば、小玉M1が載置面Fから落下する可能性を低減することが可能である。
Third Embodiment
FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view partially enlarging the transfer device 170 ac of the third embodiment. As illustrated in FIG. 34, in the conveyance device 170ac of the third embodiment, the mounting surface F of the support portion 1740 is inclined upward at an angle γ with respect to the direction (that is, the horizontal direction) perpendicular to the rotation axis C. Do. That is, the placement surface F is an inclined surface that is higher at positions farther from the rotation axis C. According to the above configuration, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the small ball M1 falls from the mounting surface F.
[第4実施形態]
 図35は、第4実施形態の搬送装置170acを部分的に拡大した断面図である。図35に例示される通り、第4実施形態の搬送装置170acにおいては、載置面Fから突起する突起部1741が支持部1740の外周縁に形成される。突起部1741の高さhは、例えば小玉M1の半径D/2を下回る。以上の構成によれば、第3実施形態と同様に、小玉M1が載置面Fから落下する可能性を低減することが可能である。
Fourth Embodiment
FIG. 35 is a cross-sectional view partially enlarging the transfer device 170ac of the fourth embodiment. As illustrated in FIG. 35, in the transfer device 170 ac of the fourth embodiment, a protrusion 1741 protruding from the mounting surface F is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the support 1740. The height h of the projection 1741 is less than, for example, the radius D / 2 of the small ball M1. According to the above configuration, as in the third embodiment, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the small ball M1 falls from the mounting surface F.
 なお、第3実施形態と第4実施形態とを組合せてもよい。すなわち、回転軸Cに垂直な方向に対して傾斜する載置面Fの外周縁に突起部1741を形成してもよい。 The third embodiment and the fourth embodiment may be combined. That is, the protrusion 1741 may be formed on the outer peripheral edge of the mounting surface F which is inclined with respect to the direction perpendicular to the rotation axis C.
<変形例>
 以上に例示した各態様に付加される具体的な変形の態様を以下に例示する。以下の例示から任意に選択された2個以上の態様を、相互に矛盾しない範囲で適宜に併合してもよい。
<Modification>
The aspect of the specific modification added to each aspect illustrated above is illustrated below. Two or more embodiments arbitrarily selected from the following exemplifications may be combined appropriately as long as they do not contradict each other.
(1)前述の各形態では、第1ホッパー230aが満杯である状態を、第1ホッパー230aに対する小玉M1の進入が制限される状態(以下「進入制限状態」という)として例示したが、進入制限状態は以上の例示に限定されない。例えば、供給路231aを開閉する開閉機構が設置された構成では、供給路231aが開閉機構により閉塞された状態を進入制限状態としてもよい。以上の説明では、第1ホッパー230aに着目したが、第2ホッパー240aおよび第3ホッパー250aの進入制限状態についても同様である。 (1) In each of the above-described embodiments, the state where the first hopper 230a is full is illustrated as a state in which the entrance of the small ball M1 to the first hopper 230a is restricted (hereinafter referred to as the "entry restricted state"). The state is not limited to the above examples. For example, in the configuration in which the opening and closing mechanism for opening and closing the supply path 231a is installed, the state in which the supply path 231a is closed by the opening and closing mechanism may be set as the entry restriction state. Although the above description focuses on the first hopper 230a, the same applies to the entry restriction state of the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a.
(2)前述の各形態では、搬送装置170acにおける2個のガイド部1760の間隙に1個の小玉M1が存在する構成を例示したが、2個のガイド部1760の間隙に収容される小玉M1の個数は2個以上でもよい。 (2) In each of the above-described embodiments, the configuration in which one small ball M1 is present in the gap between the two guide portions 1760 in the transfer device 170ac is exemplified. However, the small ball M1 housed in the gap between the two guide portions 1760 The number of may be two or more.
(3)前述の各形態では、搬送装置170acが囲み部材1750を具備する構成を例示したが、搬送装置170acから囲み部材1750を省略してもよい。例えば、載置面Fが傾斜する第3実施形態の構成、または、支持部1740の外周縁に突起部1741を設置した第4実施形態の構成では、囲み部材1750を省略しても、載置面F上に小玉M1を支持することが可能である。載置面Fから小玉M1が落下しない程度の速度で回転体1730を回転させてもよい。載置面Fから多少の小玉M1が落下することを許容してもよい。 (3) In each of the above-described embodiments, the configuration in which the transfer device 170ac includes the surrounding member 1750 is illustrated, but the surrounding member 1750 may be omitted from the transfer device 170ac. For example, in the configuration of the third embodiment in which the mounting surface F is inclined, or in the configuration of the fourth embodiment in which the protruding portion 1741 is installed on the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740, mounting is performed even if the enclosing member 1750 is omitted. It is possible to support the bead M1 on the face F. The rotating body 1730 may be rotated at such a speed that the small balls M1 do not fall from the mounting surface F. Some small beads M1 may be allowed to fall from the mounting surface F.
(4)前述の各形態では、搬送装置170acにおける周方向の全域にわたり、取込口1710および排出口1720の複数組を配列したが、搬送装置170acにおける周方向の特定の領域内に限定して取込口1710および排出口1720を設置してもよい。周方向の特定の領域内に例えばk個(kは2以上の自然数)のガイド部1760を設置した構成では、相互に隣合う2個のガイド部1760の間隙に取込口1710および排出口1720が形成される。すなわち、(k-1)組の取込口1710および排出口1720と、(k-1)系統の搬送経路とが形成される。すなわち、取込口1710または排出口1720と同数の搬送経路が形成される。 (4) In the above-described embodiments, a plurality of sets of the intake port 1710 and the exhaust port 1720 are arranged over the entire area in the circumferential direction of the transfer device 170ac, but limited to a specific region in the circumferential direction of the transfer device 170ac. An inlet 1710 and an outlet 1720 may be provided. In a configuration in which, for example, k (k is a natural number of 2 or more) guide portions 1760 are installed in a specific region in the circumferential direction, the intake port 1710 and the exhaust port 1720 are formed between the two guide portions 1760 adjacent to each other. Is formed. That is, the (k-1) sets of the inlet 1710 and the outlet 1720 and the transport path of the (k-1) system are formed. That is, the same number of transport paths as the inlet 1710 or the outlet 1720 are formed.
 なお、k個のガイド部1760のうち、小玉M1に接触することで当該小玉M1の搬送に実際に関与するガイド部1760は、(k-1)個である。したがって、小玉M1の搬送に関与するガイド部1760と同数(すなわち(k-1)個)の取込口1710,排出口1720および搬送経路が形成されると換言してもよい。以上に説明した個数の関係は、回転軸Cの周方向の全域にわたり複数のガイド部1760を間隔Gで配列した構成でも同様である。周方向の全域にわたり複数のガイド部1760が配列する構成では、全部のガイド部1760が小玉M1の搬送に関与する。 Note that among the k guide portions 1760, there are (k-1) guide portions 1760 actually involved in transporting the small ball M1 by contacting the small ball M1. Therefore, it may be said that the same number (ie, (k-1)) of inlets 1710, outlets 1720 and transport paths as guide portions 1760 involved in the transport of the small beads M1 are formed. The relationship of the number described above is the same even in a configuration in which a plurality of guide portions 1760 are arranged at an interval G all over the circumferential direction of the rotation axis C. In the configuration in which a plurality of guide portions 1760 are arrayed in the entire circumferential direction, all the guide portions 1760 participate in the transfer of the small ball M1.
(5)前述の通り、搬送装置170acが搬送する小玉M1は支持部1740により支持される。支持部1740による小玉M1の支持力を、搬送経路上の位置に応じて変化させてもよい。例えば、支持部1740による小玉M1の支持力を、搬送経路における上方の部分(排出口1720の近傍)において低下させた構成が想定される。以上の態様によれば、以上の構成によれば、搬送経路における上方の部分において小玉M1の支持力が低下するから、当該部分の近傍において小玉M1を搬送経路から円滑に排出することができる。 (5) As described above, the small balls M1 transported by the transport device 170ac are supported by the support portion 1740. The supporting force of the small ball M1 by the support portion 1740 may be changed according to the position on the transport path. For example, a configuration is assumed in which the supporting force of the small balls M1 by the support portion 1740 is reduced at the upper portion (near the discharge port 1720) in the transport path. According to the above aspect, according to the above configuration, since the supporting force of the small beads M1 is reduced in the upper part of the conveyance path, the small beads M1 can be smoothly discharged from the conveyance path in the vicinity of the part.
 支持部1740による小玉M1の支持力を低下させる構成としては、第3実施形態のように載置面Fを上方に傾斜させた構成において、当該載置面Fの傾斜の角度γを、搬送経路における上方の部分において低下させた構成が好適である。また、第4実施形態のように支持部1740の外周縁に突起部1741を形成した構成では、当該突起部1741の高さhを、搬送経路における上方の部分において低下させてもよい。また、載置面Fの幅L1を搬送経路における上方の部分において低下させた構成も好適である。 As a configuration for reducing the supporting force of the small balls M1 by the support portion 1740, in the configuration in which the mounting surface F is inclined upward as in the third embodiment, the inclination angle γ of the mounting surface F is the transport path A reduced configuration in the upper part of the is preferred. Further, in the configuration in which the protruding portion 1741 is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the support portion 1740 as in the fourth embodiment, the height h of the protruding portion 1741 may be reduced at the upper portion in the transport path. In addition, a configuration in which the width L1 of the mounting surface F is reduced at the upper portion of the transport path is also preferable.
(6)前述の各形態では、搬送経路により搬送された小玉M1を回転軸Cから離間させる排出誘導部として、保持部1770(傾斜面1771)を例示したが、排出誘導部の具体的な構成は以上の例示に限定されない。例えば、図36に例示される通り、回転体1730の外周面から突起する突起部1790を排出誘導部として利用してもよい。搬送経路により搬送された小玉M1は、突起部1790に衝突することで排出口1720から強制的に排出される。 (6) In each of the above-described embodiments, the holding portion 1770 (the inclined surface 1771) is exemplified as the discharge guiding portion for separating the small balls M1 transferred by the transfer path from the rotation axis C, but the specific configuration of the discharge guiding portion Is not limited to the above examples. For example, as illustrated in FIG. 36, a protrusion 1790 protruding from the outer peripheral surface of the rotating body 1730 may be used as a discharge guiding portion. The small beads M1 conveyed by the conveyance path are forcibly discharged from the discharge port 1720 by colliding with the protrusions 1790.
(7)前述の各形態では、回転体1730の外周面に支持部1740を設置したが、支持部1740が固定される場所は回転体1730に限定されない。例えば、支持部1740の下端部を供給部1780に固定し、支持部1740の上端部を保持部1770に固定してもよい。また、回転体1730を省略してもよい。 (7) In the embodiments described above, the support portion 1740 is installed on the outer peripheral surface of the rotary body 1730, but the place where the support portion 1740 is fixed is not limited to the rotary body 1730. For example, the lower end portion of the support portion 1740 may be fixed to the supply portion 1780, and the upper end portion of the support portion 1740 may be fixed to the holding portion 1770. Also, the rotating body 1730 may be omitted.
(8)前述の各形態では、供給面1781が形成された供給部1780を例示したが、搬送装置170acに複数の小玉M1を供給するための構成は以上の例示に限定されない。例えば、搬送装置170acを中心として放射状に配置されたベルトコンベアを利用して、複数の小玉M1を複数の取込口1710に供給してもよい。 (8) Although the supply section 1780 in which the supply surface 1781 is formed is illustrated in the above-described embodiments, the configuration for supplying the plurality of small beads M1 to the transfer device 170ac is not limited to the above example. For example, a plurality of small beads M1 may be supplied to the plurality of intake ports 1710 by using a belt conveyor radially disposed around the transfer device 170ac.
(9)前述の各形態では、第1経路310acと第2経路340acとを別個の経路としたが、第1経路310acと第2経路340acとを、連続する一体の経路としてもよい。前述の各形態では、第1経路310acを第1個別経路315acと第2個別経路320acとで構成したが、第1経路310acを単体の経路で構成してもよい。第2経路340acを複数の経路で構成してもよい。また、第1経路310acおよび第2経路340acの傾斜の角度は、経路の全長にわたり一定でもよいし連続的または段階的に変化してもよい。第1経路310acおよび第2経路340acの平面形状も任意であり、直線状でも曲線状でもよい。 (9) In the above-described embodiments, the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac are separate paths, but the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac may be continuous and integrated paths. In each of the above-described embodiments, the first path 310ac is configured by the first individual path 315ac and the second individual path 320ac, but the first path 310ac may be configured as a single path. The second path 340ac may be configured by a plurality of paths. Also, the angle of inclination of the first path 310ac and the second path 340ac may be constant or may be varied continuously or stepwise over the entire length of the path. The planar shapes of the first path 310 ac and the second path 340 ac are also arbitrary, and may be linear or curved.
(10)前述の各形態では、第1ホッパー230aを第2ホッパー240aおよび第3ホッパー250aの上流側に設置したが、第1ホッパー230aを第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aの下流側に設置してもよい。 (10) In the embodiments described above, the first hopper 230a is installed upstream of the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a, but the first hopper 230a is installed downstream of the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a. You may
(11)前述の各形態では、循環機構20acをステーション部100aおよび100cの間で共用したが、循環機構をステーション部100毎に個別に設置してもよい。また、遊技体収容空間46をステーション部100毎に個別に設置してもよい。 (11) In each of the embodiments described above, the circulation mechanism 20ac is shared between the station units 100a and 100c, but the circulation mechanism may be installed separately for each station unit 100. In addition, the gaming machine accommodation space 46 may be installed individually for each station unit 100.
(12)前述の各形態では、搬送装置180aで搬送した小玉M1を第3抽選部140abおよび遊技体収容空間46の何れかに供給したが、搬送装置180aで搬送した小玉M1を遊技体収容空間46のみに供給してもよい。第3抽選部140abには、他の供給部(例えば第1ホッパー230a)から小玉M1が供給される。 (12) In the above-described embodiments, the small balls M1 transported by the transfer device 180a are supplied to either the third lottery unit 140ab or the gaming machine storage space 46, but the small balls M1 transported by the transfer device 180a are gaming machine storage space You may supply only 46. The small ball M1 is supplied to the third lottery unit 140ab from another supply unit (for example, the first hopper 230a).
(13)前述の各形態では、第1経路310acにおける下流側の第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aが小玉M1をゲームに利用し、第1経路310acにおける上流側の第1ホッパー230aが小玉M1を物理抽選に利用した。以上の構成は、上流側の第1遊技体利用部が小玉M1を物理抽選に利用し、下流側の第2遊技体利用部が小玉M1をゲームに利用する構成と表現される。第1ホッパー230aと第2ホッパー240aと第3ホッパー250aとに着目すると、第1ホッパー230aが第1遊技体利用部に相当し、第2ホッパー240aまたは第3ホッパー250aが第2遊技体利用部に相当する。第2ホッパー240aと第3ホッパー250aとに着目すると、第2ホッパー240aが第1遊技体利用部に相当し、第3ホッパー250aが第2遊技体利用部に相当する。 (13) In the above-described embodiments, the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a on the downstream side of the first path 310ac uses the small ball M1 for the game, and the first hopper 230a on the upstream side of the first path 310ac is the small ball M1. Was used for the physical lottery. The above configuration is expressed as a configuration in which the upstream first game player using unit uses the small ball M1 for physical lottery, and the downstream second game player using unit uses the small ball M1 for game. Focusing on the first hopper 230a, the second hopper 240a, and the third hopper 250a, the first hopper 230a corresponds to a first game player using unit, and the second hopper 240a or the third hopper 250a is a second game player using unit It corresponds to Focusing on the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a, the second hopper 240a corresponds to a first game player using unit, and the third hopper 250a corresponds to a second game player using unit.
 図12に例示される通り、第2遊技体利用部(第2ホッパー240aおよび第3ホッパー250a)に供給された小玉M1は直接的にゲームフィールド110aに投入される。他方、第1遊技体利用部(第1ホッパー230a)に供給された小玉M1は、経路切替部270aを介して第1抽選部120aに供給され、第1抽選部120aで利用された後にゲームフィールド110aに投入される。すなわち、第1実施形態では、複数の遊技体利用部のうち、小玉M1がゲームフィールド110aに投入されるまでに介在させる必要がある装置(経路切替部270aおよび第1抽選部120a)が多い方の遊技体利用部(例えば第1ホッパー230a)を、他の遊技体利用部(例えば第2ホッパー240aおよび第3ホッパー250a)よりも上流側に設置した。 As illustrated in FIG. 12, the small ball M1 supplied to the second game player using unit (the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a) is directly thrown into the game field 110a. On the other hand, the small ball M1 supplied to the first game player using unit (the first hopper 230a) is supplied to the first lottery unit 120a via the route switching unit 270a, and is used by the first lottery unit 120a. It is injected into 110a. That is, in the first embodiment, one of the plurality of game player using units has a large number of devices (the path switching unit 270a and the first lottery unit 120a) that need to be interposed before the small ball M1 is inserted into the game field 110a. The game player using unit (for example, the first hopper 230a) is installed upstream of the other game player using units (for example, the second hopper 240a and the third hopper 250a).
 以上の構成とは対照的に、上流側に位置する第1遊技体利用部が小玉M1をゲームに利用し、下流側の第2遊技体利用部が小玉M1を物理抽選に利用する構成(以下「変形態様」という)も想定される。例えば、第1遊技体利用部は、小玉M1をゲームフィールド110に投入し、第2遊技体利用部は、小玉M1を物理抽選に利用する。変形態様では、第1遊技体利用部がゲームに利用する小玉M1の個数が、第2遊技体利用部が物理抽選に利用する小玉M1の個数を上回る構成が好適である。以上の構成によれば、第2遊技体利用部による物理抽選よりも第1遊技体利用部によるゲームに対して優先的に小玉M1を利用することが可能である。 In contrast to the above configuration, a configuration in which the first game player using unit located on the upstream side uses the small ball M1 for the game, and the second game player using unit on the downstream side uses the small ball M1 for physical lottery Also referred to as "modification". For example, the first game player using unit inserts the small ball M1 into the game field 110, and the second game player using unit uses the small ball M1 for physical lottery. In a variation, it is preferable that the number of small balls M1 used by the first gaming body using unit for the game exceeds the number of small balls M1 used for the physical lottery by the second gaming body using unit. According to the above configuration, it is possible to use the small ball M1 preferentially to the game by the first game player using unit over the physical lottery by the second game player using unit.
(14)前述の各形態では、図30に例示した通り、投入部461aが遊技体収容空間46に投入した小玉M1がゲームフィールド110aの上方の領域に偏在する構成を例示したが、各投入部461と小玉M1が偏在する領域との位置関係は以上の例示に限定されない。 (14) In each of the above-described embodiments, as illustrated in FIG. 30, the small balls M1 inserted into the gaming machine housing space 46 by the insertion unit 461a are unevenly distributed in the upper area of the game field 110a. The positional relationship between the area 461 and the area where the small beads M1 are unevenly distributed is not limited to the above-described example.
 例えば、図37に例示される通り、投入部461aが投入した小玉M1がゲームフィールド110cの上方に整列し、投入部461cが投入した小玉M1がゲームフィールド110aの上方に整列するように、投入部461aおよび461cが小玉M1を投入してもよい。すなわち、投入部461aが投入した小玉M1の軌跡と投入部461cが投入した小玉M1の軌跡とが相互に交差する。したがって、例えば、投入部461aによる小玉M1の投入数が他の投入部461(461b,461cおよび461d)による小玉M1の投入数を上回る場合、図37に例示される通り、ゲームフィールド110cの上方の領域に小玉M1が偏在する。 For example, as illustrated in FIG. 37, the throwing portion is such that the small ball M1 inserted by the insertion portion 461a is aligned above the game field 110c, and the small ball M1 inserted by the insertion portion 461c is aligned above the game field 110a. 461a and 461c may throw in the small ball M1. That is, the trajectory of the small ball M1 inserted by the insertion portion 461a and the trajectory of the small ball M1 inserted by the insertion portion 461c cross each other. Therefore, for example, when the number of small balls M1 inserted by the insertion portion 461a exceeds the number of small balls M1 inserted by the other insertion portions 461 (461b, 461c and 461d), as illustrated in FIG. The small ball M1 is unevenly distributed in the area.
 以上の例示から理解される通り、図30または図37に例示した状態は、第1投入部(461b,461d)および第2投入部(461a,461c)のうち小玉M1の投入数が多い方に対応する領域に、複数の小玉M1が偏在した状態と表現される。図30および図37の例示を前提とすると、「小玉M1の投入数が多い方に対応する領域」とは、第1投入部(461b,461d)による小玉M1の投入数が多い場合には第1面Q1の少なくとも一部の領域であり、第2投入部(461a,461c)による小玉M1の投入数が多い場合には第2面Q2の少なくとも一部の領域である。すなわち、「小玉M1の投入数が多い方に対応する領域」は、小玉M1の投入数が多い投入部(461a,461b,461c,461d)の近傍から低位側に傾斜する傾斜面とも換言される。 As understood from the above examples, in the state illustrated in FIG. 30 or FIG. 37, in the case where the number of small beads M1 input is larger than the first input portion (461b, 461d) and the second input portion (461a, 461c). It is expressed that a plurality of small beads M1 are unevenly distributed in the corresponding area. Assuming that the examples in FIG. 30 and FIG. 37 are used, the “region corresponding to the large number of small balls M1 input” means the case where the number of small balls M1 input by the first insertion portion (461b, 461d) is large. It is an area of at least a portion of the first surface Q1, and is an area of at least a portion of the second surface Q2 when the number of small balls M1 injected by the second insertion portion (461a, 461c) is large. That is, the "area corresponding to the large number of small balls M1 input" is also referred to as an inclined surface which inclines to the lower side from the vicinity of the insertion portion (461a, 461b, 461c, 461d) with the large number of small balls M1 input .
 具体的には、図30に例示された状態は、小玉M1の投入数が多い投入部461から低位側に傾斜する傾斜面(Q1,Q2)のうち、当該投入部461に近い領域に小玉M1が偏在した状態である。例えば、投入部461aの投入数が多い場合には、第2面Q2のうち当該投入部461aに近い領域(ゲームフィールド110aの上方の領域)に小玉M1が偏在する。例えば、第2面Q2を、投入部461a側の領域と投入部461c側の領域とに2等分すると、投入部461aの投入数が多い場合には、第2面Q2のうち当該投入部461a側の半分の領域に小玉M1が偏在する。他方、図37に例示された状態は、小玉M1の投入数が多い投入部461から低位側に傾斜する傾斜面(Q1,Q2)のうち、当該投入部461から遠い領域に小玉M1が偏在する状態である。例えば、投入部461aの投入数が多い場合には、第2面Q2のうち当該投入部461aから遠い領域(ゲームフィールド110cの上方の領域)に小玉M1が偏在する。例えば、第2面Q2を、投入部461a側の領域と投入部461c側の領域とに2等分すると、投入部461aの投入数が多い場合には、第2面Q2のうち投入部461c側の半分の領域に小玉M1が偏在する。 Specifically, in the state illustrated in FIG. 30, in the inclined surface (Q1, Q2) inclined to the lower side from the insertion portion 461 where the number of insertions of the small balls M1 is large, the small particles M1 are in the region near the insertion portion 461 Are in a state of uneven distribution. For example, in the case where the number of insertions of the insertion portions 461a is large, the small balls M1 are unevenly distributed in the area (the area above the game field 110a) near the insertion portions 461a in the second surface Q2. For example, when the second surface Q2 is equally divided into a region on the input unit 461a side and a region on the input unit 461c side, the input unit 461a of the second surface Q2 when the number of inputs of the input unit 461a is large. The small ball M1 is unevenly distributed in the half area of the side. On the other hand, in the state illustrated in FIG. 37, in the inclined surface (Q1, Q2) inclined to the lower side from the insertion portion 461 where the number of small balls M1 is injected, the small particles M1 are unevenly distributed in the region far from the insertion portion 461 It is a state. For example, when the number of insertions of the insertion portions 461a is large, the small balls M1 are unevenly distributed in an area far from the insertion portions 461a in the second surface Q2 (an area above the game field 110c). For example, when the second surface Q2 is equally divided into an area on the input unit 461a side and an area on the input unit 461c side, if the number of input units 461a is large, the input unit 461c side of the second surface Q2 The small ball M1 is unevenly distributed in the half area of
[付記]
 以上の記載から、例えば以下のように本発明の好適な態様が把握される。なお、各態様の理解を容易にするために、以下では、図面の符号を便宜的に括弧書で併記するが、本発明を図示の態様に限定する趣旨ではない。
[Supplementary note]
From the above description, for example, preferred embodiments of the present invention are grasped as follows. In addition, in order to facilitate understanding of each aspect, in the following, the reference numerals of the drawings are described in parentheses for convenience, but the present invention is not intended to be limited to the illustrated aspect.
[付記1]
 本発明の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置(10)は、姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体(M1)を利用するゲームを提供するゲーム装置であって、前記立体遊技体(M1)を循環させる循環機構(20ac)を具備し、前記循環機構(20ac)は、第1位置(P1)から当該第1位置(P1)よりも高い第2位置(P2)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を搬送する搬送装置(170ac)と、前記第2位置(P2)から当該第2位置(P2)よりも低い第3位置(P3)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を移動させる第1経路(310ac)と、前記第2位置(P2)から前記第3位置(P3)までの間において前記立体遊技体(M1)が進入する供給路(231a,241a,251a)であって、当該立体遊技体(M1)を前記ゲームに利用する遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に当該立体遊技体(M1)を供給するための供給路(231a,241a,251a)と、前記供給路(231a,241a,251a)に進入しない前記立体遊技体(M1)を、前記第3位置(P3)よりも低い前記第1位置(P1)まで移動させる第2経路(340ac)とを含む。
[Supplementary Note 1]
A game device (10) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention is a game device that provides a game that uses a three-dimensional game machine (M1) that can roll regardless of its posture, and the three-dimensional game machine (M1) It comprises a circulation mechanism (20ac) to be circulated, and the circulation mechanism (20ac) is placed from the first position (P1) to a second position (P2) higher than the first position (P1). And a first path (310ac) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the second position (P2) to a third position (P3) lower than the second position (P2). And the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) into which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) enters between the second position (P2) and the third position (P3), and the three-dimensional game machine Use M1) for the game The supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) for supplying the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the technical body utilizing unit (230a, 240a, 250a), and the three-dimensional body not entering the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) And a second path (340ac) for moving the gaming machine (M1) to the first position (P1) lower than the third position (P3).
 以上の構成によれば、立体遊技体(M1)を搬送装置(170ac)により第1位置(P1)から第2位置(P2)に搬送することで、第2位置(P2)から第3位置(P3)を経由して第1位置(P1)に至る経路では動力を必要とせずに、立体遊技体(M1)を循環させることができる。また、第1経路(310ac)において供給路(231a,241a,251a)に進入した立体遊技体(M1)は遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)によりゲームに利用される一方、供給路(231a,241a,251a)に進入しない立体遊技体(M1)を、第3位置(P3)を介して第1位置(P1)に帰還させることが可能である。 According to the above configuration, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is transported from the first position (P1) to the second position (P2) by the transport device (170ac), thereby the second position (P2) to the third position (P2). In the path leading to the first position (P1) via P3), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can be circulated without requiring power. Also, while the three-dimensional game machine (M1) entering the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) in the first path (310ac) is used for the game by the gaming body using unit (230a, 240a, 250a), the supply path (M1) is It is possible to return the three-dimensional game machine (M1) which does not enter 231a, 241a, 251a) to the first position (P1) via the third position (P3).
 「第n位置よりも高い(低い)第m位置」とは、鉛直方向における高さが第n位置よりも第m位置のほうが高い(低い)ことを意味し、水平方向における第n位置と第m位置との位置関係(例えば距離)は不問である。 The term "higher (lower) mth position than nth position" means that the height in the vertical direction is higher (lower) at the mth position than the nth position, and the nth position in the horizontal direction and the nth position The positional relationship (for example, distance) with the m position is arbitrary.
 立体遊技体(M1)の「落下」とは、重力の作用により低い位置に落ちることを意味し、重力以外の外力が作用しない状態での自由落下のほか、特定の物体に沿った落下も包含する。例えば、螺旋状の部材に沿って立体遊技体(M1)が螺旋状の軌跡で落下する状態も「落下」の概念に包含される。 The “falling” of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) means falling to a lower position by the action of gravity, and includes falling along a specific object in addition to free falling in the state where no external force other than gravity acts. Do. For example, a state in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) falls along a spiral trajectory along a spiral member is also included in the concept of "fall".
 「第1経路(310ac)」および「第2経路(340ac)」の各々は、単体の部材で構成された経路のほか、複数の部材で構成された経路、または、立体遊技体(M1)が自由落下する軌跡も包含する。例えば、「第1経路(310ac)」および「第2経路(340ac)」の少なくとも一方を、上流側の第1個別経路と下流側の第2個別経路とで構成し、第1個別経路から第2個別経路に立体遊技体(M1)を落下(例えば自由落下)させてもよい。 Each of the “first path (310ac)” and the “second path (340ac)” is a path composed of a plurality of members in addition to a path composed of a single member, or a three-dimensional game machine (M1) Also includes trajectories that fall free. For example, at least one of the “first path (310ac)” and the “second path (340ac)” is configured by a first individual path on the upstream side and a second individual path on the downstream side. 2) The three-dimensional game machine (M1) may be dropped (for example, free-falled) on an individual route.
 「第1経路(310ac)」および「第2経路(340ac)」は、例えば立体遊技体(M1)を転動させる傾斜面を有する。傾斜面は、典型的には平坦面であるが、傾斜の角度が経路上で変化する曲面を包含してもよい。また、経路の途中に平坦部(すなわち水平面に平行な部分)または段差を含んでいてもよい。なお、例えば搬送装置(170ac)等の他の機構により付与された運動エネルギーを利用して立体遊技体(M1)が経路上を移動できるのであれば、立体遊技体(M1)の自重を利用して転動させる傾斜面は必須ではない。 The “first path (310ac)” and the “second path (340ac)” have, for example, inclined surfaces on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolls. The inclined surface is typically a flat surface, but may include a curved surface in which the angle of inclination changes on the path. In addition, a flat portion (that is, a portion parallel to the horizontal surface) or a step may be included in the middle of the path. If, for example, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can move on the route using kinetic energy provided by another mechanism such as the transport device (170ac), the weight of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is used. The inclined surface to roll is not essential.
 「遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)」は、遊技体を利用する任意の機構である。例えば、立体遊技体(M1)を収容および排出するホッパー、立体遊技体(M1)をゲームフィールドに投入する投入部、または、立体遊技体(M1)を物理抽選に利用する抽選部が、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)の好適例である。 The “playing body using unit (230a, 240a, 250a)” is any mechanism that uses a playing body. For example, the gaming body is a hopper for housing and discharging the three-dimensional game machine (M1), an insertion unit for inserting the three-dimensional game machine (M1) into the game field, or a lottery unit using the three-dimensional game machine (M1) for physical lottery It is a suitable example of utilization part (230a, 240a, 250a).
[付記2]
 付記1の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置(10)は、前記搬送装置(170ac)が前記立体遊技体(M1)を搬送する作動状態を継続させることで、前記遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給を継続する。
[Supplementary Note 2]
The game device (10) according to the preferred embodiment of the supplementary note 1 continues the operating state in which the transport device (170ac) transports the three-dimensional game machine (M1), thereby the game machine using unit (230a, 240a, The supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to 250a) is continued.
 以上の構成によれば、搬送装置(170ac)の作動状態を継続させることで遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に対する立体遊技体(M1)の供給が継続されるから、立体遊技体(M1)を循環機構(20ac)により循環させることが可能である。
 なお、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)が立体遊技体(M1)を必要とする場合に限定して当該遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に立体遊技体(M1)を供給する構成では、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)における立体遊技体(M1)の有無を検知する必要があり、構成が複雑化するという問題がある。多数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)が設置された構成では、以上の問題は特に深刻である。前述の好適な態様では、搬送装置(170ac)の作動状態が継続されるから、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)における立体遊技体(M1)の有無を検知する構成や当該検知の結果に応じた搬送装置(170ac)の制御が不要であるという利点もある。また、循環機構(20ac)により立体遊技体(M1)が循環する様子をプレイヤに視認させれば、ゲーム装置(10)が作動していることをプレイヤに視覚的に視認させることが可能であり、視覚的な演出の効果も期待できる。
According to the above configuration, the supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the game machine using portion (230a, 240a, 250a) is continued by continuing the operation state of the transfer device (170ac). It is possible to circulate M1) by the circulation mechanism (20ac).
In addition, the game player using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) supplies the game player (M1) to the game user using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) only when the game player using the game player (M1) is required. In the above configuration, it is necessary to detect the presence or absence of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in the game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a), which causes a problem that the structure is complicated. The above problem is particularly serious in a configuration in which a large number of game player using units (230a, 240a, 250a) are installed. In the above-described preferred embodiment, since the operating state of the transfer device (170ac) is continued, the configuration for detecting the presence or absence of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in the game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) or the result of the detection There is also an advantage that the control of the transfer device (170ac) according to is unnecessary. In addition, by allowing the player to visually recognize that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) circulates by means of the circulation mechanism (20ac), it is possible to make the player visually recognize that the game apparatus (10) is operating. You can expect the effects of visual effects.
 「立体遊技体(M1)を搬送する作動状態を継続させる」とは、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)による立体遊技体(M1)の利用毎に立体遊技体(M1)の搬送が間欠的に実行されるのではなく、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)による遊技体の利用の有無に関わらず搬送装置(170ac)が立体遊技体(M1)を搬送する状態を維持することを意味する。すなわち、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)が立体遊技体(M1)を利用しない状態でも、立体遊技体(M1)を搬送可能なように搬送装置(170ac)を作動させることを意味する。例えば、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)が立体遊技体(M1)を貯留する構成では、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に貯留された立体遊技体(M1)の有無(空/満杯)に関わらず搬送装置(170ac)を作動させることを意味する。ただし、ゲーム装置(10)が作動している期間内またはゲームが提供される期間内において常時的に搬送装置(170ac)を作動させる必要まではない。 “To continue the operating state of conveying the three-dimensional game machine (M1)” means that the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is transported for each use of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by the game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) Instead of being intermittently executed, the transport device (170ac) maintains the state of transporting the three-dimensional game machine (M1) regardless of the use of the game machine by the game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a). It means that. In other words, even when the gaming body using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) does not use the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1), it means operating the transport device (170ac) so that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) can be transported. . For example, in a configuration in which the gaming body using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) stores the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1), the presence or absence (three of the three-dimensional gaming body (M1) It means operating the transfer device (170ac) regardless of empty / full). However, it is not necessary to operate the transport device (170ac) constantly during the period in which the game device (10) is operating or the period in which the game is provided.
 「ゲームが提供される期間」とは、ゲーム装置(10)が稼働することでプレイヤがゲームをプレイできる期間であり、実際にプレイヤがゲームをプレイしているか否かは不問である。ただし、直接的または間接的にプレイヤの存否を判断し、実際にプレイヤが存在すると判断される期間を「ゲームが提供される期間」としてもよい。直接的な判断とは、例えばプレイヤを検知する人感センサを利用した判断である。他方、間接的な判断とは、プレイヤの動作に由来する他の要素から間接的にプレイヤの存否を判断することである。例えば、操作パネルに対する操作の有無、または、ゲームのプレイに必要な遊技価値(例えばトークンコインまたはクレジット)の残量の有無に応じてプレイヤの存否を判断することが、間接的な判断に相当する。例えば、直接的または間接的にプレイヤが存在すると最後に判断された時点から所定の時間(例えば30分)が経過するまでの期間を「ゲームが提供される期間」としてもよい。 The “period in which the game is provided” is a period in which the player can play the game by operating the game apparatus (10), and it does not matter whether the player is actually playing the game. However, the period in which the presence or absence of the player is determined directly or indirectly, and it is actually determined that the player exists may be set as the “period in which the game is provided”. The direct determination is, for example, determination using a human sensor that detects a player. On the other hand, the indirect determination is to indirectly determine the presence or absence of the player from other elements derived from the player's action. For example, determining the presence or absence of the player according to the presence or absence of the operation on the operation panel or the presence or absence of the game value (for example, token coin or credit) necessary for playing the game corresponds to an indirect determination. . For example, a period from when a player is last determined to be present directly or indirectly until a predetermined time (for example, 30 minutes) elapses may be set as the “period in which the game is provided”.
[付記3]
 付記1または付記2の好適例において、前記遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)は、前記第1位置(P1)よりも高い位置に設置され、前記ゲームで利用された前記立体遊技体(M1)は、下方に移動することで前記第2経路(340ac)に回収される。
[Supplementary Note 3]
In the preferred example of the supplementary note 1 or the supplementary note 2, the game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) is installed at a position higher than the first position (P1), and the three-dimensional game machine used in the game M1) is recovered to the second path (340ac) by moving downward.
 以上の構成によれば、遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)によりゲームに利用された立体遊技体(M1)を第2経路(340ac)に供給することで循環機構(20ac)に帰還させることが可能である。また、立体遊技体(M1)は下方に移動することで第2経路(340ac)に回収されるから、当該立体遊技体(M1)の回収に動力は不要である。したがって、循環機構(20ac)の全体としては、搬送装置(170ac)以外では動力を必要とすることなく立体遊技体(M1)を循環させることが可能である。 According to the above configuration, the game player using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) returns the three-dimensional game machine (M1) used for the game to the circulation mechanism (20ac) by supplying it to the second path (340ac). It is possible. In addition, since the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moves downward and is collected in the second path (340ac), no power is necessary for collecting the three-dimensional game machine (M1). Therefore, as a whole of the circulation mechanism (20ac), it is possible to circulate the three-dimensional game machine (M1) without requiring power other than the transport device (170ac).
 「回収」は、ゲームでの利用後の立体遊技体(M1)を第2経路(340ac)に供給することを意味し、利用後の立体遊技体(M1)を循環機構(20ac)に帰還させることとも換言される。 "Collection" means supplying the solid game machine (M1) after use in the game to the second route (340ac), and returns the solid game machine (M1) after use to the circulation mechanism (20ac) In other words.
 ゲームで利用された立体遊技体(M1)が第2経路(340ac)に回収されるための構成は任意である。例えば、立体遊技体(M1)を第2経路(340ac)に落下させる構成、または、所定の経路を介して立体遊技体(M1)を第2経路(340ac)に供給する構成が想定される。 The configuration for recovering the three-dimensional game machine (M1) used in the game to the second path (340ac) is optional. For example, a configuration in which the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is dropped to the second path (340ac) or a configuration in which the three-dimensional gaming body (M1) is supplied to the second path (340ac) via a predetermined path is assumed.
[付記4]
 付記1から付記3の何れかの好適例において、前記遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)は、前記立体遊技体(M1)を貯留する第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)および第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)を含み、前記供給路(231a,241a,251a)は、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を供給するための第1供給路(231a,241a)と、前記第1供給路(231a,241a)の下流側に位置し、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を供給するための第2供給路(241a,251a)とを含み、前記第2位置(P2)から前記第1供給路(231a,241a)に向かう前記立体遊技体(M1)は、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態である場合に前記第3位置(P3)に向けて移動し、前記第2供給路(241a,251a)に進入する状態となる。
[Supplementary Note 4]
In the preferred embodiment according to any one of Supplementary Notes 1 to 3, the gaming body using portion (230a, 240a, 250a) stores a first gaming body using portion (230a, 240a) for storing the three-dimensional gaming body (M1). [2] The game machine includes a two-player game using unit (240a, 250a), and the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) is for supplying the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game using unit (230a, 240a). The first game channel (231a, 241a) and the first game channel (231a, 241a) are positioned downstream of the first game channel (231a, 241a), and the second game player (240a, 250a) is supplied with the three-dimensional game machine (M1). The three-dimensional game machine (M1) including the second supply path (241a, 251a) for moving from the second position (P2) to the first supply path (231a, 241a) is the first game body Use unit (230a, 240a) is moved toward the third position when it is entering a restricted state (P3), the second supply path (241a, 251a) in a state to enter the.
 以上の構成では、第2位置(P2)から第1供給路(231a,241a)に向かう立体遊技体(M1)は、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態である場合に第3位置(P3)に向けて移動し、第2供給路(241a,251a)に進入する状態となる。したがって、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)よりも第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対して優先的に立体遊技体(M1)を供給することが可能である。また、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態である場合には、立体遊技体(M1)を第2供給路(241a,251a)または第3位置(P3)に供給することで有効に利用できる。 In the above configuration, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) heading from the second position (P2) to the first supply path (231a, 241a) is in the case where the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is in the entry restricted state. It moves to the third position (P3), and enters the second supply path (241a, 251a). Therefore, it is possible to preferentially supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) rather than the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a). Also, when the first gaming body using unit (230a, 240a) is in the entry restriction state, the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is supplied to the second supply path (241a, 251a) or the third position (P3). Can be used effectively.
 「進入制限状態」は、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する立体遊技体(M1)の供給が制限される状態(例えば立体遊技体(M1)を供給できない状態または供給が困難な状態)である。例えば、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)において立体遊技体(M1)が満杯である状態、または、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に立体遊技体(M1)を供給するための供給路(231a,241a,251a)が機械的に閉塞された状態が、進入制限状態の典型例である。また、進入制限状態は、供給路が立体遊技体(M1)で塞がれた状態(供給路に立体遊技体(M)が充填された状態)とも換言される。立体遊技体(M1)が満杯である状態とは、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が複数の立体遊技体(M1)で充分に満たされ、新たな立体遊技体(M1)を追加することが困難である状態を意味する。すなわち、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう立体遊技体(M1)が、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に供給された既存の立体遊技体(M1)に衝突して方向が変化し、結果的に他の遊技体利用部に供給され得る。なお、以上の説明では「第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)」に便宜的に着目したが、他の遊技体利用部についても同様である。 In the "entry restricted state", the state in which the supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is restricted (for example, the state in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can not be supplied or the state in which the supply is difficult ). For example, in a state where the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is full in the first gaming body using unit (230a, 240a), or to supply the three-dimensional gaming body (M1) to the first gaming body using unit (230a, 240a) The state in which the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the above is mechanically closed is a typical example of the entry restriction state. Further, the entry restriction state is also referred to as a state where the supply passage is blocked by the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) (a state where the supply passage is filled with the three-dimensional gaming machine (M)). In the state where the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is full, the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is sufficiently filled with a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1), and a new three-dimensional game machine (M1) is added It means a condition that is difficult to do. That is, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) heading to the first game machine utilization unit (230a, 240a) collides with the existing three-dimensional game machine (M1) supplied to the first game machine utilization unit (230a, 240a) The direction changes, and as a result, it can be supplied to other gaming machine using units. Although the above description focuses on the "first game using portion (230a, 240a)" for convenience, the same applies to other game using portions.
 第1経路(310ac)上の立体遊技体(M1)は、第1供給路(231a,241a)を経由せずに第2供給路(241a,251a)または第3位置(P3)に向けて移動する可能性もある。また、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態にあることで第3位置(P3)に向けて移動する立体遊技体(M1)は、第2供給路(241a,251a)を経由せずに第3位置(P3)に向けて移動する可能性もある。 The three-dimensional game machine (M1) on the first path (310ac) moves toward the second supply path (241a, 251a) or the third position (P3) without passing through the first supply path (231a, 241a) There is also a possibility. In addition, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moving toward the third position (P3) when the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is in the entry restriction state is the second supply path (241a, 251a). There is also a possibility of moving toward the third position (P3) without passing through.
 第3位置(P3)に向けて移動する立体遊技体(M1)の移動先は、第3位置(P3)および第2供給路(241a,251a)の何れでもよい。本発明の好適な態様において、第3位置(P3)に向かう立体遊技体(M1)は、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)が進入制限状態にない場合には、第2供給路(241a,251a)に進入して第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に供給され得る。他方、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)が進入制限状態にある場合、立体遊技体(M1)は第3位置(P3)に向けて移動する。すなわち、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)および第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)の何れにも供給されなかった立体遊技体(M1)が第3位置(P3)を経由して第1位置(P1)に帰還される。 The movement destination of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moving toward the third position (P3) may be either the third position (P3) or the second supply path (241a, 251a). In a preferred aspect of the present invention, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) heading to the third position (P3) is the second supply path (when the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) is not in the entry restriction state). It may enter 241a, 251a) and be supplied to the second game player using unit (240a, 250a). On the other hand, when the second gaming body using unit (240a, 250a) is in the entry restriction state, the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) moves toward the third position (P3). That is, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) not supplied to any of the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) and the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) passes through the third position (P3). It is returned to the first position (P1).
[付記5]
 付記1から付記3の何れかの好適例に係るゲーム装置(10)は、相異なるプレイヤに並行してゲームを提供する第1ゲームフィールド(110a)および第2ゲームフィールド(110c)を具備し、前記遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)は、前記第1ゲームフィールド(110a)が提供するゲームに前記立体遊技体(M1)を利用する第3遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)と、前記第2ゲームフィールド(110c)が提供するゲームに前記立体遊技体(M1)を利用する第4遊技体利用部(230c,240c,250c)とを含み、前記供給路(231a,241a,251a)は、前記第3遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を供給するための第3供給路(231a,241a,251a)と、前記第4遊技体利用部(230c,240c,250c)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を供給するための第4供給路(231a,241a,251a)とを含む。
[Supplementary Note 5]
The game device (10) according to any one of the supplementary notes 1 to 3 includes a first game field (110a) and a second game field (110c) for providing a game in parallel to different players, The gaming body using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) is a third gaming body using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) that uses the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) for the game provided by the first game field (110a). And a fourth game unit using unit (230c, 240c, 250c) using the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in the game provided by the second game field (110c), and the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) is a third supply path (for supplying the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the third game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a); Comprising 31a, 241a, and 251a), the fourth game body utilization portion (230c, 240c, the fourth supply passage for supplying the three-dimensional game body (M1) to 250c) (231a, 241a, and 251a) and.
 以上の構成では、第1ゲームフィールド(110a)と第2ゲームフィールド(110c)とに循環機構(20ac)が共用される。したがって、第1ゲームフィールド(110a)と第2ゲームフィールド(110c)とについて別個の循環機構(20ac)を設置する構成と比較してゲーム装置(10)の構成が簡素化されるという利点がある。また、相異なるプレイヤに対応する第3遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)と第4遊技体利用部(230c,240c,250c)との間で循環機構(20ac)が共用される。以上の構成によれば、例えば第1ゲームフィールド(110a)および第2ゲームフィールド(110c)の一方に多数の立体遊技体(M1)が供給された場合でも、第3遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)と第4遊技体利用部(230c,240c,250c)との間では立体遊技体(M1)の偏在が抑制される。したがって、立体遊技体(M1)の偏在を是正するための機構が不要であるという利点もある。 In the above configuration, the circulation mechanism (20ac) is shared by the first game field (110a) and the second game field (110c). Therefore, there is an advantage that the configuration of the game apparatus (10) is simplified as compared with the configuration in which separate circulation mechanisms (20ac) are provided for the first game field (110a) and the second game field (110c). . In addition, the circulation mechanism (20ac) is shared between the third game player using units (230a, 240a, 250a) and the fourth game player using units (230c, 240c, 250c) corresponding to different players. According to the above configuration, for example, even when a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are supplied to one of the first game field (110a) and the second game field (110c), the third game machine using unit (230a, 230a, The uneven distribution of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is suppressed between 240a, 250a) and the fourth game machine using unit (230c, 240c, 250c). Therefore, there is also an advantage that a mechanism for correcting the uneven distribution of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is unnecessary.
 「ゲームフィールド」は、立体遊技体(M1)を利用したゲームをプレイヤに提供する空間である。例えば立体遊技体(M1)を利用したプッシャーゲーム等の各種のゲームが提供される空間が、ゲームフィールドの好適例である。 The “game field” is a space for providing the player with a game using the three-dimensional game machine (M1). For example, a space provided with various games such as a pusher game using a three-dimensional game machine (M1) is a preferred example of the game field.
 「並行してゲームを提供する」とは、第1ゲームフィールド(110a)を利用したゲームと第2ゲームフィールド(110c)を利用したゲームとが並行に進行し得ることを意味する。第1ゲームフィールド(110a)を利用したゲームと第2ゲームフィールド(110c)を利用したゲームとは、基本的には相互に独立に進行するが、各ゲームの進行が相互に相関してもよい。 "Providing a game in parallel" means that a game using the first game field (110a) and a game using the second game field (110c) can proceed in parallel. The game using the first game field (110a) and the game using the second game field (110c) basically progress independently of each other, but the progress of each game may be correlated with each other .
[付記6]
 本発明の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置(10)は、姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体(M1)を利用するゲームを提供するゲーム装置(10)であって、相異なるプレイヤに並行してゲームを提供する第1ゲームフィールド(110a)および第2ゲームフィールド(110c)と、前記第1ゲームフィールド(110a)に対応する第1循環機構(20ac)と、前記第2ゲームフィールド(110b)に対応する第2循環機構(20bd)とを具備し、前記第1循環機構(20ac)および前記第2循環機構(20bd)の各々は、第1位置(P1)から当該第1位置(P1)よりも高い第2位置(P2)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を搬送する搬送装置(170ac,170bd)と、前記第2位置(P2)から当該第2位置(P2)よりも低い第3位置(P3)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を移動させる第1経路(310ac,310bd)と、前記第2位置(P2)から前記第3位置(P3)までの間において前記立体遊技体(M1)が進入する供給路(231a,241a,251a)であって、当該立体遊技体(M1)を前記ゲームに利用する遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に当該立体遊技体(M1)を供給するための供給路(231a,241a,251a)と、前記供給路(231a,241a,251a)に進入しない前記立体遊技体(M1)を、前記第3位置(P3)よりも低い前記第1位置(P1)まで移動させる第2経路(340ac)とを含む。
[Supplementary Note 6]
A game device (10) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention is a game device (10) for providing a game that uses a solid game (M1) that can roll regardless of its posture, and is parallel to different players A first game field (110a) and a second game field (110c) for providing a game, a first circulation mechanism (20ac) corresponding to the first game field (110a), and the second game field (110b) And a second circulation mechanism (20bd) corresponding to each of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) and the second circulation mechanism (20bd) from the first position (P1) to the first position (P1). And a transporting device (170ac, 170bd) for transporting the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to a second position (P2) higher than the second position (P2), and the second position (P2) from the second position (P2) The first path (310ac, 310bd) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the third position (P3) which is lower than the third position (P3), and the second position (P2) to the third position (P3) It is a supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) to which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) enters, and the three-dimensional game is used in the game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) that uses the three-dimensional game machine (M1) for the game. From the third position (P3), the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) for supplying the body (M1) and the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) not entering the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) And a second path (340ac) to move to the lower first position (P1).
[付記7]
 本発明の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置(10)は、姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体(M1)を利用するゲームを提供するゲーム装置(10)であって、相異なるプレイヤに並行してゲームを提供する第1ゲームフィールド(110a)、第2ゲームフィールド(110c)、第3ゲームフィールド(110b)および第4ゲームフィールド(110d)と、前記第1ゲームフィールド(110a)および前記第2ゲームフィールド(110c)に対応する第1循環機構(20ac)と、前記第3ゲームフィールド(110b)および前記第4ゲームフィールド(110d)に対応する第2循環機構(20bd)とを具備し、前記第1循環機構(20ac)および前記第2循環機構(20bd)の各々は、第1位置(P1)から当該第1位置(P1)よりも高い第2位置(P2)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を搬送する搬送装置(170ac,170bd)と、前記第2位置(P2)から当該第2位置(P2)よりも低い第3位置(P3)に前記立体遊技体(M1)を移動させる第1経路(310ac,310bd)と、前記第2位置(P2)から前記第3位置(P3)までの間において前記立体遊技体(M1)が進入する供給路(231a,241a,251a)であって、当該立体遊技体(M1)を前記ゲームに利用する遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に当該立体遊技体(M1)を供給するための供給路(231a,241a,251a)と、前記供給路(231a,241a,251a)に進入しない前記立体遊技体(M1)を、前記第3位置(P3)よりも低い前記第1位置(P1)まで移動させる第2経路(340ac)とを含む。
[Supplementary Note 7]
A game device (10) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention is a game device (10) for providing a game that uses a solid game (M1) that can roll regardless of its posture, and is parallel to different players Game field (110a), the second game field (110c), the third game field (110b) and the fourth game field (110d), and the first game field (110a) and the first game field. A first circulation mechanism (20ac) corresponding to the second game field (110c), and a second circulation mechanism (20bd) corresponding to the third game field (110b) and the fourth game field (110d); Each of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) and the second circulation mechanism (20bd) is the first position from the first position (P1). A transporting device (170ac, 170bd) for transporting the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) to a second position (P2) higher than (P1), and lower than the second position (P2) from the second position (P2) Between the first path (310ac, 310bd) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the third position (P3), and the second game (P2) to the third position (P3), the three-dimensional game machine It is a supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) to which (M1) enters, and the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is used in the game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) that uses the three-dimensional game machine (M1) for the game. Supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) for supplying the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) not entering the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) from the third position (P3) Lower the first position to the (P1) and a second path for moving (340ac).
[付記8]
 付記6または付記7の好適例は、前記第1循環機構(20ac)の前記供給路(231a,241a,251a)に進入しない前記立体遊技体(M1)と、前記第2循環機構(20bd)の前記供給路(231a,241a,251a)に進入しない前記立体遊技体(M1)とを、前記第1循環機構(20ac)の前記第2経路(340ac)と前記第2循環機構(20bd)の前記第2経路(340ac)とに分配する分配部(260)を具備する。
[Supplementary Note 8]
A preferred example of the supplementary note 6 or the supplementary note 7 includes the three-dimensional game machine (M1) not entering the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the first circulation mechanism (20ac), and the second circulation mechanism (20bd). The three-dimensional game machine (M1) which does not enter the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a), the second path (340ac) of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) and the second circulation mechanism (20bd) A distribution unit (260) for distributing to a second path (340ac) is provided.
 以上の構成によれば、第1循環機構(20ac)において循環する立体遊技体(M1)の個数と、第2循環機構(20bd)において循環する立体遊技体(M1)の個数とが一時的に乖離した場合でも、両者を経時的に均衡させることが可能である。 According to the above configuration, the number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) circulating in the first circulation mechanism (20ac) and the number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) circulating in the second circulation mechanism (20bd) are temporarily Even in the case of divergence, it is possible to balance the two over time.
 「分配部(260)」は、複数の立体遊技体(M1)を第1循環機構(20ac)の第2経路(340ac)と第2循環機構(20bd)の第2経路(340ac)とに分配する要素である。具体的には、第1循環機構(20ac)の第1経路(310ac)から立体遊技体(M1)が落下する経路と第2循環機構(20bd)の第1経路(310bd)から立体遊技体(M1)が落下する経路とが合流する地点に設置された部材が分配部(260)の好適例である。当該物体に対する接触後に立体遊技体(M1)が第1循環機構(20ac)の第2経路(340ac)に移動する確率と第2循環機構(20bd)の第2経路(340ac)に移動する確率とは略同等である。すなわち、複数の立体遊技体(M1)が第1循環機構(20ac)の第2経路(340ac)と第2循環機構(20bd)の第2経路(340ac)とに按分される。 The “distribution unit (260)” distributes a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) to the second path (340ac) of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) and the second path (340ac) of the second circulation mechanism (20bd) It is an element to Specifically, from the first path (310ac) of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) to the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) falling from the first path (310bd) of the second circulation mechanism (20bd) A member installed at a point where the route of M1) falls merges is a preferred example of the distribution unit (260). The probability that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) moves to the second path (340ac) of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) after contact with the object, and the probability that the three-dimensional game machine moves to the second path (340ac) of the second circulation mechanism (20bd) Are approximately equal. That is, the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are divided into the second path (340ac) of the first circulation mechanism (20ac) and the second path (340ac) of the second circulation mechanism (20bd).
[付記9]
 付記1から付記8の何れかの好適例は、前記搬送装置(170ac)は、前記立体遊技体(M1)を並行に搬送可能な複数の搬送経路を有する。
[Supplementary Note 9]
In any of the preferred examples of the supplementary notes 1 to 8, the transport device (170ac) has a plurality of transport paths capable of transporting the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in parallel.
[付記10]
 付記9の好適例において、前記遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)の総数は、前記複数の搬送経路の総数を下回る。
[Supplementary Note 10]
In the preferable example of appendix 9, the total number of the gaming body using units (230a, 240a, 250a) is less than the total number of the plurality of transport paths.
[付記A~C]
 球体等の立体遊技体を利用したゲーム装置が従来から提案されている。例えば特開2011-36423号公報には、螺旋状の羽根部が形成された搬送スクリュー部材と、羽根部と協働して球体を支持する2本のガイドレールとを具備する搬送装置が開示されている。
[Appendix A to C]
Conventionally, a game device using a three-dimensional gaming body such as a ball has been proposed. For example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-36423 discloses a conveying device having a conveying screw member in which a spiral blade is formed, and two guide rails for supporting a sphere in cooperation with the blade. ing.
 特開2011-36423号公報の技術では、球体の外径を下回る間隔で2本のガイドレールが並設され、搬送スクリュー部材の羽根部と2本のガイドレールとの合計3箇所で球体が支持される。以上のように2本のガイドレールの間隔が球体の外径を下回る構成では、鉛直方向の上方に球体を搬送する搬送レール部に、2本のガイドレールの間隔を介して球体を供給することができない。したがって、搬送レール部まで球体を案内する特別な機構(搬送開始レール部)が必要であり、搬送装置の構成が煩雑化するという問題がある。以上の事情を考慮して、以下に例示する各態様は、立体遊技体を搬送経路に供給するための構成を簡素化することを目的とする。 In the technique of JP 2011-36423A, two guide rails are juxtaposed at an interval smaller than the outer diameter of the sphere, and the sphere is supported at a total of three points of the blade portion of the conveying screw member and the two guide rails. Be done. As described above, in the configuration in which the distance between the two guide rails is smaller than the outer diameter of the sphere, the spheres are supplied to the transport rail portion that transports the sphere upward in the vertical direction via the distance between the two guide rails. I can not Therefore, a special mechanism (conveyance start rail part) for guiding the sphere to the conveyance rail part is required, and there is a problem that the structure of the conveyance device becomes complicated. In consideration of the above circumstances, each aspect exemplified below aims to simplify the configuration for supplying the three-dimensional gaming machine to the transport path.
[付記A1]
 本発明の好適な態様に係る搬送装置(170ac)は、複数の立体遊技体(M1)を貯留する貯留部(1780)と、回転軸(C)に沿う螺旋状に延在し、前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)が載置される支持部(1740)と、前記立体遊技体(M1)の外径を上回る間隔をあけて前記支持部(1740)の外側に配置されて前記回転軸(C)に沿って延在する複数のガイド部(1760)とを具備し、前記立体遊技体(M1)を、前記支持部(1740)と前記ガイド部(1760)とに接触させた状態で、前記支持部(1740)の回転により前記回転軸(C)に沿って鉛直方向の下方から上方に移動させる搬送経路が、前記複数のガイド部(1760)の各々について形成され、前記貯留部(1780)に貯留された前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)は、前記複数のガイド部(1760)にそれぞれ対応する複数の搬送経路に供給されて上方に移動する。
[Supplementary Note A1]
A transport device (170ac) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention extends in a spiral along a rotation axis (C), a storage section (1780) for storing a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1), and the plurality of A support portion (1740) on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is placed, and an outer diameter of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is spaced outside the support portion (1740). And C) a plurality of guide portions (1760) extending along with the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in contact with the support portion (1740) and the guide portion (1760), A transport path is formed for each of the plurality of guides (1760) to move upward along the rotation axis (C) in the vertical direction by rotation of the support (1740), and the storage (1780) A plurality of three-dimensional games stored in (M1) is fed to move upward to a plurality of conveyance paths respectively corresponding to the plurality of guide portions (1760).
 以上の構成では、複数のガイド部(1760)のうち回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の間隔が、立体遊技体(M1)の外径を上回るから、立体遊技体(M1)は、2個のガイド部(1760)の間を通過して搬送経路に供給される。すなわち、立体遊技体(M1)を搬送経路に供給するための構成を簡素化することが可能である。相互に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の間隔は立体遊技体(M1)の外径を上回るから、立体遊技体(M1)は、支持部(1740)と1個のガイド部(1760)との2箇所により支持された状態で、当該ガイド部(1760)に沿って移動する。また、複数のガイド部(1760)の各々について搬送経路が形成されるから、貯留部(1780)に貯留された多数の立体遊技体(M1)を複数の搬送経路により効率的に搬送できるという利点もある。 In the above configuration, the distance between the two guide portions (1760) adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis (C) among the plurality of guide portions (1760) exceeds the outer diameter of the three-dimensional game machine (M1). The three-dimensional game machine (M1) passes between the two guide portions (1760) and is supplied to the transport path. That is, it is possible to simplify the configuration for supplying the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the transport route. Since the distance between the two guide portions (1760) adjacent to each other exceeds the outer diameter of the three-dimensional game machine (M1), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) comprises a support portion (1740) and one guide portion (1760) While being supported by the two points, move along the guide portion (1760). In addition, since a transport path is formed for each of the plurality of guide portions (1760), there is an advantage that a large number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) stored in storage section (1780) can be efficiently transported by a plurality of transport paths. There is also.
 「立体遊技体(M1)」とは、立体的な遊技体である。具体的には、姿勢によらず転動可能な物体が立体遊技体(M1)の好適例である。例えば球体状の遊技体が立体遊技体(M1)の典型例であるが、多面体等の他の立体形状の遊技体も立体遊技体(M1)の概念に包含され得る。 The “three-dimensional game machine (M1)” is a three-dimensional game machine. Specifically, a rollable object regardless of the posture is a preferred example of the three-dimensional game machine (M1). For example, a spherical game is a typical example of the three-dimensional game (M1), but other three-dimensional game such as a polyhedron may be included in the concept of the three-dimensional game (M1).
 ガイド部(1760)が「回転軸(C)に沿って延在する」とは、典型的にはガイド部(1760)が回転軸(C)に平行な方向に延在する状態であるが、ガイド部(1760)が回転軸(C)に対して傾斜した構成も本発明の範囲には包含される。「立体遊技体(M1)の外径」は、立体遊技体(M1)が球体である場合には当該球体の直径であり、立体遊技体(M1)が多面体である場合には当該多面体に外接する球体の直径である。 “The guide portion (1760) extends“ along the rotation axis (C) ”typically means that the guide portion (1760) extends in the direction parallel to the rotation axis (C), The configuration in which the guide portion (1760) is inclined with respect to the rotation axis (C) is also included in the scope of the present invention. The “outer diameter of the three-dimensional game machine (M1)” is the diameter of the sphere when the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is a sphere, and is circumscribed to the polyhedron when the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is a polyhedron Diameter of the sphere to be
 作用効果の記載の通り、立体遊技体(M1)は支持部(1740)とガイド部(1760)との2箇所により支持される。ただし、当該2箇所に加えて他の要素(例えば付記A6の囲み部材)に立体遊技体(M1)が接触し得る構成は、本発明から除外されない。 As described in the function and effect, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is supported by two places of the support portion (1740) and the guide portion (1760). However, a configuration in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can contact other elements (for example, the enclosing member of Appendix A6) in addition to the two places is not excluded from the present invention.
 複数のガイド部は、支持部(1740)の全周にわたり均等に設置される必要はなく、支持部(1740)の周方向における特定の範囲内に限定して設置されてもよい。また、回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の間隔は、全部のガイド部(1760)にわたり同一である必要はない。 The plurality of guide portions do not have to be evenly installed all around the support portion (1740), and may be installed within a specific range in the circumferential direction of the support portion (1740). Moreover, the space | interval of two guide parts (1760) adjacent to the circumferential direction of a rotating shaft (C) does not need to be the same over all the guide parts (1760).
 周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の間隔の上限は任意である。例えば、2個のガイド部(1760)の間に1個の立体遊技体(M1)を収容可能な構成(2個のガイド部(1760)の間隔が2個の立体遊技体(M1)の外径の合計を下回る構成)のほか、2個のガイド部(1760)の間に2個以上の立体遊技体(M1)が収容され得る構成も、本発明の範囲には包含される。なお、回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の間隔は、両者間の直線距離である。 The upper limit of the distance between two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction is arbitrary. For example, a configuration capable of accommodating one solid game player (M1) between two guide portions (1760) (the interval between two guide portions (1760) is outside of the two solid game members (M1) A configuration in which two or more three-dimensional game machines (M1) can be accommodated between two guide portions (1760) is included in the scope of the present invention, in addition to the configuration in which the total diameter is smaller. In addition, the space | interval of two guide parts (1760) adjacent to the circumferential direction of a rotating shaft (C) is a linear distance between both.
[付記A2]
 付記1の好適例において、前記支持部(1740)のうち前記立体遊技体(M1)が載置される載置面(F)の幅は、前記立体遊技体(M1)の半径を上回る。
[Supplementary Note A2]
In the preferred example of the supplementary note 1, the width of the mounting surface (F) of the support portion (1740) on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is placed exceeds the radius of the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
 以上の態様では、支持部(1740)における立体遊技体(M1)の載置面(F)の幅が当該立体遊技体(M1)の半径を上回る。すなわち、立体遊技体(M1)の重心が載置面(F)の上方に位置する。したがって、立体遊技体(M1)が載置面(F)から落下する可能性を低減することが可能である。 In the above aspect, the width of the mounting surface (F) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in the support portion (1740) exceeds the radius of the three-dimensional game machine (M1). That is, the center of gravity of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is located above the mounting surface (F). Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the three-dimensional game machine (M1) falls from the mounting surface (F).
 「載置面(F)の幅」は、例えば螺旋状の支持部(1740)における外径と内径との差である。また、「立体遊技体(M1)の半径」は、立体遊技体(M1)が球体である場合には当該球体の半径であり、立体遊技体(M1)が多面体である場合には当該多面体に外接する球体の半径である。 The “width of the mounting surface (F)” is, for example, the difference between the outer diameter and the inner diameter of the spiral support (1740). In addition, “the radius of the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1)” is the radius of the sphere when the three-dimensional gaming body (M1) is a sphere, and when the three-dimensional gaming body (M1) is a polyhedron, It is the radius of the circumscribed sphere.
[付記A3]
 付記A1または付記A2の好適例において、前記支持部(1740)のうち前記立体遊技体(M1)が載置される載置面(F)は、前記回転軸(C)に垂直な方向に対して上方に傾斜する。
[Supplementary Note A3]
In the preferred embodiment of the supplementary statement A1 or the supplementary statement A2, the mounting surface (F) of the support portion (1740) on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is placed is in a direction perpendicular to the rotation axis (C). Tilt upwards.
 以上の態様では、支持部(1740)における立体遊技体(M1)の載置面(F)が上方に傾斜するから、立体遊技体(M1)が載置面(F)から落下する可能性を低減することができる。 In the above embodiment, since the mounting surface (F) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in the support portion (1740) is inclined upward, the possibility of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) dropping from the mounting surface (F) It can be reduced.
[付記A4]
 付記A1から付記A3の何れかの好適例において、前記支持部(1740)による前記立体遊技体(M1)の支持力は、前記搬送経路における上方の部分において低下する。
[Supplementary Note A4]
In any of the preferable examples of the additions A1 to A3, the supporting force of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by the support portion (1740) is lowered in the upper part of the transport path.
 以上の態様では、支持部(1740)による立体遊技体(M1)の支持力が搬送経路における上方の部分において低下するから、当該部分において立体遊技体(M1)を搬送経路から排出することができる。 In the above aspect, since the supporting force of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by the support portion (1740) is reduced at the upper portion in the transport path, the three-dimensional game body (M1) can be discharged from the transport path at that portion .
 搬送経路における特定の部分において立体遊技体(M1)の支持力を低下させる構成としては、
(1)支持部(1740)のうち立体遊技体(M1)の載置面(F)が、回転軸(C)に垂直な方向に対して上方に傾斜する構成のもとで、搬送経路における特定の部分では当該傾斜の角度が減少する構成、
(2)支持部(1740)のうち立体遊技体(M1)の載置面(F)における外周縁に突起部(1741)が形成された構成のもとで、搬送経路における特定の部分では当該突起部(1741)の高さが減少する(または突起部(1741)が形成されない)構成、
(3)支持部(1740)における立体遊技体(M1)の載置面(F)の幅が、搬送経路における特定の部分では減少する構成、
 などが例示される。
As a configuration for reducing the supporting power of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in a specific part in the transport route,
(1) In the structure in which the mounting surface (F) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) of the support portion (1740) is inclined upward with respect to the direction perpendicular to the rotation axis (C), The configuration in which the angle of the slope decreases in a specific part,
(2) Of the support portion (1740), under the configuration in which the projection (1741) is formed on the outer peripheral edge of the mounting surface (F) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1), the specific portion in the transport path Configuration in which the height of the protrusion (1741) decreases (or the protrusion (1741) is not formed),
(3) A configuration in which the width of the mounting surface (F) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in the support portion (1740) decreases at a specific portion in the transport path,
Are illustrated.
 支持力が「搬送経路の上方において低下する」とは、搬送経路上の第1地点と当該第1地点の上方の第2地点とに着目したときに、第2地点における支持力が第1地点における支持力を下回ることを意味する。 When the supporting force "falls above the transport path" means that the supporting force at the second point is the first point when focusing on the first point on the transport path and the second point above the first point. Means less than the bearing capacity of the
[付記A5]
 付記A1から付記A4の何れかの好適例は、前記搬送経路により搬送された前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記回転軸(C)から離間する方向に移動させる排出誘導部(1771,1790)を具備する。
[Supplementary Note A5]
A preferred embodiment according to any one of the supplementary notes A1 to A4 includes a discharge guiding portion (1771, 1790) for moving the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) transported by the transport path in a direction away from the rotation shaft (C). Prepare.
 以上の態様では、搬送経路により搬送された立体遊技体(M1)が、排出誘導部(1771,1790)により回転軸(C)から離間する方向に移動される。すなわち、立体遊技体(M1)が搬送経路から排出される。したがって、立体遊技体(M1)が必要以上に搬送経路に停留する可能性を低減することが可能である。 In the above aspect, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transported by the transport path is moved in the direction away from the rotation shaft (C) by the discharge guiding portion (1771, 1790). That is, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged from the transport path. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the three-dimensional game machine (M1) will be retained in the transport route more than necessary.
 「排出誘導部(1771,1790)」の具体的な形態は任意である。例えば、回転軸(C)の方向に対して傾斜した傾斜面(例えば円錐台状の曲面)、または、搬送経路の上方に設置されて立体遊技体(M1)に当接する突起部が、排出誘導部(1771,1790)の具体例である。 The specific form of the "discharge guiding part (1771, 1790)" is arbitrary. For example, an inclined surface inclined with respect to the direction of the rotation axis (C) (for example, a truncated cone-like curved surface), or a projection installed above the transport path and coming into contact with the three-dimensional game machine (M1) It is an example of a part (1771, 1790).
[付記A6]
 付記A1から付記A5の何れかの好適例は、前記複数のガイド部(1760)を挟んで前記支持部(1740)とは反対側に位置する囲み部材(1750)を具備し、前記支持部(1740)の外周と前記囲み部材(1750)との間隔は、前記立体遊技体(M1)の外径を下回る。
[Supplementary Note A6]
The preferred embodiment of any one of Appendixes A1 to A5 includes an enclosing member (1750) positioned on the opposite side to the support (1740) across the plurality of guides (1760), and the support ( The distance between the outer periphery of 1740) and the surrounding member (1750) is less than the outer diameter of the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
 以上の態様では、各ガイド部(1760)を挟んで支持部(1740)とは反対側に囲み部材(1750)が設置されるから、立体遊技体(M1)が支持部(1740)から落下する可能性を低減することができる。 In the above aspect, since the enclosing member (1750) is installed on the opposite side to the support portion (1740) across the respective guide portions (1760), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) falls from the support portion (1740) The possibilities can be reduced.
 基本的には囲み部材(1750)は複数のガイド部(1760)から離間した位置に設置されるが、複数のガイド部(1760)に囲み部材(1750)を接触させてもよい。 Basically, the enclosing member (1750) is installed at a position separated from the plurality of guides (1760), but the plurality of guides (1760) may be in contact with the enclosing member (1750).
 囲み部材(1750)の典型例は、支持部(1740)と複数のガイド部(1760)とを包囲する筒状体であるが、囲み部材(1750)の具体的な形状は任意である。例えば、回転軸(C)に沿う複数の長尺部材で囲み部材(1750)を構成してもよい。 A typical example of the enclosing member (1750) is a tubular body surrounding the support (1740) and the plurality of guides (1760), but the specific shape of the enclosing member (1750) is arbitrary. For example, the surrounding member (1750) may be configured by a plurality of long members along the rotation axis (C).
[付記A7]
 付記A6の好適例において、前記立体遊技体(M1)は、前記支持部(1740)と前記ガイド部(1760)と前記囲み部材(1750)とに接触した状態で、前記搬送経路により移動する。
[Supplementary Note A7]
In the preferred embodiment of the appendix A6, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moves along the transport path in a state of being in contact with the support portion (1740), the guide portion (1760) and the enclosing member (1750).
 以上の態様では、立体遊技体(M1)が支持部(1740)とガイド部(1760)と囲み部材(1750)とに接触した状態で移動するから、立体遊技体(M1)が支持部(1740)から落下する可能性を低減して当該立体遊技体(M1)を確実に搬送することが可能である。 In the above embodiment, since the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moves in contact with the support portion (1740), the guide portion (1760) and the enclosing member (1750), the three-dimensional game body (M1) is the support portion (1740) It is possible to reliably transport the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by reducing the possibility of falling from the.
 立体遊技体(M1)が支持部(1740)とガイド部(1760)と囲み部材(1750)とに接触するとは言っても、搬送経路の全体にわたり立体遊技体(M1)と囲み部材(1750)との接触が継続する必要まではない。 Although the three-dimensional game machine (M1) contacts the support portion (1740), the guide portion (1760) and the enclosing member (1750), the three-dimensional game body (M1) and the enclosing member (1750) It is not necessary for contact with the government to continue.
[付記A8]
 付記A6または付記A7の好適例において、前記回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)のうち、前記囲み部材(1750)における前記搬送経路の下方の端部から露出した第1端部(E1)の間隙は、前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記搬送経路に供給するための取込口(1710)である。
[Supplementary Note A8]
In the preferred embodiment of the additional statement A6 or the additional statement A7, of the two guide portions (1760) adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis (C), exposure is made from the lower end of the transport path in the enclosing member (1750) The gap of the first end (E1) is a take-in port (1710) for supplying the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the transport path.
 以上の態様では、周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)において囲み部材(1750)の端部(例えば下端部)から露出した第1端部(E1)の間隙を取込口(1710)として、立体遊技体(M1)が搬送経路に取込まれる。したがって、各ガイド部(1760)の第1端部(E1)を囲み部材(1750)から露出させる非常に簡便な構成により、立体遊技体(M1)を搬送経路に供給することが可能である。 In the above embodiment, the gap between the first end (E1) exposed from the end (for example, the lower end) of the surrounding member (1750) in the two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction is taken as the intake port (1710). ), The three-dimensional game machine (M1) is taken into the transport path. Therefore, it is possible to supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the transport path by a very simple configuration in which the first end (E1) of each guide portion (1760) is exposed from the enclosing member (1750).
[付記A9]
 付記A6から付記A8の何れかの好適例において、前記回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)のうち、前記回転軸(C)の方向における前記搬送経路の上方の端部から露出した第2端部(E2)の間隙は、前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記搬送経路から排出するための排出口(1720)である。
[Supplementary Note A9]
In the preferred embodiment according to any one of Appendixes A6 to A8, of the two guide portions (1760) adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft (C), the upper side of the transport path in the direction of the rotation shaft (C). The gap of the second end (E2) exposed from the end of the second end is an outlet (1720) for discharging the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the transport path.
 以上の態様では、周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)において囲み部材(1750)の端部から露出した第2端部(E2)の間隙を排出口(1720)として、立体遊技体(M1)が搬送経路から排出される。したがって、各ガイド部(1760)の第2端部(E2)を囲み部材(1750)から露出させる非常に簡便な構成により、立体遊技体(M1)を搬送経路から排出することが可能である。 In the above aspect, in the two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction, the space between the second end (E2) exposed from the end of the enclosing member (1750) is used as the discharge port (1720). (M1) is discharged from the transport path. Therefore, it is possible to eject the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the transport path by a very simple configuration in which the second end (E2) of each guide portion (1760) is exposed from the enclosing member (1750).
[付記B1]
 本発明の好適な態様に係る搬送装置(170ac)は、回転軸(C)に沿う螺旋状に延在し、立体遊技体(M1)が載置される支持部(1740)と、前記立体遊技体(M1)の外径を上回る間隔をあけて前記支持部(1740)の外側に配置されて前記回転軸(C)に沿って延在する複数のガイド部(1760)とを具備し、前記立体遊技体(M1)を、前記支持部(1740)と前記ガイド部(1760)とに接触させた状態で、前記支持部(1740)の回転により前記回転軸(C)に沿って移動させる搬送経路が、前記複数のガイド部(1760)の各々について形成され、前記複数のガイド部(1760)のうち前記回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の各間隔により、前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記搬送経路に供給するための複数の取込口(1710)が形成される。
[Supplementary Note B1]
A transport device (170ac) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention extends in a spiral along the rotation axis (C), and a support portion (1740) on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is placed; And a plurality of guide portions (1760) disposed outside the support portion (1740) with an interval exceeding the outer diameter of the body (M1) and extending along the rotation axis (C), Transporting the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) to move along the rotation axis (C) by the rotation of the support portion (1740) in a state in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is in contact with the support portion (1740) and the guide portion A path is formed for each of the plurality of guide portions (1760), and among the plurality of guide portions (1760), an interval between two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis (C) Transport the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) by A plurality of intake ports for supplying the road (1710) is formed.
 以上の構成では、回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の各間隔により、立体遊技体(M1)を搬送経路に供給するための複数の取込口(1710)が形成される。すなわち、立体遊技体(M1)を回転軸(C)に沿って移動させるためのガイド部(1760)が取込口(1710)の形成に流用される。したがって、ガイド部(1760)とは別個の機構により立体遊技体(M1)を搬送経路に供給する構成と比較して、搬送装置(170ac)の構成を簡素化することが可能である。また、2個のガイド部(1760)の組合せにより構成される間隔の総数分の取込口(1710)が形成されるから、複数の取込口(1710)から多数の立体遊技体(M1)を並列に取込み、かつ、複数の搬送経路により多数の立体遊技体(M1)を並列に搬送することが可能である。 In the above configuration, the plurality of intake ports (1710) for supplying the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the transport path by the intervals between the two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft (C). ) Is formed. That is, a guide portion (1760) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) along the rotation axis (C) is diverted to the formation of the loading port (1710). Therefore, the configuration of the transfer device (170ac) can be simplified as compared with the configuration in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is supplied to the transfer path by a mechanism separate from the guide portion (1760). In addition, since an intake port (1710) corresponding to the total number of intervals formed by a combination of two guide portions (1760) is formed, a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) from a plurality of intake ports (1710) Can be taken in parallel, and a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) can be conveyed in parallel by a plurality of conveyance paths.
 典型的には支持部(1740)の端部(例えば下端部)に取込口(1710)が形成されるが、当該端部に加えて(または端部に代えて)、支持部(1740)の途中部分に取込口(1710)が形成された構成も発明の範囲には包含される。 Typically, the inlet (1710) is formed at the end (for example, the lower end) of the support (1740), but in addition (or instead of) the end, the support (1740) The configuration in which the inlet (1710) is formed in the middle of the above is also included in the scope of the invention.
[付記B2]
 付記B1の好適例において、前記立体遊技体(M1)は、姿勢によらず転動可能であり、前記複数の取込口(1710)の各々に向けて前記立体遊技体(M1)を転動させる傾斜面(1781)が形成された供給部(1780)を具備する。
[Supplementary Note B2]
In a preferred example of appendix B1, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can roll regardless of the posture, and rolls the three-dimensional game machine (M1) toward each of the plurality of intake ports (1710) A feed section (1780) having an inclined surface (1781) formed thereon.
 以上の構成では、複数の取込口(1710)の各々に向けて立体遊技体(M1)を転動させる傾斜面(1781)が供給部(1780)に形成されるから、多数の立体遊技体(M1)を効率的に搬送経路に供給することが可能である。 In the above configuration, the inclined surface (1781) for rolling the three-dimensional game machine (M1) toward each of the plurality of intake ports (1710) is formed in the supply unit (1780), so a large number of three-dimensional game machines It is possible to efficiently supply (M1) to the transport path.
 「傾斜面(1781)」は、平面もしくは曲面またはその組合せである。また、「姿勢によらず転動可能である」とは、立体遊技体(M1)が如何なる姿勢にある状態でも外力の作用により転動し得る形状であることを意味する。例えば球体は、「姿勢によらず転動可能である」形状の典型例であるが、球体に近い多面体も「姿勢によらず転動可能である」形状に包含される。他方、例えばメダル等の円板体は、円形状の側面が接地した姿勢では転動するが、平面状の底面または頂面が接地した姿勢では転動しないから、「姿勢によらず転動可能である」という条件を充足しない。 The "inclined surface (1781)" is a plane or a curved surface or a combination thereof. In addition, “capable of rolling regardless of the posture” means that the shape is such that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) can roll by the action of external force in any posture. For example, a sphere is a typical example of the “rollable regardless of posture” shape, but a polyhedron close to a sphere is also included in the “rollable regardless of posture” shape. On the other hand, for example, a disc such as a medal rolls in a posture in which the circular side surface is in contact, but does not roll in a posture in which a flat bottom or top surface is in contact with the ground. Does not satisfy the condition of
[付記B3]
 付記B2の好適例において、前記傾斜面(1781)は、前記回転軸(C)の全周にわたる曲面である。
[Supplementary Note B3]
In the preferred embodiment of appendix B2, the inclined surface (1781) is a curved surface covering the entire circumference of the rotation axis (C).
 以上の構成では、供給部(1780)の傾斜面(1781)が回転軸(C)の全周にわたるから、回転軸(C)を中心とした全方向から取込口(1710)に立体遊技体(M1)が供給される。したがって、多数の立体遊技体(M1)を効率的に各搬送経路に供給できるという前述の効果は格別に顕著である。 In the above configuration, since the inclined surface (1781) of the supply unit (1780) extends over the entire circumference of the rotation axis (C), the three-dimensional game machine is taken from all directions centered on the rotation axis (C) (M1) is supplied. Therefore, the above-mentioned effect that a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) can be efficiently supplied to each transport route is particularly remarkable.
 「傾斜面(1781)」は、回転軸(C)を含む断面内において直線状および曲線状の何れでもよい。例えば、円錐台の側面のように取込口(1710)に近い位置ほど内径が連続的に減少する曲面、または、凹状(例えばすり鉢状)の曲面が、傾斜面(1781)の典型例である。 The “inclined surface (1781)” may be linear or curved in the cross section including the rotation axis (C). For example, a curved surface whose inner diameter decreases continuously toward the inlet (1710), such as the side surface of a truncated cone, or a concave (for example, mortar-like) curved surface is a typical example of the inclined surface (1781) .
[付記B4]
 付記B2または付記B3の好適例において、水平面に対する前記傾斜面(1781)の最大角度は、20°以下である。
[Supplementary Note B4]
In the preferred example of the additional statement B2 or the additional statement B3, the maximum angle of the inclined surface (1781) with respect to the horizontal surface is 20 ° or less.
 以上の構成では、前記傾斜面(1781)の角度が20°以下に抑制されるから、複数の立体遊技体(M1)が相互に重なり合うことなく搬送経路に順次に供給される。したがって、取込口(1710)の近傍において複数の立体遊技体(M1)が詰まる現象(ブリッジ現象)の発生を抑制することが可能である。なお、水平面に対する傾斜面(1781)の角度は、当該傾斜面(1781)に沿って変化してもよい。 In the above configuration, since the angle of the inclined surface (1781) is suppressed to 20 ° or less, the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are sequentially supplied to the transport path without overlapping each other. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of a phenomenon (bridge phenomenon) in which a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) clog in the vicinity of the loading port (1710). The angle of the inclined surface (1781) with respect to the horizontal plane may change along the inclined surface (1781).
[付記B5]
 付記B2から付記B4の何れかの好適例において、前記傾斜面(1781)には、前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記複数の取込口(1710)の一部または全部に誘導する第1誘導部(51)が形成される。
[Supplementary Note B5]
In any of the preferred examples of the additional notes B2 to B4, a first induction for guiding the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to a part or all of the plurality of intake ports (1710) on the inclined surface (1781) A part (51) is formed.
 以上の構成では、傾斜面(1781)上で立体遊技体(M1)が第1誘導部(51)により取込口(1710)に誘導されるから、立体遊技体(M1)を効率的に取込口(1710)に供給することが可能である。なお、第1誘導部(51)は、立体遊技体(M1)の転動の方向を規制できる部分であれば足り、典型的には傾斜面(1781)に形成された突起部または溝部である。 In the above configuration, since the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is guided to the take-in port (1710) by the first induction portion (51) on the inclined surface (1781), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is efficiently taken. It is possible to supply to the outlet (1710). The first guiding portion (51) may be a portion capable of regulating the rolling direction of the three-dimensional game machine (M1), and is typically a projection or a groove formed on the inclined surface (1781). .
[付記B6]
 付記B5の好適例において、前記第1誘導部(51)は、複数の前記立体遊技体(M1)が前記取込口(1710)に向けて整列するように前記立体遊技体(M1)を誘導する。
[Supplementary Note B6]
In the preferable example of appendix B5, the said 1st induction | guidance | derivation part (51) guides the said three-dimensional game machine (M1) so that several said three-dimensional game machine (M1) may align toward the said intake port (1710) Do.
 以上の構成では、複数の立体遊技体(M1)が取込口(1710)に向けて整列するように立体遊技体(M1)が誘導されるから、多数の立体遊技体(M1)が狭い経路に集中することによる詰まり(ブリッジ現象)の発生を抑制することが可能である。なお、第1誘導部(51)の具体的な構成は任意であるが、複数の立体遊技体(M1)を取込口(1710)に向けて整列させるための構成としては、立体遊技体(M1)の外径の2個分を下回る幅の経路が第1誘導部(51)の好適例である。 In the above configuration, since the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is induced to align the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) toward the take-in port (1710), the route where the large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are narrow It is possible to suppress the occurrence of clogging (bridge phenomenon) due to concentration on the In addition, although the specific configuration of the first induction portion (51) is arbitrary, as a configuration for aligning the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) toward the loading port (1710), a three-dimensional game machine ( A path having a width smaller than two of the outer diameter of M1) is a preferred example of the first guiding portion (51).
[付記B7]
 本発明の好適な態様に係る搬送機構(170ac,340ac)は、付記B2から付記B6の何れかの搬送装置(170ac)と、前記供給部(1780)に供給される前記立体遊技体(M1)が移動する経路(340ac)と、前記供給部(1780)または前記経路(340ac)に供給される前記立体遊技体(M1)の移動を規制する規制部(52,53)とを具備する。
[Supplementary Note B7]
A transport mechanism (170ac, 340ac) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention includes the transport device (170ac) according to any one of Appendixes B2 to B6, and the three-dimensional game machine (M1) supplied to the supply unit (1780). And the control unit (52, 53) for restricting the movement of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) supplied to the supply unit (1780) or the path (340ac).
 以上の構成では、経路(340ac)から供給部(1780)に供給される立体遊技体(M1)が規制部(52,53)により規制されるから、複数の取込口(1710)のうち特定の取込口(1710)に優先的に立体遊技体(M1)を供給することが可能である。 In the above configuration, since the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) supplied from the path (340ac) to the supply unit (1780) is regulated by the regulation unit (52, 53), the specification among the plurality of intake ports (1710) It is possible to preferentially supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the take-in port (1710) of the game machine.
 「規制部(52,53)」は、供給部(1780)および経路(340ac)の何れに設置されてもよい。例えば、規制部(52,53)の全体が経路(340ac)および供給部(1780)の一方に形成されてもよいし、規制部(52,53)の一部が経路(340ac)に形成され、規制部(52,53)の他の一部が供給部(1780)に形成されてもよい。 The “regulator (52, 53)” may be installed in either the supply unit (1780) or the path (340ac). For example, the whole of the restriction part (52, 53) may be formed in one of the path (340ac) and the supply part (1780), or a part of the restriction part (52, 53) is formed in the path (340ac) , The other part of the restriction part (52, 53) may be formed in the supply part (1780).
[付記B8]
 付記B7の好適例において、前記規制部(52,53)は、前記供給部(1780)に向けて進行する前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記支持部(1740)の側方に誘導する第2誘導部(52)を含む。
[Supplementary Note B8]
In the preferable example of appendix B7, the restriction part (52, 53) guides the three-dimensional game machine (M1) advancing toward the supply part (1780) to the side of the support part (1740). It includes a guiding part (52).
 以上の構成では、立体遊技体(M1)が第2誘導部(52)により支持部(1740)の側方に誘導されるから、経路(340ac)からみて支持部(1740)の側方から後方(すなわち経路(340ac)からみて支持部(1740)とは反対側)に形成された取込口(1710)に、立体遊技体(M1)を優先的に供給することが可能である。 In the above configuration, since the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is guided to the side of the support (1740) by the second induction part (52), the rear from the side of the support (1740) seen from the path (340ac) It is possible to preferentially supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the intake port (1710) formed on the opposite side to the support portion (1740) as viewed from the path (340ac).
[付記B9]
 付記B8の好適例において、前記第2誘導部(52)は、前記供給部(1780)に向けて進行する前記立体遊技体(M1)を、前記複数の取込口(1710)のうち前記支持部(1740)からみて前記経路(340ac)側の取込口(1710)に直接に向かうことなく、前記支持部(1740)からみて前記経路(340ac)とは反対側の取込口(1710)に向かうように誘導する。
[Supplementary Note B9]
In the preferable example of appendix B8, said 2nd guidance part (52) supports said three-dimensional game machine (M1) which advances toward said supply part (1780) among said plurality of loading openings (1710). The intake port (1710) opposite to the path (340ac) viewed from the support section (1740) without directly going to the intake port (1710) on the path (340ac) side as viewed from the section (1740) Guide to the direction of
 立体遊技体(M1)の移動を規制するための特段の構成が存在しない構成では、複数の取込口(1710)のうち支持部(1740)からみて経路(340ac)側の取込口(1710)に立体遊技体(M1)が供給され易い。立体遊技体(M1)が経路(340ac)側の取込口(1710)に直接に向かわずに反対側の取込口(1710)に向かうように第2誘導部(52)が立体遊技体(M1)を誘導する構成によれば、多数の立体遊技体(M1)が経路(340ac)側の取込口(1710)に集中する可能性を低減することが可能である。 In the configuration in which there is no special configuration for restricting the movement of the three-dimensional game machine (M1), the intake port (1710) on the path (340ac) side of the support portion (1740) among the plurality of intake ports (1710) The three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is easy to be supplied. The second induction unit (52) is a three-dimensional gaming machine (M2) so that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) does not directly go to the taking-in port (1710) on the path (340ac) side but to the taking-in port (1710) on the opposite side. According to the configuration for guiding M1), it is possible to reduce the possibility that a large number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) are concentrated on the intake (1710) on the path (340ac) side.
[付記B10]
 付記B7から付記B9の何れかの好適例において、前記規制部(52,53)は、前記支持部(1740)からみて前記経路(340ac)とは反対側の取込口(1710)に向かうように前記立体遊技体(M1)を誘導する第3誘導部(53)を含む。
[Supplementary Note B10]
In any of the preferred examples of the supplementary notes B7 to B9, the regulation part (52, 53) is directed to the intake port (1710) opposite to the path (340ac) with respect to the support part (1740). And a third induction portion (53) for inducing the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
 以上の構成によれば、複数の取込口(1710)のうち経路(340ac)とは反対側の取込口(1710)に立体遊技体(M1)を優先的に供給することが可能である。 According to the above configuration, it is possible to preferentially supply the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) to the intake port (1710) opposite to the path (340ac) among the plurality of intake ports (1710). .
[付記B11]
 付記B10の好適例において、前記第3誘導部(53)は、前記立体遊技体(M1)が他の立体遊技体(M1)からの押圧により当該第3誘導部(53)を乗越え可能な高さに形成される。
[Supplementary Note B11]
In the preferable example of appendix B10, the said 3rd induction | guidance | derivation part (53) is the height in which the said three-dimensional game body (M1) can cross over the said 3rd induction part (53) by the press from another three-dimensional game machine (M1). Is formed.
 前述の通り、第3誘導部(53)を設置した構成によれば、複数の取込口(1710)のうち支持部(1740)からみて経路(340ac)とは反対側の取込口(1710)に立体遊技体(M1)が優先的に供給される。しかし、経路(340ac)とは反対側の取込口(1710)に過度に多数の立体遊技体(M1)が集中すると、今度は立体遊技体(M1)の詰まり等の不具合が発生し得る。立体遊技体(M1)が第3誘導部(53)を乗越え可能である構成によれば、経路(340ac)とは反対側の取込口(1710)に立体遊技体(M1)が過度に集中した場合には、経路(340ac)からの立体遊技体(M1)が第3誘導部(53)を乗越えて経路(340ac)側の取込口(1710)に供給される。したがって、立体遊技体(M1)の過度な集中を抑制することが可能である。 As described above, according to the configuration in which the third induction portion (53) is installed, the intake port (1710) on the side opposite to the path (340ac) among the plurality of intake ports (1710) as viewed from the support portion (1740). The three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is preferentially supplied to the However, if a large number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) concentrate in the intake port (1710) on the opposite side to the path (340ac), problems such as clogging of the three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) may occur this time. According to the configuration in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is capable of crossing the third induction portion (53), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is excessively concentrated in the intake port (1710) opposite to the path (340ac). In this case, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the path (340ac) passes over the third guiding portion (53) and is supplied to the inlet (1710) on the path (340ac) side. Therefore, it is possible to suppress excessive concentration of the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
[付記B12]
 付記B7から付記B9の何れかの好適例において、前記規制部(52,53)は、前記取込口(1710)に向かうように前記立体遊技体(M1)を誘導する第3誘導部(53)を含み、前記第3誘導部(53)は、前記立体遊技体(M1)が他の立体遊技体(M1)からの押圧により当該第3誘導部(53)を乗越え可能な高さに形成される。
[Supplementary Note B12]
In any of the preferred examples of the additional notes B7 to B9, the restriction part (52, 53) is a third guiding part (53) for guiding the three-dimensional game machine (M1) toward the loading port (1710). And the third induction portion (53) is formed at such a height that the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) can ride over the third induction portion (53) by pressing from another three-dimensional gaming body (M1). Be done.
[付記C1]
 本発明の好適な態様に係る搬送装置(170ac)は、回転軸(C)に沿う螺旋状に延在し、立体遊技体(M1)が載置される支持部(1740)と、前記立体遊技体(M1)の外径を上回る間隔をあけて前記支持部(1740)の外側に配置されて前記回転軸(C)に沿って延在する複数のガイド部(1760)とを具備し、前記立体遊技体(M1)を、前記支持部(1740)と前記ガイド部(1760)とに接触させた状態で、前記支持部(1740)の回転により前記回転軸(C)に沿って移動させる搬送経路が、前記複数のガイド部(1760)の各々について形成され、前記複数のガイド部(1760)のうち前記回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の各間隔により、前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記搬送経路から排出するための複数の排出口(1720)が形成される。
[Appendix C1]
A transport device (170ac) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention extends in a spiral along the rotation axis (C), and a support portion (1740) on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is placed; And a plurality of guide portions (1760) disposed outside the support portion (1740) with an interval exceeding the outer diameter of the body (M1) and extending along the rotation axis (C), Transporting a three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) to move along the rotation axis (C) by the rotation of the support portion (1740) in a state in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is in contact with the support portion (1740) and the guide portion (1760) A path is formed for each of the plurality of guide portions (1760), and among the plurality of guide portions (1760), an interval between two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction of the rotation axis (C) Transport the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) by A plurality of discharge ports for discharging from the road (1720) is formed.
 以上の構成では、回転軸(C)の周方向に隣合う2個のガイド部(1760)の各間隔により、立体遊技体(M1)を搬送経路から排出するための複数の排出口(1720)が形成される。すなわち、立体遊技体(M1)を回転軸(C)に沿って移動させるためのガイド部(1760)が排出口(1720)の形成に流用される。したがって、ガイド部(1760)とは別個の機構により立体遊技体(M1)を搬送経路から排出する構成と比較して、搬送装置(170ac)の構成を簡素化することが可能である。 In the above configuration, the plurality of discharge ports (1720) for discharging the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the transport path by the intervals between the two guide portions (1760) adjacent in the circumferential direction of the rotation shaft (C) Is formed. That is, the guide portion (1760) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) along the rotation axis (C) is diverted to the formation of the discharge port (1720). Therefore, it is possible to simplify the configuration of the transport device (170ac) as compared with the configuration in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged from the transport path by a mechanism separate from the guide portion (1760).
 典型的には支持部(1740)の端部(例えば上端部)に排出口(1720)が形成されるが、当該端部に加えて(または端部に代えて)、支持部(1740)の途中部分に排出口(1720)が形成された構成も発明の範囲には包含される。 Typically, the outlet (1720) is formed at the end (eg, upper end) of the support (1740), but in addition to (or in place of) the end, the outlet (1740) The configuration in which the discharge port (1720) is formed in the middle part is also included in the scope of the invention.
[付記C2]
 付記C1の好適例は、前記搬送経路により搬送された前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記回転軸(C)から離間する方向に移動させる排出誘導部(1771,1790)を具備する。
[Appendix C2]
A preferred example of the supplementary note C1 includes a discharge guiding portion (1771, 1790) for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transported by the transport path in a direction away from the rotating shaft (C).
 以上の態様では、搬送経路により搬送された立体遊技体(M1)が、排出誘導部(1771,1790)により回転軸(C)から離間する方向に移動される。すなわち、立体遊技体(M1)が搬送経路から排出される。したがって、立体遊技体(M1)が必要以上に搬送経路に停留する可能性を低減することが可能である。 In the above aspect, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transported by the transport path is moved in the direction away from the rotation shaft (C) by the discharge guiding portion (1771, 1790). That is, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged from the transport path. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the three-dimensional game machine (M1) will be retained in the transport route more than necessary.
 「排出誘導部(1771,1790)」の具体的な形態は任意である。例えば、回転軸(C)の方向に対して傾斜した傾斜面(例えば円錐台状の曲面)、または、搬送経路の下流側に設置されて立体遊技体(M1)に当接する突起部が、排出誘導部(1771,1790)の具体例である。 The specific form of the "discharge guiding part (1771, 1790)" is arbitrary. For example, an inclined surface inclined with respect to the direction of the rotation axis (C) (for example, a truncated cone-like curved surface), or a projection installed on the downstream side of the transport path and abutting on the three-dimensional game machine (M1) It is a specific example of an induction | guidance | derivation part (1771, 1790).
[付記C3]
 付記C1または付記C2の好適例において、前記支持部(1740)による前記立体遊技体(M1)の支持力は、前記搬送経路のうち前記排出口(1720)の近傍において低下する。
[Appendix C3]
In the preferable example of the supplementary note C1 or the supplementary note C2, the supporting force of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by the support portion (1740) is lowered in the vicinity of the discharge port (1720) in the transport path.
 以上の態様では、支持部(1740)による立体遊技体(M1)の支持力が排出口(1720)の近傍において低下するから、立体遊技体(M1)を効率的に排出口(1720)から排出することができる。 In the above aspect, since the supporting power of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by the support portion (1740) decreases in the vicinity of the discharge port (1720), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is efficiently discharged from the discharge port (1720) can do.
[付記D]
 例えば特開2013-99632号公報に開示される通り、ゲームフィールドに投入された円板状のトークンコインを移動させるプッシャーゲーム装置が従来から提案されている。プッシャーゲーム装置では、トークンコインを投入部まで搬送するために、トークンコインをレールに沿って移動させるリフトホッパー等が利用される。
[Appendix D]
For example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-99632, there has been conventionally proposed a pusher game apparatus for moving a disk-shaped token coin inserted into a game field. In the pusher game device, a lift hopper or the like that moves token coins along rails is used to transport the token coins to the insertion unit.
 ゲーム装置には、例えばトークンコイン等の遊技体を利用する複数の要素(以下「遊技体利用部」という)が設置される。複数の遊技体利用部の各々に所定の個数比で遊技体を供給する特別な機構を設置した場合、ゲーム装置の構成が複雑化するという問題がある。以上の事情を考慮して、本発明の好適な態様(付記D)は、特別な機構を必要とすることなく複数の遊技体利用部に遊技体を分配することを目的とする。 The game device is provided with a plurality of elements (hereinafter referred to as a “game using portion”) that use a game such as token coin, for example. In the case where a special mechanism for supplying a game player with a predetermined number ratio is installed in each of the plurality of game player using units, there is a problem that the configuration of the game apparatus becomes complicated. In consideration of the above circumstances, the preferred embodiment (Appendix D) of the present invention aims to distribute game pieces to a plurality of game piece using units without requiring a special mechanism.
[付記D1]
 本発明の好適な態様に係る搬送機構は、複数の立体遊技体(M1)を搬送して複数の排出口(1720)の各々から排出する搬送装置(170ac)と、前記複数の排出口(1720)の各々から排出された前記立体遊技体(M1)を利用する複数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)とを具備し、前記複数の排出口(1720)のうち第1排出口(1720A)は、前記複数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)のうち第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう方向に前記立体遊技体(M1)を排出し、前記複数の排出口(1720)のうち前記第1排出口(1720A)とは異なる第2排出口(1720B)は、前記複数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)のうち前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)とは異なる第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に向かう方向に前記立体遊技体(M1)を排出し、前記第1排出口(1720A)から前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう前記立体遊技体(M1)の個数と、前記第2排出口(1720B)から前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に向かう前記立体遊技体(M1)の個数とは相違する。
[Supplementary Note D1]
A transport mechanism according to a preferred aspect of the present invention transports a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) and discharges them from each of a plurality of discharge ports (1720), and the plurality of discharge ports (1720) And a plurality of gaming body using units (230a, 240a, 250a) using the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) discharged from each of the first to third discharge ports (1720). 1720A) discharges the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in a direction toward the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) among the plurality of game machine using units (230a, 240a, 250a), and Of the outlets (1720), the second outlet (1720B) different from the first outlet (1720A) is the first game player using part of the plurality of game player using units (230a, 240a, 250a). The three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged in the direction toward the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) different from 230a, 240a), and the first game machine using unit (Merial) from the first discharge port (1720A). 230a, 240a), the number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1), and the number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) from the second outlet (1720B) toward the second gaming body utilization unit (240a, 250a) Is different.
 以上の構成では、搬送装置(170ac)により搬送された立体遊技体(M1)は、第1排出口(1720A)から第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう方向に排出され、第2排出口(1720B)から第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に向かう方向に排出される。したがって、搬送後の立体遊技体(M1)の排出方向を切替える特別な機構を必要とすることなく、搬送装置(170ac)により搬送された立体遊技体(M1)を複数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に分配することが可能である。また、第1排出口(1720A)から第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう立体遊技体(M1)の個数と、第2排出口(1720B)から第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に向かう立体遊技体(M1)の個数とが相違するから、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に供給される立体遊技体(M1)の個数と第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に供給される立体遊技体(M1)の個数との比率を所定値に近付けることが可能である。 In the above configuration, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transported by the transport device (170ac) is discharged in the direction from the first outlet (1720A) to the first game machine utilization unit (230a, 240a), and the second It is discharged in the direction from the discharge port (1720B) to the second gaming body using unit (240a, 250a). Therefore, without requiring a special mechanism for switching the discharge direction of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) after transfer, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) transferred by the transfer device (170ac) , 240a, 250a). In addition, the number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) going from the first discharge port (1720A) to the first game machine utilization unit (230a, 240a) and the second game machine utilization unit (240a, 2402) from the second discharge port (1720B) Since the number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) heading to 250a) is different, the number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) supplied to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) and the second game machine using unit (240a) , 250a) can be made close to a predetermined value.
 「第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう方向に立体遊技体(M1)を排出する」とは、複数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)のうち第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に優先的に供給されるように立体遊技体(M1)を排出することを意味し、例えば、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対応する供給路(231a,241a,251a)の方向に立体遊技体(M1)を排出することを包含する。以上の表現は、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)以外の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に最終的に立体遊技体(M1)が供給されることを排除する趣旨ではない。例えば、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう方向に第1排出口(1720A)から立体遊技体(M1)が排出された場合でも、当該第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する立体遊技体(M1)の進入が制限される状態(進入制限状態)であれば、立体遊技体(M1)は、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に供給されることなく更に移動して他の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に供給され得る。
 搬送装置(170ac)は、例えば、相異なる排出口(1720)に対応する複数の搬送経路の各々により立体遊技体(M1)を搬送する。ただし、複数の排出口(1720)について1個の搬送経路を共用してもよい。すなわち、1個の搬送経路により搬送された複数の立体遊技体(M1)が複数の排出口(1720)の各々から排出される。
“Ejecting the solid game machine (M1) in the direction toward the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a)” means that the first game machine using unit of the plurality of game machine using units (230a, 240a, 250a) It means discharging the three-dimensional game machine (M1) so as to be preferentially supplied to (230a, 240a), for example, the supply path (231a, 241a) corresponding to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) , 251a) includes discharging the three-dimensional game machine (M1). The above expressions are not intended to exclude the final supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to game machine using units (230a, 240a, 250a) other than the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) . For example, even when the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is discharged from the first outlet (1720A) in the direction toward the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a), the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) In the state where the entry of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the player is restricted (the entry restriction state), the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moves further without being supplied to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) Can be supplied to the other game player using units (230a, 240a, 250a).
The transport device (170ac) transports the three-dimensional game machine (M1) by, for example, each of a plurality of transport paths corresponding to different discharge ports (1720). However, one transport path may be shared for a plurality of discharge ports (1720). That is, the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) transported by one transport path are discharged from each of the plurality of discharge ports (1720).
[付記D2]
 付記D1の好適例において、前記遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)の総数は、前記排出口(1720)の総数を下回り、前記第1排出口(1720A)の個数と、前記第2排出口(1720B)の個数とは相違する。
[Supplementary Note D2]
In the preferred example of the addition D1, the total number of the gaming body using units (230a, 240a, 250a) is less than the total number of the discharge ports (1720), and the number of the first discharge ports (1720A), and the second discharge. It is different from the number of outlets (1720B).
 以上の構成では、第1排出口(1720A)の個数と第2排出口(1720B)の個数とが相違するから、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する立体遊技体(M1)の供給数と第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に対する立体遊技体(M1)の供給数とを相違させることが可能である。 In the above configuration, since the number of first discharge ports (1720A) and the number of second discharge ports (1720B) are different, the supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using portion (230a, 240a) It is possible to make the number and the supply number of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) different.
[付記D3]
 付記D1または付記D2の好適例において、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口の大きさと、前記第2排出口(1720B)から排出された前記立体遊技体(M1)が向かう連絡路(313)の開口の大きさとは相違する。
[Appendix D3]
In the preferable example of the supplementary note D1 or the supplementary note D2, the size of the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using portion (230a, 240a) and the second discharge The size of the opening of the communication path (313) to which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) discharged from the outlet (1720B) is different is different.
 以上の構成では、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口の大きさと、第2排出口(1720B)から排出された立体遊技体(M1)が向かう連絡路(313)の開口の大きさとが相違するから、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する立体遊技体(M1)の供給数と第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に対する立体遊技体(M1)の供給数とを相違させることが可能である。なお、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口の大きさと、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口の大きさとを相違させてもよい。 In the above configuration, the size of the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) and the second discharge port (1720B) are discharged. Because the size of the opening of the communication path (313) to which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) points is different, the number of supplied three-dimensional game machines (M1) and the second game machine to the first game machine using portion (230a, 240a) It is possible to make the number of supply of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the use unit (240a, 250a) different. The size of the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) and the size of the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) The size of the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the above may be different.
 各遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に対する立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)の個数は1個に限定されない。遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)について複数の供給路(231a,241a,251a)が形成された構成において、当該遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)に対応する「供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口の大きさ」は、複数の供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口の大きさの合計と解釈してもよい。また、連絡路(313)の個数も1個に限定されない。複数の連絡路313が形成された構成において、「連絡路(313)の開口の大きさ」は、複数の連絡路(313)の開口の大きさの合計と解釈してもよい。 The number of supply paths (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to each game machine using unit (230a, 240a, 250a) is not limited to one. In a configuration in which a plurality of supply paths (231a, 241a, 251a) are formed for the gaming body using portion (230a, 240a, 250a), a “supply path (231a) corresponding to the gaming body using portion (230a, 240a, 250a) , 241a, 251a) may be interpreted as the sum of the sizes of the openings of the plurality of supply paths (231a, 241a, 251a). Further, the number of communication paths (313) is not limited to one. In the configuration in which the plurality of communication paths 313 are formed, “the size of the opening of the communication path (313)” may be interpreted as the sum of the sizes of the openings of the plurality of communication paths (313).
 供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口の大きさは、供給路(231a,241a,251a)において立体遊技体(M1)が進入する開口の面積を意味する。連絡路(313)の開口の大きさも同様に、連絡路(313)において立体遊技体(M1)が進入する開口の面積を意味する。 The size of the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) means the area of the opening through which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) enters in the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a). The size of the opening of the connection path (313) also means the area of the opening through which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) enters in the connection path (313).
[付記D4]
 付記D3の好適例において、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口は、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)の開口よりも大きい。
[Appendix D4]
In the preferred example of the addition D3, the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is the second game machine using unit (240a). , 250a) is larger than the opening of the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1).
 以上の構成によれば、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に優先的に立体遊技体(M1)を供給することが可能である。 According to the above configuration, it is possible to preferentially supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using portion (230a, 240a).
[付記D5]
 付記D1から付記D4の何れかの好適例において、前記第1排出口(1720A)から第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう方向に排出された前記立体遊技体(M1)は、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態である場合に、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に向けて移動する。
[Appendix D5]
In any of the preferred examples of the supplementary notes D1 to the supplementary note D4, the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) discharged in the direction from the first discharge port (1720A) to the first gaming body using unit (230a, 240a) When the first gaming body using unit (230a, 240a) is in the entry restriction state, it moves toward the second gaming body using unit (240a, 250a).
 以上の構成では、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態である場合に、立体遊技体(M1)が第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)から第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に向けて移動する。したがって、搬送装置(170ac)から排出された立体遊技体(M1)を有効に利用することが可能である。 In the above configuration, when the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is in the entry restriction state, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is transmitted from the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) to the second game machine using unit Move toward (240a, 250a). Therefore, it is possible to effectively use the three-dimensional game machine (M1) discharged from the transport device (170ac).
 第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)から第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に向けて移動した立体遊技体(M1)は、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に実際に供給される必要まではない。例えば、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)が進入制限状態である場合、立体遊技体(M1)は、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)から更に他の場所(例えば他の遊技体利用部)に向けて移動する。 The three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) that has moved from the first gaming machine utilization unit (230a, 240a) to the second gaming machine utilization unit (240a, 250a) is actually used by the second gaming machine utilization unit (240a, 250a) It does not have to be supplied. For example, when the second gaming body using unit (240a, 250a) is in the entry restricted state, the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) is located at another place (for example, another game) from the second gaming body using unit (240a, 250a) Move towards the body utilization department).
[付記D6]
 付記D4または付記D5の好適例において、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)は、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に対する前記立体遊技体(M1)の供給路(231a,241a,251a)よりも高い位置にある。
[Appendix D6]
In the preferred example of the additional statement D4 or the additional statement D5, the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is the second game machine using unit The position is higher than the supply path (231a, 241a, 251a) of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) with respect to 240a, 250a).
 以上の構成によれば、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態である場合に、立体遊技体(M1)を第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)から第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に容易に移動させることが可能である。 According to the above configuration, when the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is in the entry restriction state, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is transmitted from the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) to the second game machine. It is possible to easily move to the utilization unit (240a, 250a).
[付記D7]
 本発明の好適な態様に係る搬送機構は、複数の立体遊技体(M1)を搬送して複数の排出口(1720)の各々から排出する搬送装置(170ac)と、前記複数の排出口(1720)の各々から排出された前記立体遊技体(M1)を利用する複数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)とを具備し、前記複数の排出口(1720)のうち第1排出口(1720A)は、前記複数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)のうち第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に向かう方向に前記立体遊技体(M1)を排出し、前記複数の排出口(1720)のうち前記第1排出口(1720A)とは異なる第2排出口(1720B)は、前記複数の遊技体利用部(230a,240a,250a)のうち前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)とは異なる第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に向かう方向に前記立体遊技体(M1)を排出する。
[Appendix D7]
A transport mechanism according to a preferred aspect of the present invention transports a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) and discharges them from each of a plurality of discharge ports (1720), and the plurality of discharge ports (1720) And a plurality of gaming body using units (230a, 240a, 250a) using the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) discharged from each of the first to third discharge ports (1720). 1720A) discharges the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in a direction toward the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) among the plurality of game machine using units (230a, 240a, 250a), and Of the outlets (1720), the second outlet (1720B) different from the first outlet (1720A) is the first game player using part of the plurality of game player using units (230a, 240a, 250a). 230a, discharging the second game element using unit different (240a, the three-dimensional game body toward the 250a) (M1) and 240a).
[付記E]
 例えば特開2013-99632号公報に開示される通り、ゲームフィールドに投入された円板状のトークンコインを移動させるプッシャーゲーム装置が従来から提案されている。プッシャーゲーム装置では、トークンコインを投入部まで搬送するために、トークンコインをレールに沿って移動させるリフトホッパー等が利用される。
[Appendix E]
For example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-99632, there has been conventionally proposed a pusher game apparatus for moving a disk-shaped token coin inserted into a game field. In the pusher game device, a lift hopper or the like that moves token coins along rails is used to transport the token coins to the insertion unit.
 従来のプッシャーゲーム装置に利用されるトークンコインの代わりに、姿勢によらず転動可能な遊技体(例えば球体状の遊技体)を利用することも想定される。立体遊技体を利用する構成では、トークンコインを搬送するリフトホッパーに代えて、立体遊技体の搬送に好適な機構が必要である。以上の事情を考慮して、本発明の好適な態様(付記E)は、立体遊技体を効率的に搬送することが可能な技術の提供を目的とする。 Instead of the token coin used in the conventional pusher game device, it is also conceivable to use a rollable game body (for example, a ball-shaped game body) regardless of the attitude. In the configuration using a three-dimensional gaming machine, a mechanism suitable for carrying a three-dimensional gaming machine is required instead of the lift hopper for carrying token coins. In consideration of the above circumstances, a preferred embodiment (Appendix E) of the present invention aims to provide a technology capable of efficiently transporting a three-dimensional game machine.
[付記E1]
 本発明の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置(10)は、姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体(M1)を利用するゲームを提供するゲームフィールド(110a)と、物理抽選を実行する物理抽選部(120a,130a,140ab)と、前記立体遊技体(M1)を移動させる経路であり、第1供給路(231a,241a)および第2供給路(241a,251a)とを有する経路(310ac)と、前記第1供給路(231a,241a)から進入する前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記物理抽選部(120a,130a,140ab)による物理抽選に利用する第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)と、前記第2供給路(241a,251a)から進入する前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記ゲームフィールド(110a)における前記ゲームに利用する第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)とを具備する。
[Supplementary Note E1]
A game device (10) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention is a game field (110a) providing a game utilizing a solid game machine (M1) which can roll regardless of the attitude, and a physical lottery for executing a physical lottery Path (310ac) which is a path for moving the three-dimensional game machine (M1), and includes the first supply path (231a, 241a) and the second supply path (241a, 251a). And the first game body using unit (230a, 240a) using the three-dimensional game machine (M1) entering from the first supply path (231a, 241a) for physical lottery by the physical lottery unit (120a, 130a, 140ab) And the three-dimensional game machine (M1) entering from the second supply path (241a, 251a) in the game field (110a) The second game element utilization portion (240a, 250a) for Use and a.
 以上の構成によれば、経路(310ac)を転動する立体遊技体(M1)がゲームフィールド(110a)によるゲームと物理抽選とに共通に利用されるから、ゲームフィールド(110a)に遊技体を供給する機構と、物理抽選部(120a,130a,140ab)に遊技体を供給する機構とを別個に設置する必要がない。したがって、ゲーム装置(10)の構成を簡素化することが可能である。 According to the above configuration, since the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolling the path (310ac) is used in common for the game by the game field (110a) and the physical lottery, the game machine is placed in the game field (110a) It is not necessary to separately install a mechanism for supplying and a mechanism for supplying game bodies to the physical lottery units (120a, 130a, 140ab). Therefore, the configuration of the game device (10) can be simplified.
 「物理抽選」は、立体遊技体(M1)を利用した物理的な抽選である。具体的には、立体遊技体(M1)が転動する転動面と当該立体遊技体(M1)が通過可能な複数の排出路とを含む物理抽選部(120a,130a,140ab)(クルーン)を利用して、複数の排出路のうち特定の排出路を立体遊技体(M1)が通過した場合に入賞と判定する処理が、物理抽選の好適例である。 "Physical lottery" is a physical lottery using a three-dimensional game machine (M1). Specifically, a physical lottery unit (120a, 130a, 140ab) (clune) including a rolling surface on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolls and a plurality of discharge paths through which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can pass. The process of determining that a prize is won when the three-dimensional game machine (M1) passes a specific discharge passage among the plurality of discharge passages is a suitable example of the physical lottery.
 「ゲームフィールド(110a)」は、立体遊技体(M1)を利用したゲームをプレイヤに提供する空間である。例えば立体遊技体(M1)を利用したプッシャーゲーム等の各種のゲームが提供される空間が、ゲームフィールド(110a)の好適例である。 The "game field (110a)" is a space for providing the player with a game using the three-dimensional game machine (M1). For example, a space where various games such as a pusher game using a three-dimensional game machine (M1) are provided is a preferred example of the game field (110a).
 「経路(310ac)」は、例えば、立体遊技体(M1)を転動させる傾斜面を有する。傾斜面は、典型的には平坦面であるが、傾斜角度が経路(310ac)上で変化する曲面を包含してもよい。経路(310ac)の途中に段差を含んでいてもよい。なお、例えば特定の機構により付与された運動エネルギーを利用して立体遊技体(M1)が経路(310ac)上を移動できるのであれば、立体遊技体(M1)の自重を利用して転動させる傾斜面は必須ではない。また、経路(310ac)のうち第1供給路(231a,241a)が設置された部分と第2供給路(241a,251a)が設置された部分との一方が傾斜面であり、他方が水平面である構成も想定される。 The “path (310ac)” has, for example, an inclined surface on which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolls. The inclined surface is typically a flat surface, but may include a curved surface in which the inclination angle changes on the path (310ac). A step may be included in the middle of the path (310ac). In addition, for example, if the three-dimensional game machine (M1) can move on the route (310ac) using kinetic energy provided by a specific mechanism, it is rolled using its own weight of the three-dimensional game machine (M1) The inclined surface is not essential. Further, in the path (310ac), one of the part where the first supply path (231a, 241a) is installed and the part where the second supply path (241a, 251a) is installed is an inclined surface, and the other is a horizontal surface. Certain configurations are also envisioned.
[付記E2]
 付記E1の好適例は、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が前記物理抽選に利用した前記立体遊技体(M1)と、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)が前記ゲームに利用した前記立体遊技体(M1)とを回収して前記経路(310ac)の上流側に搬送する搬送装置(170ac)を具備する。
[Appendix E2]
In a preferred example of Appendix E1, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) used by the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) for the physical lottery, and the game using the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) And a transport device (170ac) for recovering the three-dimensional game machine (M1) used for the transport and transporting it to the upstream side of the path (310ac).
 以上の構成によれば、ゲームに利用された立体遊技体(M1)と物理抽選に利用された立体遊技体(M1)とを経路(310ac)の上流側に搬送することで再利用することが可能である。 According to the above configuration, the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) used for the game and the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) used for the physical lottery may be reused by conveying them upstream of the path (310ac). It is possible.
 「立体遊技体(M1)を回収して経路(310ac)の上流側に搬送する」構成は、利用後に回収された複数の立体遊技体(M1)の全部を経路(310ac)の上流側に搬送する構成だけでなく、回収された複数の立体遊技体(M1)の一部のみを経路(310ac)の上流側に搬送する構成も包含する。例えば、利用後に回収された複数の立体遊技体(M1)のうち経路(310ac)の上流側に搬送されない立体遊技体(M1)は、他の遊技体利用部に利用されてもよい。 The configuration “recover the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) and transport it to the upstream side of the route (310ac)” transports all of the plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) collected after use to the upstream side of the route (310ac) Not only the configuration to carry out but also the composition which conveys only a part of a plurality of collected three-dimensional game machines (M1) to the upstream side of a course (310ac) is included. For example, among the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) collected after use, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) which is not transported upstream of the path (310ac) may be used by another game machine using unit.
[付記E3]
 付記E1または付記E2の好適例において、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)は、前記ゲームの進行の状況に応じて決定された個数の前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記物理抽選に利用する。
[Supplementary Note E3]
In the preferred example of the additional statement E1 or the additional statement E2, the second game player using unit (240a, 250a) performs the number of 3D game devices (M1) determined according to the progress status of the game in the physical lottery Use
[付記E4]
 付記E1から付記E3の何れかの好適例において、前記第2供給路(241a,251a)は、前記経路(310ac)における前記第1供給路(231a,241a)の下流側に設置され、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が前記ゲームに利用する前記立体遊技体(M1)の個数は、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)が前記物理抽選に利用する前記立体遊技体(M1)の個数を上回る。
[Supplementary Note E4]
In the preferred embodiment according to any one of appendices E1 to E3, the second supply path (241a, 251a) is disposed downstream of the first supply path (231a, 241a) in the path (310ac), and 1 The number of the three-dimensional game machines (M1) used by the game machine using unit (230a, 240a) for the game is the three-dimensional game machine used by the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) for the physical lottery It exceeds the number of (M1).
 以上の構成によれば、経路(310ac)における第1供給路(231a,241a)の下流側に第2供給路(241a,251a)が設置されるから、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)による物理抽選よりも第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)によるゲームに対して優先的に立体遊技体(M1)を利用することが可能である。 According to the above configuration, since the second supply path (241a, 251a) is installed on the downstream side of the first supply path (231a, 241a) in the path (310ac), the second game player using portion (240a, 250a) The three-dimensional game machine (M1) can be used preferentially to the game by the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) rather than the physical lottery by.
[付記F]
 例えば特開2013-99632号公報に開示される通り、ゲームフィールドに投入された円板状のトークンコインを移動させるプッシャーゲーム装置が従来から提案されている。プッシャーゲーム装置では、トークンコインを投入部まで搬送するために、トークンコインをレールに沿って移動させるリフトホッパー等が利用される。
[Supplementary Note F]
For example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-99632, there has been conventionally proposed a pusher game apparatus for moving a disk-shaped token coin inserted into a game field. In the pusher game device, a lift hopper or the like that moves token coins along rails is used to transport the token coins to the insertion unit.
 従来のプッシャーゲーム装置に利用されるトークンコインの代わりに、姿勢によらず転動可能な遊技体(例えば球体状の遊技体)を利用することも想定される。立体遊技体を利用する構成では、トークンコインを搬送するリフトホッパーに代えて、立体遊技体の搬送に好適な機構が必要である。以上の事情を考慮して、本発明の好適な態様(付記F)は、立体遊技体を効率的に搬送することが可能な技術の提供を目的とする。 Instead of the token coin used in the conventional pusher game device, it is also conceivable to use a rollable game body (for example, a ball-shaped game body) regardless of the attitude. In the configuration using a three-dimensional gaming machine, a mechanism suitable for carrying a three-dimensional gaming machine is required instead of the lift hopper for carrying token coins. In consideration of the above circumstances, a preferred embodiment (Appendix F) of the present invention aims to provide a technology capable of efficiently transporting a three-dimensional game machine.
[付記F1]
 本発明の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置(10)は、姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体(M1)を利用するゲームを提供するゲーム装置(10)であって、前記立体遊技体(M1)を転動させる経路(310ac)であり、第1供給路(231a,241a)と、前記第1供給路(231a,241a)の下流側に位置する第2供給路(241a,251a)とを含む経路(310ac)と、前記第1供給路(231a,241a)から進入する前記立体遊技体(M1)を貯留して利用する第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)と、前記第2供給路(241a,251a)から進入する前記立体遊技体(M1)を利用する第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)とを具備し、前記経路(310ac)を転動する立体遊技体(M1)は、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態でない場合に前記第1供給路(231a,241a)に進入し、前記第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態である場合に前記第1供給路(231a,241a)から前記第2供給路(241a,251a)に向けて転動する。
[Supplementary Note F1]
A game device (10) according to a preferred aspect of the present invention is a game device (10) for providing a game that uses a rollable solid game body (M1) regardless of the posture, A path (310ac) for rolling M1), a first supply path (231a, 241a), and a second supply path (241a, 251a) located downstream of the first supply path (231a, 241a) A first game using portion (230a, 240a) for storing and using the three-dimensional game machine (M1) entering from the first supply path (231a, 241a); And a second game player using unit (240a, 250a) using the three-dimensional game machine (M1) entering from the supply path (241a, 251a), and a three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolling the path (310ac) ) Is When the first game player using portion (230a, 240a) is not in the entry restriction state, the first game using portion (230a, 240a) enters the first feed path (231a, 241a) and the entry restriction state In some cases, it rolls from the first supply passage (231a, 241a) toward the second supply passage (241a, 251a).
 以上の構成において、経路(310ac)を転動する立体遊技体(M1)は第1供給路(231a,241a)に進入可能であり、第1供給路(231a,241a)に進入した立体遊技体(M1)は第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に貯留および利用される。第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が進入制限状態である場合、立体遊技体(M1)は第2供給路(241a,251a)に向けて転動する。すなわち、したがって、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)よりも第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対して優先的に立体遊技体(M1)を供給することが可能である。 In the above configuration, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) rolling the path (310ac) can enter the first supply path (231a, 241a), and the three-dimensional game body entered the first supply path (231a, 241a) (M1) is stored and used in the first game player using unit (230a, 240a). When the first gaming body using unit (230a, 240a) is in the entry restriction state, the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) rolls toward the second supply path (241a, 251a). That is, therefore, it is possible to preferentially supply the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) rather than the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a).
 経路(310ac)上の立体遊技体(M1)は、第1供給路(231a,241a)を経由せずに第2供給路(241a,251a)に向けて転動する場合もある。 The three-dimensional game machine (M1) on the path (310ac) may roll toward the second supply path (241a, 251a) without passing through the first supply path (231a, 241a).
 「下流側」とは、立体遊技体(M1)が移動により向かう方向を意味する。例えば経路(310ac)が傾斜面を含む構成では、当該傾斜面における低位側が「下流側」に相当する。すなわち、第2供給路(241a,251a)は第1供給路(231a,241a)よりも低い位置にある。 The “downstream side” means the direction in which the three-dimensional game machine (M1) moves by movement. For example, in a configuration in which the path (310ac) includes an inclined surface, the lower side of the inclined surface corresponds to the "downstream side". That is, the second supply path (241a, 251a) is at a lower position than the first supply path (231a, 241a).
[付記F2]
 付記F1の好適例において、前記第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)は、前記第2供給路(241a,251a)から進入する前記立体遊技体(M1)を貯留する。
[Supplementary Note F2]
In the preferred example of the supplementary note F1, the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) stores the three-dimensional game machine (M1) entering from the second supply path (241a, 251a).
 以上の構成では、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)が満杯である場合に第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)に立体遊技体(M1)が貯留される。すなわち、第2遊技体利用部(240a,250a)よりも第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に対して優先的に立体遊技体(M1)を貯留することが可能である。 In the above configuration, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is stored in the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a) when the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is full. That is, it is possible to store the three-dimensional game machine (M1) preferentially to the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) rather than the second game machine using unit (240a, 250a).
[付記F3]
 付記F1または付記F2の好適例は、前記経路(310ac)に設置され、前記立体遊技体(M1)を前記第1供給路(231a,241a)に誘導する誘導部を具備する。
[Supplementary Note F3]
A preferred example of the supplementary statement F1 or the supplementary statement F2 includes a guiding portion which is installed in the path (310ac) and guides the three-dimensional game machine (M1) to the first supply path (231a, 241a).
 以上の構成では、誘導部が経路(310ac)に設置されるから、第1遊技体利用部(230a,240a)に優先的に立体遊技体(M1)を貯留できるという効果は格別に顕著である。 In the above configuration, since the guiding unit is installed on the path (310ac), the effect of being able to store the three-dimensional game machine (M1) preferentially in the first game machine using unit (230a, 240a) is particularly remarkable. .
[付記G]
 例えば特開2013-99632号公報に開示される通り、ゲームフィールドに投入された円板状のトークンコインを移動させるプッシャーゲーム装置が従来から提案されている。従来のプッシャーゲーム装置においては、ゲームフィールドにおいて複数のトークンコインが積層されるだけであり、演出上の視覚的な効果を充分に確保するという観点からは、改善の余地がある。本発明の好適な態様(付記G)は、以上の事情を考慮した構成である。
[Appendix G]
For example, as disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-99632, there has been conventionally proposed a pusher game apparatus for moving a disk-shaped token coin inserted into a game field. In the conventional pusher game device, only a plurality of token coins are stacked in the game field, and there is room for improvement from the viewpoint of sufficiently securing the visual effect on presentation. The preferable aspect (appendix G) of this invention is the structure which considered the above situations.
[付記G1]
 本発明の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置(10)は、姿勢によらず転動可能な複数の立体遊技体(M1)を投入する投入部(461a)と、前記投入部(461a)が投入した前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)が載置される第1面(Q1)を含む載置部(44)と、前記載置部(44)に載置された前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)を排出する排出部(446)とを具備し、前記第1面(Q1)が水平面に対して傾斜する第1状態において、前記投入部(461a)により投入された前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)は、前記第1面(Q1)に沿って単層で整列し、前記第1面(Q1)の角度を前記第1状態における角度から変化させた第2状態において、前記載置部(44)に載置された複数の立体遊技体(M1)が前記第1面(Q1)の低位側に転動して前記排出部(446)に供給される。
[Appendix G1]
In the game device (10) according to the preferred aspect of the present invention, an insertion portion (461a) for inserting a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) capable of rolling regardless of the posture, and the insertion portion (461a) A placement unit (44) including a first surface (Q1) on which the plurality of three-dimensional game devices (M1) are placed, and a plurality of three-dimensional game devices (M1) placed in the placement unit (44) And a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (the first game machine including the plurality of solid game machines inserted by the insertion unit (461a)) in a first state in which the first surface (Q1) is inclined with respect to the horizontal plane. M1) is aligned in a single layer along the first surface (Q1), and in the second state, the angle of the first surface (Q1) is changed from the angle in the first state, 44) on the low order side of the first surface (Q1). Moving to be supplied to the discharge portion (446).
 以上の構成では、複数の立体遊技体(M1)が第1面(Q1)に沿って単層で整列するから、多数の立体遊技体(M1)が第1面(Q1)に載置されていることをプレイヤに効果的に視認させることが可能である。また、第1面(Q1)の角度が変化することで第1面(Q1)上の複数の立体遊技体(M1)が低位側に転動して排出部(446)に供給される。したがって、第1面(Q1)に載置された多数の立体遊技体(M1)が一斉に排出口(1720)に向けて移動する動的な演出が実現される。 In the above configuration, since the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are aligned in a single layer along the first surface (Q1), a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are placed on the first surface (Q1) It is possible to effectively make the player visually recognize that there is. Further, when the angle of the first surface (Q1) changes, the plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) on the first surface (Q1) roll to the lower side and are supplied to the discharge unit (446). Therefore, a dynamic effect is realized in which a large number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) placed on the first surface (Q1) move toward the discharge port (1720) simultaneously.
 第1面(Q1)は、基本的には平坦面であるが曲面でもよい。また、「単層で整列」とは、複数の立体遊技体(M1)が第1面(Q1)の垂線方向に積み重なることなく当該第1面(Q1)に沿って密に配置されることを意味する。なお、「整列」は、複数の立体遊技体(M1)が直線状に1列で配置されることに限定されず、複数の立体遊技体(M1)が平面状に配置されることも包含する。具体的には、投入部(461a)から投入された立体遊技体(M1)が、第1面(Q1)上の既存の立体遊技体(M1)に対して当該第1面(Q1)に平行な方向から当接するように、投入部(461a)は立体遊技体(M1)を投入する。以上の構成により、第1面(Q1)の低位側から高位側に向けて立体遊技体(M1)が単層で整列していく。 The first surface (Q1) is basically a flat surface but may be a curved surface. Also, “aligned in a single layer” means that a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) are densely arranged along the first surface (Q1) without stacking in the direction perpendicular to the first surface (Q1). means. In addition, "alignment" is not limited to arranging a plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) in a straight line in a single row, but also includes arranging a plurality of three-dimensional games (M1) in a plane . Specifically, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) inserted from the insertion section (461a) is parallel to the first plane (Q1) with respect to the existing three-dimensional game machine (M1) on the first surface (Q1). The insertion section (461a) inserts the three-dimensional game machine (M1) so as to abut from the above direction. With the above configuration, the three-dimensional game machine (M1) is aligned in a single layer from the low order side to the high order side of the first surface (Q1).
[付記G2]
 付記G1の好適例において、前記載置部(44)は、水平面に対して傾斜するとともに前記第1面(Q1)に交差する第2面(Q2)を含み、前記第1状態においては、前記第1面(Q1)の低位側の縁辺(S11)と前記第2面(Q2)の低位側の縁辺(S21)とが相互に近接し、前記投入部(461a)は、前記第1面(Q1)の高位側から前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)を投入する第1投入部(461b,461d)と、前記第2面(Q2)の高位側から前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)を投入する第2投入部(461a,461c)とを含む。
[Appendix G2]
In the preferred embodiment of the present invention G1, the placing portion (44) includes a second surface (Q2) inclined with respect to the horizontal surface and intersecting the first surface (Q1), and in the first state, the second surface (Q2) The lower edge (S11) of the first surface (Q1) and the lower edge (S21) of the second surface (Q2) are close to each other, and the insertion portion (461a) is the first surface (Q1) A first insertion portion (461b, 461d) for inserting the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) from the high order side of Q1), and the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) from the high order side of the second surface (Q2) And second input sections (461a, 461c) to be input.
 以上の構成では、第1面(Q1)および第2面(Q2)の各々の高位側から複数の立体遊技体(M1)が投入され、第1面(Q1)の低位側と第2面(Q2)との低位側に立体遊技体(M1)が蓄積される。第1面(Q1)の低位側の縁辺(S11)と第2面(Q2)の低位側の縁辺(S21)とは相互に近接するから、第1面(Q1)と第2面(Q2)とが相互に近接する部分から各々の高位側に向けて複数の立体遊技体(M1)が整列する。したがって、載置部(44)に載置された複数の立体遊技体(M1)を複数のプレイヤから視認し易いという利点がある。 In the above configuration, a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) are inserted from the high order side of each of the first face (Q1) and the second face (Q2), and the low order side of the first face (Q1) and the second face ( The three-dimensional game machine (M1) is accumulated on the lower side with Q2). Since the lower edge (S11) of the first surface (Q1) and the lower edge (S21) of the second surface (Q2) are close to each other, the first surface (Q1) and the second surface (Q2) A plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are aligned from the mutually adjacent part toward each higher order side. Therefore, there is an advantage that the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) placed on the placement unit (44) can be easily viewed by a plurality of players.
[付記G3]
 付記G2の好適例では、前記第2状態においては、前記第1面(Q1)の角度が前記第2面(Q2)の角度に近付くことで、前記第1面(Q1)および前記第2面(Q2)に載置された前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)が前記第1面(Q1)の低位側に転動して前記排出部(446)に供給される。
[Appendix G3]
In the preferred example of the additional statement G2, in the second state, when the angle of the first surface (Q1) approaches the angle of the second surface (Q2), the first surface (Q1) and the second surface The plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) placed on (Q2) roll to the lower side of the first surface (Q1) and are supplied to the discharge unit (446).
 以上の構成では、第2状態において第1面(Q1)の角度が第2面(Q2)の角度に近付く(理想的には一致する)ことで、第1面(Q1)および第2面(Q2)の双方にわたる複数の立体遊技体(M1)を、第1面(Q1)の低位側に転動させて排出部(446)に供給することが可能である。 In the above configuration, in the second state, the angle of the first surface (Q1) approaches (ideally matches) the angle of the second surface (Q2), and the first surface (Q1) and the second surface (Q1) It is possible to roll the lower three sides of the first surface (Q1) and supply the discharge unit (446) with a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) covering both of Q2).
[付記G4]
 付記G1から付記G3の何れかの好適例は、前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)を利用したゲームをプレイヤに提供するゲームフィールド(110a)を具備し、前記載置部(44)は、前記ゲームフィールド(110a)の上方に位置し、前記載置部(44)の少なくとも一部は、当該載置部(44)を挟んで前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)とは反対側から当該立体遊技体(M1)を視認可能に構成される。
[Appendix G4]
A preferred embodiment according to any one of Appendices G1 to G3 includes a game field (110a) for providing a player with a game using the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1), and the placing unit (44) includes It is located above the game field (110a), and at least a part of the placing part (44) is placed on the other side of the placing part (44) from the side opposite to the plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) The game machine (M1) is configured to be visible.
 以上の構成では、載置部(44)がゲームフィールド(110a)の上方に位置するから、ゲーム装置(10)の内部のスペースを有効に利用できる。また、載置部(44)の少なくとも一部は、当該載置部(44)を挟んで立体遊技体(M1)とは反対側から当該立体遊技体(M1)を視認可能である。すなわち、ゲームフィールド(110a)側から載置部(44)を介してプレイヤは立体遊技体(M1)を視認可能である。したがって、多数の立体遊技体(M1)が載置部(44)に載置されていることをプレイヤに効果的に視認させることが可能である。 In the above configuration, since the placement unit (44) is located above the game field (110a), the space inside the game apparatus (10) can be effectively used. Further, at least a part of the placement unit (44) can visually recognize the three-dimensional game device (M1) from the opposite side to the three-dimensional game device (M1) across the placement unit (44). That is, the player can visually recognize the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the side of the game field (110a) through the placement unit (44). Therefore, it is possible to effectively make the player visually recognize that a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are placed on the placement unit (44).
 「視認可能」とは、載置部(44)が光を透過させることを意味する。「視認可能」な構成の典型例は、載置部(44)が光透過性の部材で形成された構成である。ただし、例えば載置部(44)が網状に形成された構成でも、当該載置部(44)を光が透過するから、「視認可能」の概念に包含される。 “Visible” means that the placement unit (44) transmits light. A typical example of the “visible” configuration is a configuration in which the mounting portion (44) is formed of a light transmitting member. However, for example, even in a configuration in which the mounting portion (44) is formed in a net shape, light is transmitted through the mounting portion (44), and therefore, it is included in the concept of "visible".
[付記G5]
 付記G1から付記G3の何れかの好適例は、前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)を利用したゲームを各々が提供する複数のゲームフィールド(110a,110b,110c,110d)を具備し、前記載置部(44)は、前記複数のゲームフィールド(110a,110b,110c,110d)にわたり当該複数のゲームフィールド(110a,110b,110c,110d)の上方に位置し、前記載置部(44)の少なくとも一部は、当該載置部(44)を挟んで前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)とは反対側から当該立体遊技体(M1)を視認可能に構成される。
[Appendix G5]
The preferred embodiment according to any one of Appendices G1 to G3 includes a plurality of game fields (110a, 110b, 110c, 110d) each of which provides a game utilizing the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1). The placing section (44) is located above the plurality of game fields (110a, 110b, 110c, 110d) and above the plurality of game fields (110a, 110b, 110c, 110d), and the placing section (44). At least a part is configured to be able to visually recognize the three-dimensional game machine (M1) from the opposite side to the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) with the placement portion (44) interposed therebetween.
[付記G6]
 付記G5の好適例において、複数のゲームフィールド(110a,110b,110c,110d)は、第1ゲームフィールド(110a)と第2ゲームフィールド(110b,110c,110d)とを含み、前記投入部(461)は、前記第1ゲームフィールド(110a)におけるゲームのプレイの状況に応じて前記立体遊技体(M1)を投入する第1投入部(461a)と、前記第2ゲームフィールド(110b,110c,110d)におけるゲームのプレイの状況に応じて前記立体遊技体(M1)を投入する第2投入部(461b,461c,461d)とを含み、前記載置部(44)に載置された前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)は、第1投入部(461a)および第2投入部(461b,461c,461d)のうち前記立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い方に対応する領域に偏って分布する。
[Appendix G6]
In a preferred example of appendix G5, the plurality of game fields (110a, 110b, 110c, 110d) include a first game field (110a) and a second game field (110b, 110c, 110d), and the insertion portion (461) And the second game field (110b, 110c, 110d) for inserting the three-dimensional game machine (M1) according to the game play condition in the first game field (110a). And a plurality of second input units (461b, 461c, 461d) for inserting the three-dimensional game machine (M1) in accordance with the game play conditions in The three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) includes the first three-dimensional player (461a) and the second one (461b, 461c, Distributed unevenly in a region corresponding to the person charged number of techniques body (M1) is larger.
 以上の構成では、第1投入部(461a)および第2投入部(461b,461c,461d)のうち立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い方に対応する領域に偏って複数の立体遊技体(M1)が分布するから、複数のゲームフィールドのうち載置部(44)上に対する立体遊技体(M1)の蓄積に貢献したゲームがプレイされたゲームフィールド(さらには当該蓄積に貢献したプレイヤ)を、複数の立体遊技体(M1)の分布から推定することが可能である。 In the above configuration, a plurality of three-dimensional game machines are biased to a region corresponding to the one where the number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) inserted is large among the first insertion portion (461a) and the second insertion portions (461b, 461c, 461d) Since (M1) is distributed, a game field in which a game contributed to accumulation of the three-dimensional gaming machine (M1) on the placement unit (44) among the plurality of game fields is played (and a player who further contributes to the accumulation) Can be estimated from the distribution of a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1).
 なお、「立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い方に対応する領域」とは、例えば、複数の投入部(461a,461b,461c,461d)のうち立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い方に近い領域であるが、以上の領域には限定されない。例えば、載置部(44)が第1面(Q1)と第2面(Q2)とを含む前述の構成を想定する。第1投入部(461b,461d)は、第1面(Q1)の高位側から当該第1面(Q1)の面上に立体遊技体(M1)を投入する。第2投入部(461a,461c)は、第2面(Q2)の高位側から当該第2面(Q2)の面上に立体遊技体(M1)を投入する。以上の構成において、「立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い方に対応する領域」とは、第1投入部(461b,461d)による立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い場合には第1面(Q1)の少なくとも一部の領域であり、第2投入部(461a,461c)による立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い場合には第2面(Q2)の少なくとも一部の領域である。例えば、「立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い方に対応する領域」は、例えば、立体遊技体(M1)の投入数が多い投入部(461a,461b,461c,461d)の近傍から低位側に傾斜する傾斜面である。 Note that the “area corresponding to the one where the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) is large” means, for example, the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) among the plurality of inserting portions (461a, 461b, 461c, 461d) Although the region is close to many, it is not limited to the above region. For example, it is assumed that the placement unit (44) includes the first surface (Q1) and the second surface (Q2) described above. The first inserting section (461b, 461d) inserts the three-dimensional game machine (M1) onto the surface of the first surface (Q1) from the high order side of the first surface (Q1). The second inserting section (461a, 461c) inserts the three-dimensional game machine (M1) onto the surface of the second surface (Q2) from the high order side of the second surface (Q2). In the above configuration, the “region corresponding to the one where the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) is large” refers to the case where the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) by the first inserting portion (461b, 461d) is large. This is at least a partial region of the first surface (Q1), and at least a portion of the second surface (Q2) when the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) by the second insertion portion (461a, 461c) is large. It is an area. For example, “the area corresponding to the one where the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) is large” is, for example, low from the vicinity of the inserting portion (461a, 461b, 461c, 461d) where the number of inserted three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) It is an inclined surface that inclines to the side.
[付記G7]
 付記G4から付記G6の何れかの好適例において、前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)は光透過性であり、前記載置部(44)を挟んで前記ゲームフィールド(110a)とは反対側に設置された平面状の光源(413)を具備する。
[Appendix G7]
In any of the preferable examples of the additions G4 to G6, the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are light transmitting, and on the opposite side to the game field (110a) with the setting portion (44) interposed therebetween. It has a flat light source (413) installed.
 以上の構成では、平面状の光源(413)による照射光が立体遊技体(M1)と載置部(44)とを透過しゲームフィールド(110a)側に出射する。すなわち、載置部(44)上の複数の立体遊技体(M1)により適度に散乱して載置部(44)を透過した光がプレイヤにより視認される。したがって、視覚的な演出効果を増大させることが可能である。 In the above configuration, the irradiation light from the planar light source (413) passes through the three-dimensional game machine (M1) and the placement unit (44) and is emitted to the game field (110a) side. That is, light which is appropriately scattered by the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) on the placement unit (44) and transmitted through the placement unit (44) is visually recognized by the player. Therefore, it is possible to increase visual effects.
 「平面状の光源(413)」は、平面的に発光する照明装置である。具体的には、発光体が平面状に形成された光源(413)のほか、複数の点光源または線光源を平面状に配列した光源が、「平面状の光源(413)」の概念に包含される。 The “planar light source (413)” is a lighting device that emits light in a planar manner. Specifically, in addition to the light source (413) in which the light emitter is formed in a planar shape, the light source in which a plurality of point light sources or line light sources are arranged in a planar shape is included in the concept of "planar light source (413)" Be done.
[付記G8]
 付記G1から付記G7の好適例において、前記第1面(Q1)は、相対する第1縁辺(S11)と第2縁辺(S12)とを含み、前記第1状態では、前記第1縁辺(S11)が前記第2縁辺(S12)よりも低い位置にあり、前記第2状態では、前記第2縁辺(S12)が前記第1縁辺(S11)よりも低い位置にある。
[Appendix G8]
In the preferable example of the addition G1 to the addition G7, the first surface (Q1) includes the opposing first edge (S11) and the second edge (S12), and in the first state, the first edge (S11). ) Is lower than the second edge (S12), and in the second state, the second edge (S12) is lower than the first edge (S11).
 以上の構成では、第1状態において第1縁辺(S11)の近傍に整列する複数の立体遊技体(M1)が、第2状態に変化することで第2縁辺(S12)の近傍に一斉に移動する。したがって、多数の立体遊技体(M1)が一斉に大きく移動する効果的な演出が実現される。 In the above configuration, the plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) aligned in the vicinity of the first edge (S11) in the first state move to the vicinity of the second edge (S12) all at once by changing to the second state. Do. Therefore, an effective effect is realized in which a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) move at once all at once.
[付記G9]
 本発明の好適な態様に係るゲーム装置(10)は、姿勢によらず転動可能な複数の立体遊技体(M1)を投入する投入部(461a)と、前記投入部(461a)が投入した前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)が載置される第1面(Q1)を含む載置部(44)と、前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)を利用したゲームをプレイヤに提供するゲームフィールド(110a)とを具備し、前記投入部(461a)により投入された前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)は、前記第1面(Q1)に沿って単層で整列し、前記第1面(Q1)よりも下方の空間に、前記プレイヤの仮想視点(V)が位置し、前記載置部(44)の少なくとも一部は、当該載置部(44)を挟んで前記複数の立体遊技体(M1)とは反対側から前記プレイヤが当該立体遊技体(M1)を視認可能に構成される。
[Appendix G9]
In the game device (10) according to the preferred aspect of the present invention, an insertion portion (461a) for inserting a plurality of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) capable of rolling regardless of the posture, and the insertion portion (461a) A game field for providing a player with a game using a placement section (44) including a first surface (Q1) on which the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are placed, and the plurality of three-dimensional games (M1) (110a), the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) inserted by the insertion section (461a) are aligned in a single layer along the first surface (Q1), and the first surface (Q1) The virtual viewpoint (V) of the player is located in the space lower than Q1), and at least a part of the placing part (44) sandwiches the placing part (44). From the opposite side to (M1), the player plays the three-dimensional game (M1) Visibly constructed.
 以上の構成では、複数の立体遊技体(M1)が第1面(Q1)に沿って単層で整列し、かつ、第1面(Q1)よりも下方の空間にプレイヤが位置する。したがって、載置部(44)上の複数の立体遊技体(M1)の大多数を、プレイヤが当該載置部(44)を介して視認できる。すなわち、多数の立体遊技体(M1)が載置部(44)に載置されていることをプレイヤに効果的に視認させることが可能である。 In the above configuration, the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are aligned in a single layer along the first surface (Q1), and the player is positioned in the space below the first surface (Q1). Therefore, the player can visually recognize the majority of the plurality of three-dimensional game machines (M1) on the placement unit (44) through the placement unit (44). That is, it is possible to effectively make the player visually recognize that a large number of three-dimensional game machines (M1) are placed on the placement unit (44).
 プレイヤの仮想視点(V)は、ゲームフィールド(110a)により提供されるゲームをプレイする仮想的なプレイヤの目の位置(アイポイント)を意味する。仮想視点(V)は、プレイヤが着座した状態でゲームをプレイすることがゲーム装置(10)の使用の状況から想定される場合には、平均的な体格を有する仮想的なプレイヤが着座した状態における当該プレイヤの目の位置を意味し、プレイヤが起立した状態でゲームをプレイすることがゲームの使用の状況から想定される場合には、平均的な体格のプレイヤが起立した状態における当該プレイヤの目の位置を意味する。 The virtual viewpoint (V) of the player means the position (eye point) of the eye of a virtual player who plays the game provided by the game field (110a). In the virtual viewpoint (V), when it is assumed from the situation of use of the game apparatus (10) to play the game while the player is seated, the virtual player having an average physical constitution is seated Meaning the position of the player's eyes in the case where it is assumed from the situation of use of the game that the game is played while the player is standing up, the player of the average physique standing up Means eye position.
 仮想視点(V)は、ただ1個の地点には必ずしも特定されず、空間的な拡がりをもった特定の範囲内に想定される。「前記第1面(Q1)を含む平面よりも下方の空間に、前記プレイヤの仮想視点(V)が位置」する、とは、仮想視点(V)が想定される特定の空間が、第1面(Q1)を含む平面よりも下方に位置することを意味する。 The virtual viewpoint (V) is not necessarily specified at only one point, but is assumed within a specific range with spatial spread. “The virtual viewpoint (V) of the player is located in a space below the plane including the first surface (Q1)” means that the specific space in which the virtual viewpoint (V) is assumed is the first It is meant to be located below the plane including the plane (Q1).
 「第1面(Q1)よりも下方の空間」とは、載置部(44)の第1面(Q1)に載置された立体遊技体(M1)と当該第1面(Q1)との接点を通過する接平面(当該接点において球体状の立体遊技体(M1)に接触する平面)に着目したときに、第1面(Q1)に載置された全部の立体遊技体(M1)の接平面からみて鉛直方向の下方に位置する空間を意味する。第1面(Q1)が平面である構成では、当該第1面(Q1)を含む平面よりも下方の空間が「第1面(Q1)よりも下方の空間」である。ただし、第1面(Q1)は平面に限定されない。例えば、前述の定義における「第1面(Q1)よりも下方の空間」にプレイヤの仮想視点(V)が位置する、という条件を充足するのであれば、第1面(Q1)は曲面(例えば球面または円弧面)でもよい。例えば曲率が小さい曲面は、当該条件を充足し得る。第1面(Q1)を構成する曲面は、理想的には、接平面よりも上方の空間に仮想視点(V)が位置する接点が存在しないように形成された曲面である。 The “space below the first surface (Q1)” refers to the three-dimensional game machine (M1) placed on the first surface (Q1) of the placement unit (44) and the first surface (Q1) When focusing on the contact plane passing through the contact point (the plane contacting the spherical solid game machine (M1) at the contact point), all solid game machines (M1) placed on the first surface (Q1) It means a space located below the vertical direction when viewed from the tangent plane. In the configuration in which the first surface (Q1) is a plane, the space below the plane including the first surface (Q1) is the “space below the first surface (Q1)”. However, the first surface (Q1) is not limited to a plane. For example, if the condition that the virtual viewpoint (V) of the player is located in the “space below the first surface (Q1)” in the above definition is satisfied, the first surface (Q1) is a curved surface (for example, a curved surface) It may be a spherical surface or a circular arc surface). For example, a curved surface with a small curvature can satisfy the condition. The curved surface that constitutes the first surface (Q1) is ideally a curved surface formed so that there is no contact point where the virtual viewpoint (V) is located in the space above the tangent plane.
[付記G10]
 付記G9の好適例において、プレイヤの相異なる位置に対応する複数の仮想視点(V)が、前記第1面(Q1)よりも下方の空間に位置する。
[Appendix G10]
In a preferred example of appendix G9, a plurality of virtual viewpoints (V) corresponding to different positions of the player are located in a space below the first surface (Q1).
 以上の構成によれば、ゲーム装置(10)のプレイヤが所在し得る複数の位置から、多数の立体遊技体(M1)が載置部(44)に載置されていることを視認することが可能である。理想的には、複数の仮想視点(V)の全部が第1面(Q1)よりも下方の空間に位置する。 According to the above configuration, it is possible to visually recognize that a large number of three-dimensional gaming machines (M1) are placed on the placement unit (44) from a plurality of positions where the player of the game apparatus (10) can be located. It is possible. Ideally, all of the plurality of virtual viewpoints (V) are located in the space below the first surface (Q1).
 10…ゲーム装置、100a,100b,100c,100d…ステーション部、110a,110b,110c,110d…ゲームフィールド、120a…第1抽選部、130a…第2抽選部、140ab…第3抽選部、150…JP払出部、160a…操作パネル、170ac…搬送装置、180a…搬送装置。 DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Game device, 100a, 100b, 100c, 100d ... Station part, 110a, 110b, 110c, 110d ... Game field, 120a ... 1st lottery part, 130a ... 2nd lottery part, 140ab ... 3rd lottery part, 150 ... JP delivery unit, 160a: operation panel, 170ac: conveying device, 180a: conveying device.

Claims (10)

  1.  姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体を利用するゲームを提供するゲーム装置であって、
     前記立体遊技体を循環させる循環機構を具備し、
     前記循環機構は、
     第1位置から当該第1位置よりも高い第2位置に前記立体遊技体を搬送する搬送装置と、
     前記第2位置から当該第2位置よりも低い第3位置に前記立体遊技体を移動させる第1経路と、
     前記第2位置から前記第3位置までの間において前記立体遊技体が進入する供給路であって、当該立体遊技体を前記ゲームに利用する遊技体利用部に当該立体遊技体を供給するための供給路と、
     前記供給路に進入しない前記立体遊技体を、前記第3位置よりも低い前記第1位置まで移動させる第2経路とを含む
     ゲーム装置。
    A game device that provides a game that uses a rollable three-dimensional game body regardless of its posture,
    It has a circulation mechanism that circulates the three-dimensional gaming body,
    The circulation mechanism is
    A transport device for transporting the three-dimensional game machine from a first position to a second position higher than the first position;
    A first path for moving the three-dimensional game machine from the second position to a third position lower than the second position;
    It is a supply path into which the three-dimensional gaming body enters from the second position to the third position, and is for supplying the three-dimensional gaming body to a game using portion using the three-dimensional gaming body for the game. Supply path,
    A game apparatus comprising: a second path for moving the three-dimensional game machine not entering the supply path to the first position lower than the third position.
  2.  前記搬送装置が前記立体遊技体を搬送する作動状態を継続させることで、前記遊技体利用部に対する前記立体遊技体の供給を継続する
     請求項1のゲーム装置。
    The game apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the supply of the three-dimensional game machine to the game machine using unit is continued by continuing the operation state in which the conveyance device conveys the three-dimensional game machine.
  3.  前記遊技体利用部は、前記第1位置よりも高い位置に設置され、
    前記ゲームで利用された前記立体遊技体は、下方に移動することで前記第2経路に回収される
     請求項1または請求項2のゲーム装置。
    The gaming body using unit is installed at a position higher than the first position,
    The game apparatus according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the three-dimensional game machine used in the game is recovered to the second route by moving downward.
  4.  前記遊技体利用部は、前記立体遊技体を貯留する第1遊技体利用部および第2遊技体利用部を含み、
     前記供給路は、前記第1遊技体利用部に前記立体遊技体を供給するための第1供給路と、前記第1供給路の下流側に位置し、前記第2遊技体利用部に前記立体遊技体を供給するための第2供給路とを含み、
     前記第2位置から前記第1供給路に向かう前記立体遊技体は、前記第1遊技体利用部が進入制限状態である場合に前記第3位置に向けて移動し、前記第2供給路に進入する状態となる
     請求項1から請求項3の何れかのゲーム装置。
    The gaming body using unit includes a first gaming body using unit and a second gaming body using unit for storing the three-dimensional gaming body,
    The supply path is located at a first supply path for supplying the three-dimensional game machine to the first game machine utilization unit, and downstream of the first supply path, and the three game machine is used for the second game machine utilization unit. And a second supply path for supplying a game player,
    The three-dimensional game machine, which travels from the second position to the first supply path, moves toward the third position when the first gaming body using unit is in the entry restriction state, and enters the second supply path. The game device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is in a state of
  5.  相異なるプレイヤに並行してゲームを提供する第1ゲームフィールドおよび第2ゲームフィールドを具備し、
     前記遊技体利用部は、前記第1ゲームフィールドが提供するゲームに前記立体遊技体を利用する第3遊技体利用部と、前記第2ゲームフィールドが提供するゲームに前記立体遊技体を利用する第4遊技体利用部とを含み、
     前記供給路は、前記第3遊技体利用部に前記立体遊技体を供給するための第3供給路と、前記第4遊技体利用部に前記立体遊技体を供給するための第4供給路とを含む
     請求項1から請求項3の何れかのゲーム装置。
    Comprising a first game field and a second game field for providing games in parallel to different players,
    The gaming body using unit uses a third gaming body using unit that uses the three-dimensional gaming body for the game provided by the first game field, and uses the three-dimensional gaming body for the game provided by the second game field 4 including the game player using unit,
    The supply path is a third supply path for supplying the three-dimensional game machine to the third game machine utilization unit, and a fourth supply path for supplying the three-dimensional game machine to the fourth game machine utilization unit The game device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, comprising:
  6.  姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体を利用するゲームを提供するゲーム装置であって、
     相異なるプレイヤに並行してゲームを提供する第1ゲームフィールドおよび第2ゲームフィールドと、
     前記第1ゲームフィールドに対応する第1循環機構と、
     前記第2ゲームフィールドに対応する第2循環機構とを具備し、
     前記第1循環機構および前記第2循環機構の各々は、
     第1位置から当該第1位置よりも高い第2位置に前記立体遊技体を搬送する搬送装置と、
     前記第2位置から当該第2位置よりも低い第3位置に前記立体遊技体を移動させる第1経路と、
     前記第2位置から前記第3位置までの間において前記立体遊技体が進入する供給路であって、当該立体遊技体を前記ゲームに利用する遊技体利用部に当該立体遊技体を供給するための供給路と、
     前記供給路に進入しない前記立体遊技体を、前記第3位置よりも低い前記第1位置まで移動させる第2経路とを含む
     ゲーム装置。
    A game device that provides a game that uses a rollable three-dimensional game body regardless of its posture,
    A first game field and a second game field providing games in parallel to different players;
    A first circulation mechanism corresponding to the first game field;
    And a second circulation mechanism corresponding to the second game field,
    Each of the first circulation mechanism and the second circulation mechanism is
    A transport device for transporting the three-dimensional game machine from a first position to a second position higher than the first position;
    A first path for moving the three-dimensional game machine from the second position to a third position lower than the second position;
    It is a supply path into which the three-dimensional gaming body enters from the second position to the third position, and is for supplying the three-dimensional gaming body to a game using portion using the three-dimensional gaming body for the game. Supply path,
    A game apparatus comprising: a second path for moving the three-dimensional game machine not entering the supply path to the first position lower than the third position.
  7.  姿勢によらず転動可能な立体遊技体を利用するゲームを提供するゲーム装置であって、
     相異なるプレイヤに並行してゲームを提供する第1ゲームフィールド、第2ゲームフィールド、第3ゲームフィールドおよび第4ゲームフィールドと、
     前記第1ゲームフィールドおよび前記第2ゲームフィールドに対応する第1循環機構と、
     前記第3ゲームフィールドおよび前記第4ゲームフィールドに対応する第2循環機構とを具備し、
     前記第1循環機構および前記第2循環機構の各々は、
     第1位置から当該第1位置よりも高い第2位置に前記立体遊技体を搬送する搬送装置と、
     前記第2位置から当該第2位置よりも低い第3位置に前記立体遊技体を移動させる第1経路と、
     前記第2位置から前記第3位置までの間において前記立体遊技体が進入する供給路であって、当該立体遊技体を前記ゲームに利用する遊技体利用部に当該立体遊技体を供給するための供給路と、
     前記供給路に進入しない前記立体遊技体を、前記第3位置よりも低い前記第1位置まで移動させる第2経路とを含む
     ゲーム装置。
    A game device that provides a game that uses a rollable three-dimensional game body regardless of its posture,
    A first game field, a second game field, a third game field, and a fourth game field for providing games in parallel to different players;
    A first circulation mechanism corresponding to the first game field and the second game field;
    And a second circulation mechanism corresponding to the third game field and the fourth game field,
    Each of the first circulation mechanism and the second circulation mechanism is
    A transport device for transporting the three-dimensional game machine from a first position to a second position higher than the first position;
    A first path for moving the three-dimensional game machine from the second position to a third position lower than the second position;
    It is a supply path into which the three-dimensional gaming body enters from the second position to the third position, and is for supplying the three-dimensional gaming body to a game using portion using the three-dimensional gaming body for the game Supply path,
    A game apparatus comprising: a second path for moving the three-dimensional game machine not entering the supply path to the first position lower than the third position.
  8.  前記第1循環機構の前記供給路に進入しない前記立体遊技体と、前記第2循環機構の前記供給路に進入しない前記立体遊技体とを、前記第1循環機構の前記第2経路と前記第2循環機構の前記第2経路とに分配する分配部
     を具備する請求項6または請求項7のゲーム装置。
    The three-dimensional gaming machine not entering the supply path of the first circulation mechanism, and the three-dimensional gaming body not entering the supply path of the second circulation mechanism, the second path of the first circulation mechanism and the second path The game apparatus according to claim 6 or 7, further comprising: a distribution unit that distributes the second circulation path to the second path of the circulation mechanism.
  9.  前記搬送装置は、前記立体遊技体を並行に搬送可能な複数の搬送経路を有する
     請求項1から請求項8の何れかのゲーム装置。
    The game apparatus according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the transport device has a plurality of transport paths capable of transporting the three-dimensional game machine in parallel.
  10.  前記遊技体利用部の総数は、前記複数の搬送経路の総数を下回る
     請求項9のゲーム装置。
    The game apparatus according to claim 9, wherein a total number of the game-playing portion utilization units is smaller than a total number of the plurality of transport paths.
PCT/JP2018/032158 2017-08-31 2018-08-30 Game device WO2019044989A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US16/801,762 US11058941B2 (en) 2017-08-31 2020-02-26 Game apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017167837 2017-08-31
JP2017-167837 2017-08-31
JP2018-131888 2018-07-11
JP2018131888A JP6611100B2 (en) 2017-08-31 2018-07-11 Game device

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/801,762 Continuation US11058941B2 (en) 2017-08-31 2020-02-26 Game apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019044989A1 true WO2019044989A1 (en) 2019-03-07

Family

ID=65525586

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/032158 WO2019044989A1 (en) 2017-08-31 2018-08-30 Game device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019044989A1 (en)

Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003126540A (en) * 2001-10-26 2003-05-07 Omron Corp Prize acquisition game machine
JP2008194275A (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-08-28 Namco Bandai Games Inc Token game apparatus
WO2008126599A1 (en) * 2007-03-31 2008-10-23 Kabushiki Kaisha Sega Doing Business As Sega Corporation Game apparatus
JP2010233750A (en) * 2009-03-30 2010-10-21 Namco Bandai Games Inc Game device
JP2011036423A (en) * 2009-08-11 2011-02-24 Konami Digital Entertainment Co Ltd Spherical article conveying device, and game apparatus and game system each including the same
JP2011098098A (en) * 2009-11-06 2011-05-19 Taito Corp Token game machine
JP2014151131A (en) * 2013-02-13 2014-08-25 Sega Corp Game apparatus
US20160140811A1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2016-05-19 Elaut N.V. Amusement Machine of the Pusher Type
JP2016140426A (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-08-08 株式会社コナミデジタルエンタテインメント Game machine and program

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003126540A (en) * 2001-10-26 2003-05-07 Omron Corp Prize acquisition game machine
JP2008194275A (en) * 2007-02-14 2008-08-28 Namco Bandai Games Inc Token game apparatus
WO2008126599A1 (en) * 2007-03-31 2008-10-23 Kabushiki Kaisha Sega Doing Business As Sega Corporation Game apparatus
JP2010233750A (en) * 2009-03-30 2010-10-21 Namco Bandai Games Inc Game device
JP2011036423A (en) * 2009-08-11 2011-02-24 Konami Digital Entertainment Co Ltd Spherical article conveying device, and game apparatus and game system each including the same
JP2011098098A (en) * 2009-11-06 2011-05-19 Taito Corp Token game machine
JP2014151131A (en) * 2013-02-13 2014-08-25 Sega Corp Game apparatus
US20160140811A1 (en) * 2014-11-14 2016-05-19 Elaut N.V. Amusement Machine of the Pusher Type
JP2016140426A (en) * 2015-01-30 2016-08-08 株式会社コナミデジタルエンタテインメント Game machine and program

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6592866B2 (en) Game device
US8790174B2 (en) Drawing machine for jackpot game, and game machine and game system using the same
JP2002143386A (en) Game medium control system
US20200188771A1 (en) Conveyor device
JP6403851B1 (en) Game device
WO2019044989A1 (en) Game device
JP7515843B2 (en) Conveyor
JP6547120B2 (en) Game device
JP6592681B1 (en) Conveying device and game device
JP2019042499A (en) Game device
JP2019042517A (en) Transport device for game device and game device
JP2020065601A (en) Game device
JP4104859B2 (en) Game machine ball tray guide channel
JP2019042483A (en) Game device
JPH09173631A (en) Medal processor for medal game machine
JP2020065916A (en) Game device
JPH1119323A (en) Game machine island unit and game machine island
JPH10216332A (en) Game device
JPH0866545A (en) Game machine island
JP2003093724A (en) Game equipment
JPH10328393A (en) Game machine island

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18850958

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18850958

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1